Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadFundamentals
UsingInRoads
InRoadsV8i(SELECTseries2)withMicroStation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

PowerInRoadsV8i(SELECTseries2)

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

BentleyInstituteCourseGuide

TRN0147401/0006

Trademarks
AccuDraw,Bentley,theBBentleylogo,MDL,MicroStationandSmartLineareregistered
trademarks;PopSetandRasterManageraretrademarks;BentleySELECTisaservicemarkof
BentleySystems,IncorporatedorBentleySoftware,Inc.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AutoCADisaregisteredtrademarkofAutodesk,Inc.
Allotherbrandsandproductnamesarethetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.

Patents
UnitedStatesPatentNos.5,8.15,415and5,784,068and6,199,125.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Copyrights
20002011BentleySystems,Incorporated.
MicroStation1998BentleySystems,Incorporated.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Allrightsreserved.

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TableofContents
Introduction
CourseExercises __________________________________ 14
DocumentConventions ____________________________ 17

ATourofInRoads
Objectives _______________________________________ 20
InRoadsProducts _________________________________ 21
InRoads:AnAssortmentofTools _____________________ 23
WhatCanyouAccomplishwithInRoads? ______________ 24
AdditionalInformation _____________________________ 25
StartingInRoads __________________________________ 26
ExerciseStartInRoads ____________________________ 27
CADGraphics ____________________________________ 28
TheInRoadsExplorer ______________________________ 29
ExploretheInterface ______________________________ 31
InRoadsFileTypes ________________________________ 32
ResourceFiles ____________________________________ 34
ExerciseOpenaPreferenceFile_____________________ 36
WorkflowTheBigPicture__________________________ 37
ExerciseCreateaCADFile _________________________ 39
MicroStationUnits ________________________________ 41
ProjectDefaults __________________________________ 43
ExerciseSetUpProjectDefaults ____________________ 45
ExerciseReferenceaBasemap______________________ 47
CreatingandSavingFiles ___________________________ 49
ClosingFilesandExitingInRoads _____________________ 51
ExerciseClosingFiles _____________________________ 53

IntroductiontoSurfaces
Objectives _______________________________________ 56
Surfaces ________________________________________ 58
SurfaceTriangulation ______________________________ 59
SurfaceFeatures __________________________________ 60

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

TableofContents

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FeatureTypes ____________________________________ 61
UsingBreaklineFeatures ___________________________ 63
ExteriorFeatures _________________________________ 64
InteriorFeatures__________________________________ 65
PreferenceSets___________________________________ 66
TheStyleManager ________________________________ 67
TheStyleManager(Contd) _________________________ 68
TheNamedSymbologyManager _____________________ 70
ExerciseViewSurfaceCommands ___________________ 71
SurfaceProperties ________________________________ 74
ExerciseSurfaceReview ___________________________ 75
CollectingSurfaceData_____________________________ 77
ImportingSurfaceData ____________________________ 78
FeatureProperties ________________________________ 80
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 82
ReviewTask ______________________________________ 85

IntroductiontoGeometry

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

WhereAreWeintheBigPicture? ____________________ 90
Objectives _______________________________________ 91
WhatisaGeometryProject? ________________________ 93
GeometryProjectStructure _________________________ 94
OpeningFiles ____________________________________ 95
WhatisaHorizontalAlignment?_____________________ 96
TypesofGeometry ________________________________ 97
TypesofGraphicsThatCanBeImported_______________ 99
AlignmentIntegrity________________________________ 100
ExerciseImportAlignmentfromGraphics _____________ 101
HorizontalAlignments _____________________________ 103
ExerciseDefineStationing _________________________ 105
HorizontalAlignmentAnnotation ____________________ 107
Locate/GraphicSelectButton _______________________ 109
ExerciseViewHorizontalAnnotation_________________ 110
GeometryViewOptions ____________________________ 112
ExerciseCreateAnotherAlignmentwithaDifferentStyle 114
TheProjectFile ___________________________________ 117
ExerciseCreateaProjectFile _______________________ 119
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 120
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 123
MeadowParkDriveAlignment _____________________ 126

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TableofContents

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs
Objectives _______________________________________ 128
HorizontalCurveSet_______________________________ 130
ProductivityTips __________________________________ 132
ExerciseCreateAlignmentwithPrecision _____________ 134
ReviewPracticeAlignment__________________________ 137
HorizontalCurves _________________________________ 138
ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurves ___________________ 140
DesignCriteria ___________________________________ 142
ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurvesBasedon
DesignCriteria ___________________________________ 143
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 145
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 148
MeadowParkDriveKnownAlignmentPoints __________ 152
MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment_____ 153

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements
Objectives _______________________________________ 156
HorizontalElements _______________________________ 158
ProductivityTips __________________________________ 161
FixedHorizontalElements __________________________ 162
ElementManipulation _____________________________ 164
ExerciseCreateNewGeometry _____________________ 166
FloatingHorizontalElements ________________________ 167
FreeHorizontalElements ___________________________ 169
ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingHorizontalElements ___ 170
PrecisionInput ___________________________________ 173
ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingPrecisionKeyins_______ 174
CheckIntegrity ___________________________________ 177
ExerciseCheckAlignmentIntegrity __________________ 178
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 179
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 182
HorizontalAlignmentDetail _________________________ 186
MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment_____ 187

ProfilesandCrossSections
Objectives _______________________________________ 190
Profiles _________________________________________ 192
CreateProfile ____________________________________ 193
ExerciseCreateExistingGroundProfile_______________ 195
CrossSections ____________________________________ 197
CreateCrossSection_______________________________ 198

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

TableofContents

ViewingCrossSections _____________________________ 200

ExerciseCreateCrossSections______________________ 201
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 203
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 206

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Objectives _______________________________________ 210

WhatisaVerticalAlignment? _______________________ 212
VerticalAlignmentCreation _________________________ 213
AddingVerticalPIs________________________________ 214
ExerciseCreateaNewVerticalAlignment_____________ 216
EditingtheVerticalAlignment _______________________ 218
ExerciseEdittheVerticalAlignment _________________ 220
DefineVerticalCurveSet ___________________________ 222
ExerciseDefineVerticalCurves _____________________ 223
VerticalAnnotation _______________________________ 226
ExerciseAnnotatetheVerticalAlignment _____________ 228
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 229
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 232

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Objectives _______________________________________ 238

VerticalAlignments _______________________________ 240
VerticalElements _________________________________ 241
FixedVerticalElements ____________________________ 243
ElementManipulation _____________________________ 245
ExerciseCreateaNewAlignment ___________________ 247
FloatingVerticalElements __________________________ 248
FreeVerticalElements _____________________________ 250
ExerciseCreateVerticalElements ___________________ 251
CheckIntegrity ___________________________________ 256
ExerciseCheckAlignmentIntegrity __________________ 257
VerticalAnnotation _______________________________ 258
ExerciseVerticalAnnotation _______________________ 260
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 261
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 264

RoadwayDesignerOverview
Objectives _______________________________________ 270
Templates _______________________________________ 272
ApplyingTemplates _______________________________ 273

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TableofContents

TemplatesSurfaceModels_________________________ 274
CreateTemplateDialog ____________________________ 275
TemplateNames__________________________________ 276
CurrentTemplateWindow__________________________ 277
TemplatePreviewWindow _________________________ 278
DynamicSettings _________________________________ 279
Components _____________________________________ 280
MergingComponents______________________________ 282
BasicTemplateCreationWorkflow ___________________ 283
ExerciseCreatingaTemplatefromComponents _______ 284
RoadwayDesigner ________________________________ 287
RoadwayDesignerDialog___________________________ 288
RoadwayDesignerPlanViewWindow _______________ 289
RoadwayDesignerProfileViewWindow______________ 290
RoadwayDesignerCrossSectionViewWindow ________ 291
RoadwayDesignerFundamentals ____________________ 292
BasicRoadwayDesignerWorkflow ___________________ 294
ExerciseCreateaRoadwayDesign___________________ 296
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 298

Templates
WhereareweintheBigPicture?_____________________ 302
Objectives _______________________________________ 303
ConstraintsonTemplatePoints ______________________ 305
VisualIndicatorsforParentChildRelationship __________ 308
VisualIndicatorsforCommonConstraints _____________ 310
ExerciseObserveTemplateConstraintsBehavior _______ 312
AddingandDeletingConstraintsGraphically____________ 315
ExerciseAddingandDeletingConstraints _____________ 316
TheSignoftheDistanceandSlope ___________________ 318
SimpleComponent ________________________________ 319
ExerciseCreatingaTemplateofSimpleComponents ____ 321
TemplatePointNames _____________________________ 323
ExerciseEditingTemplatePointNames_______________ 325
ConstrainedandUnconstrainedComponents___________ 327
ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent____________ 329
ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent(Continued)__ 330
BasicComponentCreationWorkflow _________________ 333
CreatingEndConditions ____________________________ 334
EndConditionsSettings ____________________________ 336
ExerciseCreatingEndConditions____________________ 338
ExerciseAddingaDitchEndComponent ______________ 342
TestingtheEndConditions__________________________ 345

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

TableofContents

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseTestingtheEndConditions _________________ 346

BasicEndConditionComponentCreationWorkflow _____ 348
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 349
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 352
RoadwayDetail___________________________________ 355
CurbandGutterDetail _____________________________ 356
CutandFillDetail _________________________________ 357

TemplateTransitioning

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Objectives _______________________________________ 360

TemplateTransitioning_____________________________ 362
MultipleTemplateDrops ___________________________ 363
TemplateTransitionAreas __________________________ 364
TransitionAreaColors _____________________________ 365
ExerciseTransitionfromTwotoThreeLanes __________ 366
TransitionVerification _____________________________ 368
ExerciseEditTransitionConnections _________________ 370
TemplateTransitioning_____________________________ 371
ExerciseTransitionTesting_________________________ 372
TemplateTransitioningWorkflow ____________________ 374
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 375
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 378
TransitionDetail __________________________________ 381

TemplatePointControls
Objectives _______________________________________ 384
TemplatePointControls____________________________ 386
PointControlCommands ___________________________ 387
ExerciseAssignHorizontalControl __________________ 388
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 390
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 393
ProjectDetails____________________________________ 396

Superelevation
Objectives _______________________________________ 398
SuperelevationTerminology ________________________ 400
SuperelevationTerminology ________________________ 401
SuperelevationTerminology ________________________ 402
SuperelevationTerminology ________________________ 403
CreatingSuperelevation ____________________________ 404
SuperelevationWizard _____________________________ 405

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TableofContents

TableWizard _____________________________________ 406

ExerciseCreateaNewCorridor _____________________ 408
SuperelevationSection_____________________________ 410
SuperelevationControls ____________________________ 412
ExerciseCreateaSuperelevationSection _____________ 413
FixingOverlap ____________________________________ 415
ExerciseCorrectingaSuperelevationOverlap__________ 417
ViewingtheSuperelevation _________________________ 419
SuperelevationColors _____________________________ 420
SuperelevationPlanViewWindow ___________________ 421
SuperelevationCrossSectionViewWindow ____________ 422
SuperelevationProfileViewWindow _________________ 423
SuperelevationDiagramViewWindow ________________ 424
ShoulderRolloverLocks ____________________________ 425
ExampleNoShoulderRollover______________________ 426
ExampleApplyingShoulderRollover _________________ 427
ShoulderRolloverLocksBasicWorkflow _______________ 429
ExerciseShoulderRollover _________________________ 430
SuperelevationReports ____________________________ 432
ExerciseSuperelevationReport _____________________ 433
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 434
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 437
ProjectTaskDetails _______________________________ 440

DesignChanges
Objectives _______________________________________ 442
TemplateLibrarySynchronization ____________________ 444
TemplateDropIndicators___________________________ 445
SynchronizewithLibraryButton _____________________ 446
ExerciseSynchronizingtheRoadwayDesignFile________ 447
TemplateRevisionsintheRoadwayDesigner __________ 450
ExerciseRevisingaTemplate _______________________ 451
EndConditionExceptions___________________________ 454
ExerciseEndConditionExceptions __________________ 455
ParametricConstraints_____________________________ 457
ExerciseUsingaParametricConstraint _______________ 458
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 461
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 464

CrossSectionsandAnnotation
WhereAreWeintheBigPicture? ____________________ 468
Objectives _______________________________________ 469

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

TableofContents

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CrossSectionCreation _____________________________ 471

SurfaceDisplay ___________________________________ 472
CreateCrossSectionDialog _________________________ 473
ExerciseCreateCrossSections______________________ 474
CustomCrossSectionSets __________________________ 477
ExerciseCreateCustomCrossSections _______________ 478
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 481
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 484

IntroductiontoVolumes

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Objectives _______________________________________ 488

EndAreaVolume _________________________________ 490
EndAreaVolumePrerequisites ______________________ 492
SurfaceType _____________________________________ 493
EndAreaVolumeDialog ___________________________ 494
ExerciseCalculateEndAreaVolume _________________ 495
VolumeReports __________________________________ 497
TriangleVolumes _________________________________ 498
ExerciseCalculateTriangleVolume __________________ 499
TriangleVolumebyStation _________________________ 500
ExerciseTriangleVolumebyStation _________________ 501
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 502
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 505

IntroductiontoReports
Objectives _______________________________________ 510
WhatisXMLandXSL? _____________________________ 512
InRoadsXMLReportProcess ________________________ 513
QuickReports ____________________________________ 514
ExerciseReviewingHorizontalGeometry _____________ 515
ExerciseReviewaSurface _________________________ 517
XMLReports _____________________________________ 518
OtherXMLReports ________________________________ 519
ExerciseCreateGeometryReport ___________________ 520
ExerciseTryAnotherFormat _______________________ 522
SavingaReportforPrinting _________________________ 523
SavingtheXML ___________________________________ 525
ExerciseChangingtheFormatOptions _______________ 526
ExerciseStationBaseReport _______________________ 527
VolumeandTemplateReports_______________________ 529
SummaryandReview ______________________________ 530
ReviewTask _____________________________________ 533

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

10

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TableofContents

Objectives _______________________________________ 538

InRoadsLocks ____________________________________ 539
StyleLock _______________________________________ 540
Pen/PencilLock___________________________________ 541
SnapLock _______________________________________ 542
StationLock _____________________________________ 543
ReportLock______________________________________ 544
Tracking_________________________________________ 545

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProductivityTools

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

11

RoadFundamentalsUsingInRoads

12

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Introduction

WelcometotheRoadFundamentalsUsingInRoadswithMicroStationcourse.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Introduction

13

CourseExercises

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CourseExercises

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Theclassismadeupofmultiplemoduleseachofwhichincludestwotypesof
learningactivities;PracticeExercisesandReviewTasks.
Thenarrative/lectureportionofeachmoduleintroducesnewconceptsandtools.
Throughoutthenarrative/lectureportionyouwillfindstepbystepPractice
Exercisestogiveyouguidedhandsonexperiencewiththeconcepts.
AttheendofmostmodulesyouwillalsofindaReviewTask.
Theintentofthetrainingmaterialisexclusivelytocreateanoptimallearning
opportunityforthosewhohaveneverworkedwiththesoftwareorforthosewho
maynothaveworkedwiththesoftwareforalongperiodoftime.
AllfilesusedinthiscoursearelocatedintheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\folder.Thefilesforthepracticeandtaskexercisesarelocatedin
the\{ChapterTitle}\Practice\and\{ChapterTitle}\Task\folders.Filesusedby
multiplemodulesarelocatedinthe_Standardsand_CommonReferencesub
folders.

Introduction

14

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CourseExercises

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

PracticeExercises
ThePracticeExercisesforeachchapterareindependentofoneanotherandcan
beusedwithouthavingtocompletetheexercisesinpreviouschapters.Most
PracticeExercisesuseaProjectfile(*.rwk).Whenyouloadtheprojectfile,all
othersupportingfilessuchasthefieldbook,surfaces,geometrydatabases,etc.
areloaded.
ThePracticeExercisesarepreparedusingstandardcivilengineeringpracticesbut
donotreflectnorcomplywithanyknownstateorlocaldesignstandard.Review
Tasks

ReviewTasks
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconceptstaught
inthisandpreviousmodulesandtoprovideyouaselfevaluationofhowwellyou
understandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystepinstructions.
Insteadtheyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgetosolveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforcethe
conceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybeabletodo
thisduringclassoryoucancontinueyourstudiesaftertheconclusionoftheclass.
Completionofreviewtasksisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.

InRoadsorPowerInRoads
ThiscourseisdesignedtoworkwithbothInRoadsandPowerInRoads.Allcivil
designtoolsareavailableinbothInRoadsandPowerInRoads.InRoadsisan
applicationthatrunsontopofeitherMicroStationorAutoCADsoftware.Power
InRoadsisastandaloneapplicationthatincludesboththeInRoadsandthe
MicroStationcapabilities.
ThemajordifferenceinInRoadsandPowerInRoadsishowtheyareaccessed.
InRoadsisaccessedviaanInRoadsdesktopicon(ortheStartmenu)which
activatesbothMicroStationandInRoadsatthesametime.Alternativelyyoucan
accesstheMicroStationdesktopicon(ortheStartmenu)andthenactivate
InRoadsusingtheApplicationsmenu.PowerInRoadsisaccessedfromitsown
desktopicon(ortheStartmenu)whichactivatesbothMicroStationandPower
InRoadsatthesametime.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Introduction

15

CourseExercises

InRoadstoolsareaccessiblefromtheInRoadsexplorerorpulldownmenusby
selectingApplications>InRoadsGroup>....InPowerInRoadsthesametoolsare
availablefromtheInRoadsexplorerorpulldownmenusundertherespective
groups(i.e.Survey,Surface,etc.).

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MetricorImperial
WherethereisadifferencerequiredfortheImperialandMetricdatasetsthe
Metricinstructionsareshowninsquarebrackets[].

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Forexample,enterthepavementwidthof12feet[3.6Meters].

Introduction

16

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DocumentConventions

DocumentConventions
Styleconventionsusedthroughoutthecourseguideareshowninthefollowing
table.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Item

Convention

Example

Bold,names
Menunames separated
File>Open
and
with>
File>Compress>Design
commands
symbol

Dialogbox
actions

Dialogbox
fieldnames
Keyins

Filenames

Filepath

Bold

ClickApply.
ClicktheGraphicSelectbuttontotherightof
theHorizontalAlignmentIncludebox.
IntheSegmentTypelist,clickLines.

Italic

EnterHemfieldRoadintheAlignmentName
box.
ClicktheGraphicSelectbuttontotherightof
theHorizontalAlignmentIncludefield.
IntheSegmentTypelist,clickLines.

Bold

EnterHemfieldRoadintheAlignmentName
field.

Italic

OpenthefileWorkingGraphics.dgninthe
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Intro
toGeometry\Practice\folder.

Nonitalic

OpenthefileWorkingGraphics.dgninthe
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Intro
toGeometry\Practice\folder.

Newtermsor
emphasis
Italic

Thetemplatelibrarycontainstemplates,which
representtypicalsectionsoftheproposed
roadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Introduction

17

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DocumentConventions

Introduction

18

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ATourofInRoads

Inthischapter,wewilllearnabouttheInRoadsfamilyofproductsandnavigate
theInRoadsExplorertogether.WewillalsolearnhowtosetupanInRoads
project.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

19

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

ATourofInRoads

20

LearnwhatyoucandowiththeInRoadsproducts.

LearnhowtostartandexitInRoads.

LearnhowtonavigateandusetheInRoadsinterface.

LearntheInRoadsfiletypes.

LearnhowtosetupanInRoadsproject.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

InRoadsProducts

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InRoadsProducts

TheInRoadsfamilyofcivilsolutionsprovidescivilengineeringtoolsthatfacilitate
workflow,andinterfaceswithbothMicroStationandAutoCAD.

InRoads
InRoadsprovidescivilengineeringtoolsforroadandcorridordesign.Examplesof
theInRoadsdesignfunctionalityinclude:roadandsitemodelingcapabilities,
alignmenttools,typicalsections,superelevation,andvolumecomputation.
InRoadsincludesallofthefunctionalitydeliveredinInRoadsSite.

InRoadsSite
InRoadsSiteprovidessitedesigntools,digitalterrainmodeling,andcoordinate
geometrytoolsneededtogeneratecontours,profiles,crosssections,andcut
andfillvolumes.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

21

InRoadsProducts

InRoadsSurvey

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InRoadsSurveyenablesyoutotransferdatafromelectronicfieldbooks(EFBs)to
theMicroStationorAutoCADenvironment,withinteractivedataediting
capabilities.Contourscanbedisplayed,surveysadjustedandresultsvisually
verified.

InRoadsBridge

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

InRoadsBridgeprovidestoolstolayoutsimpleandcomplexbridgegeometry
basedontheexistinggroundconditions.InRoadsBridgealsohasinteractivetools
tocreateprecise3Dgeometricmodelsfromwhichdrawingsandreportscanbe
created.

InRoadsStorm&Sanitary
InRoadsStorm&Sanitaryoffers3Dmodeling,designandanalysis,drawing
production,anddatamanagementcapabilitiesforstormandsanitarydrainage
networks.

BentleyRailTrack

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

BentleyRailTrackprovidesanindustryspecificsetofraildesign,maintenance,
andmanufacturingtools.BentleyRailTrackalsoprovidestoolsforgeometry,site
andtrackdesign,railmanufacturing,reporting,viewing,andannotation.Bentley
RailTrackalsoincludesallthefunctionalitydeliveredinInRoads.

ATourofInRoads

22

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

InRoads:AnAssortmentofTools

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InRoads:AnAssortmentofTools

ThinkofInRoadsasatoolboxcontaininganassortmentoftools.Eachtoolhasa
specificuse.Whentheindividualtoolsarecombinedandusedinaspecificorder,
itscalledaworkflow.Workflowsareusedtoaccomplishspecificprojectoriented
tasks.AnexampleofaworkflowisCreatingaHorizontalAlignment.Workflows
canbeusedonsimpleandcomplexprojects.
Inthiscourse,wewilllearnaboutworkflowsthataccomplishcommontasks.We
willalsolearnaboutthetoolsusedintheseworkflows.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

23

WhatCanyouAccomplishwithInRoads?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhatCanyouAccomplishwithInRoads?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

InRoadsprovidesthefunctionalitytoaccomplishavarietyofprojectsthat
include:

ATourofInRoads

24

Roadandcorridordesign

Roadwidening

Roadresurfacing

Landfilldesign

Sitedesign

Residentialandcommerciallanddevelopment

Rightofwayandpropertylayout

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

AdditionalInformation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AdditionalInformation

AllInRoadsproductshaveabuiltinHelpsystem.ClickHelpinanyInRoadsdialog
boxtoaccessthehelpsystemfortheactivetool.Thehelpsystemisalsoavailable
byselectingHelp>ContentsfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheBeCommunitieswebsiteisthedestinationfortheworldsinfrastructure
communitymemberstoconnect,communicate,andlearnfromeachother.This
professionalnetworkingisdonethroughavarietyofmeans,including:

Forumsforexchangingideasanddiscussingawiderangeoftechnical
subjects.

WikiafreeformresourcewithintheBeCommunitiesforcreating
andmaintainingreferencecontent.

Blogsonlinejournalsforcommunitiesandindividualstopublish
commentary,opinions,andideas.

ResourceGalleriesaplacetoshareandexchangeimagesandfiles
withcommunitymembers.

ToaccesstheBeCommunities,visitwww.bentley.com.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

25

StartingInRoads

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

StartingInRoads

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

LaunchInRoadsorPowerInroadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentleymenu
choices.
or
DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsShortcutcreatedonyourdesktop.
or
1 StartMicroStation.
2 SelectApplications>InRoadsGroup>ActivateInRoads.

ATourofInRoads

26

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseStartInRoads

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseStartInRoads

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.
TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 Setthedirectoryto
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\ATourofInRoads\Practice\
2 SelectthefileStartingInRoads.dgn,thenclickOpen.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

27

CADGraphics

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CADGraphics

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

InRoadsusesCADfilestodisplayCADgraphics.TheCADfileusedbyInRoadsis
referredtoastheWorkingfile.Thisfilecanbeascratchfileoritcanbeafinal
plansheetfile.MostofthegraphicsdisplayedintheCADfilebyInRoadsare
recognizedbyInRoadscommands.YoucaninteractwithInRoadsgraphicsusing
theInRoadstools.

ATourofInRoads

28

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TheInRoadsExplorer

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheInRoadsExplorer

InRoadsExplorer
TheInRoadsExplorerisdividedintofourmajorparts:
MenuBarTheMenuBarcontainsmenusforallofthetoolsavailableforthe
activeInRoadsmodules.SincetheInRoadssuiteiscomposedofdifferent
modules,themenusdisplayedwillvarydependingonwhichproductand
ApplicationAddinsareactive.MenusaresharedacrosstheInRoadsSuiteof
Products.
WorkspaceBarTheWorkspaceBaristhecontrolcenterforallInRoadsProject
Data.
FeedbackPaneTheFeedbackPanedisplaysdetailsaboutthedataselectedin
theWorkspaceBar.
StatusBarTheStatusBaristhelocationonthebottomleftcornerofthe
InRoadsExplorer.ItdisplaysInRoadsmessages,datareadout,anderrors.Ifthe

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

29

TheInRoadsExplorer

commandbeingusedrequiresthatsomethingbelocatedoridentifiedintheCAD
file,additionalcommandpromptswilldisplayintheMicroStationStatusBar.

OtherInRoadsExplorerItems
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ScrollBarsWhenresizingtheInRoadsExplorer,somedatamaynotbevisible
eitherintheWorkspaceBarorFeedbackPane.ScrollBarsallowyoutoviewthis
datawithoutresizingtheInRoadsExplorer.
RightclickPopupMenusTheInRoadsExplorerenablesaccesstocommon
functionsthroughpopupMenus.Thesemenusaredisplayedbyrightclicking.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

DialogBoxesWhenatoolisselectedusingatoolbutton,orfromtheInRoads
menu,acommanddialogboxcommonlydisplayssothatmoreoptionsrelatedto
thecommandcanbespecified.
ToolbarsInRoadscontainsbuiltintoolbarsthatcanbedockedintheInRoads
Explorer.Youcanalsocreatecustomtoolbars.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Show/HideExplorerTheentireInRoadsexplorercanbehiddenfromviewby
rightclickingintheMicroStationviewwindowandselectingExplorerShow/Hide.
SelectthiscommandagaintoshowtheExplorer.IftheInRoadsExplorerishidden,
InRoadscommandscanbeaccessedthroughtheMicroStationTasks.

ATourofInRoads

30

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExploretheInterface

ExploretheInterface

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

31

InRoadsFileTypes

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InRoadsFileTypes

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

InRoadsFileTypes
TheInRoadsroaddesignprocessusesseveraldifferentfiletypes.AllInRoadsdata
isstoredinexternalfiles.TheCADfileisusedtoviewagraphicalrepresentation
ofthedesigndata,butthegraphicfilesdonotstoretheInRoadsdata.Deleting
theCADgraphicsdoesnotaffecttheInRoadsdata.Forexample,ifthegraphics
thatrepresentexistinggroundsurfacecontoursaredeleted,theInRoadsexisting
groundsurfacefileisnotmodified.

SurfaceFile(.dtm)
TheSurfacefilestoresfeaturesthataremadeupofrandompoints,breakline,and
boundarydata.TheSurfacefilealsocontainstriangledata.Thefeaturesandthe
trianglestogetherrepresentexistinggroundanddesignsurfaces.Multiplesurface
filesmaybeopenforeditingatthesametime.AlthoughmultipleSurfacescanbe
openedinInRoads,onlyoneSurfacecanbeeditedatagiventime.

ATourofInRoads

32

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

InRoadsFileTypes

GeometryProjectFile(.alg)

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheGeometryProjectFilestoresgeometricdataincludinghorizontalandvertical
alignmentsandCOGOpoints.MultipleGeometryProjectfilesmaybeloadedat
thesametime.AlthoughmultiplegeometryprojectscanbeopenedinInRoads,
onlyoneGeometryProjectfilecanbeeditedatagiventime.

TemplateLibraryFile(.itl)
TheTemplateLibraryFilestorestemplatesandtemplatecomponents.Different
componentscanbeassembledtobuildtemplates,whichdefinethetypical
sectionsofaroadway.OnlyoneTemplateLibraryfilemaybeopenforeditingata
giventime.

RoadwayDesign(.ird)
TheRoadwayDesignstoresinformationdefiningtheparametersofaroadway
design.Theseroadwaydesignparametersaredefinedusingatoolcalledthe
RoadwayDesigner.TheRoadwayDesignerisusedforcorridormanagement,
assigningtemplatedrops,creatingsuperelevation,reviewingthedesign,defining
templatetransitioningandcreatingdesignsurfaces.OnlyoneRoadwayDesignfile
maybeopenforeditingatagiventime.

ProjectFile(.rwk)
TheProjectfileprovidesaneasymethodofopeningandsavinganumberof
InRoadsdatafilesinasingleoperation.NoInRoadsdataisstoredinthisfile;itis
anASCIIfilethatliststheInRoadsdatafilestoopen.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

33

ResourceFiles

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ResourceFiles

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ResourceFiles
TheInRoadsPreferencefile(.xin)controlshowdatawillappearwhenitis
displayedintheCADfile.Preferencesetsstoredatarelatedsettingsanddialog
boxsettingsforlaterretrieval.Listedbelowareafewoftheparametersthatare
storedinpreferencefiles.

Howasurfacewillappearwhenviewedinplan,profileandcross
sections

Howgeometry,suchasalignmentsandpoints,willappearwhen
viewedinplanandprofile

HowProfileandCrossSectiongridspacing,textlabelsandaxis
symbologywillappear

Parametersandvaluesthathavebeenenteredandselectedindialog
boxfields,whichcanbesavedforlaterrecall

NumeroussettingsaresavedtotheInRoadsPreferencefileandprovideameans
bywhichtoimplementprojectspecificandorganizationalstandards.

ATourofInRoads

34

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ResourceFiles

PreferenceFile(.xin)

DraftingNotesFile(.dft)
TheDraftingNotesfilestoresnotedefinitionscreatedwiththevariousnote
placementtoolsfoundontheDraftingmenu.

StyleSheetsFile(.xsl)
TheStyleSheetsfileisusedtoformataraw.xmlfiletocreateafinished
report.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ThePreferencefilestoresthepreferencesaccessibleoneachdialogbox,Style
definitions,andNamedSymbologydefinitions.StylesandNamedSymbology
definitionscontrolthedisplayofSurfacesandGeometryelements.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

35

ExerciseOpenaPreferenceFile

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseOpenaPreferenceFile

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

OpenthePreferenceFile
WhenInRoadsstarts,apreferencefileisopenedautomatically.The
defaultpreferencefileisnamedCivil.xinandislocatedintheC:\Program
Files\Bentley\InRoadsGroup*\Data\folder,where*representsthe
versionofsoftware.
LocatethetrainingspecificpreferencefileintheBentleyTrainingfolder:
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
2 BrowsetothepathC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\.
3 SelectthePreferencefileBentleyTraining.xin.
4 ClickOpen.
AmessagestatingthattheBentleyTraining.xinfileisopenappearsinthe
StatusBaratthebottomoftheInRoadsExplorer.

Note:theOpendialogremainsopenafteryouopenafile.
5 ClickCanceltoclosetheOpendialog.

ATourofInRoads

36

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

WorkflowTheBigPicture

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WorkflowTheBigPicture

Workflow
InRoadsdoesnotforcetheuserintoalinearworkflow.Itisapowerfultoolthat
canbeusedtodoawidevarietyofcomplextasks,suchasacloverleaf
interchangedesign,sitedesignorstakingreports.Sinceworkflowscanvary
widelydependingonthescopeoftheproject,itisdifficulttodescribethe
InRoadsworkflow.Itishowever,reasonabletosaythatmostprojectsfollowthe
generalworkflowasshownhere.

ProjectSetup
SetupoftheCADfilesisusuallythestartingpointofaproject.Concurrently,a
fieldsurveyalsotakesplacetogatherexistinginformation.Theinformationthat
thesurveyortypicallysuppliescancomeinmanyformats,includingrawdata,
graphicsorASCIItext.InRoadsisflexibleenoughtohandleavarietyofformats.
Thesurfaceisthenevaluatedusingavarietyofmethods,suchascrosssections,
profiles,andcontourdisplay.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

37

WorkflowTheBigPicture

CreateGeometries

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Oncethesurfaceisdeemedacceptable,thedesignerbeginscreatinggeometry.
InRoadsprovidesawidevarietyoftoolsforgeometrycreationthatcanbeusedin
anyworkflow.Therearemanydifferentwaystocreategeometryandthesteps
involvedmayvarydependingontheprojectscope.However,geometrycreation
typicallyinvolvescreatinghorizontalgeometry,creatingexistinggroundprofiles
andcrosssections,andcreatingverticalgeometries.

DesignRoadwayCorridor

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Oncethegeometriesarecomplete,thedesignerwilltypicallycreatenew
templatesoruseexistingstandardtemplates.Thesetemplatesarethenusedto
designacorridormodelandgenerateaproposedsurface.

EvaluateResults

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Onceacorridorisdesignedandprocessed,thedesignercanuseavarietyoftools
toevaluateandedittheresultsofthedesign.Reportscanbecreatedfor
importantdatasuchasgeometry,crosssections,andvolumes.Inaddition,more
specializedreportssuchasgradebooks,surveystakeout,slopestake,andlegal
descriptionreportscanbecreated.InRoadsreportscanbetraditionalhardcopy
reportsorelectronicdatasuchasautomatedmachinecontrolgrading.

ATourofInRoads

38

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateaCADFile

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateaCADFile

CreateaMicroStationFile
1 SelectFile>NewintheMicroStationmenu.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\ATourof
InRoads\Practice\.
3 ClickBrowse.
TheSelectSeedFiledialogappears.
4 BrowsetotheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\_Standards\
folder.
5 SelecttheBentley_Training_seed.dgnfile.
6 ClickOpen.
TheSelectSeedFiledialogdisappears,andtheselectedseedfileisshown
atthebottomoftheNewdialog.
7 EnterPracticeWorkingFile.dgnintheFilesfield.
8 ClickSave.
Thefilethatwasjustcreatedisopened,asseeninthetitlebarofthe
MicroStationwindow.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

39

ExerciseCreateaCADFile

VerifyMicroStationWorkingUnits
1 SelectSettings>DesignFilefromtheMicroStationmenu.
2 IntheDGNFileSettingsdialog,selecttheWorkingUnitscategory.
EnsurethatMasterUnitissettoUSSurveyFeet[Meters]
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 ClickOKtoclosetheDGNFileSettingsdialog.
ReviewtheInRoadsWorkspaceBarTabs

Note:TheInRoadsWorkspaceBartabsarelocatedatthebottomofthe
InRoadsWorkspace.Afewofthetabsarevisible,andyoucanviewthe
othersbyusingthearrowkeystoscrollleftandright.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

1 SelecttheSurfacestabfromtheInRoadsWorkspaceBar.
NoticethattheDefaulticonisoutlinedinred,indicatingthatitisthe
activefiletheonethatisaffectedbyanyactionswetakeinInRoads.
2 SelecttheGeometrytabfromtheInRoadsWorkspaceBar.
NoticethattheDefaultGeometryProjectisactive.
3 SelectthePreferencetabfromtheInRoadsWorkspaceBar.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Noticethatthepreferencefileremainsopened,asindicatedintheStatus
Bar.InRoadsfilesremainopenevenwhencreatingnewCADfilesor
switchingbetweenCADfiles.

ATourofInRoads

40

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

MicroStationUnits

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MicroStationUnits

MicroStationUnitsandtheSurveyFoot
ItisimportantthatyounotethetwodifferentlengthsofafootintheUnited
States,andMicroStationV8mustbesetupcorrectlyoryoumaynotbedrawing
whatyouthinkyouaredrawing.
MicroStationstoresalldatainternallyinmeters.Themeteristheofficialbaseunit
ofmeasurethroughouttheworld.Eventhoughfeetandinchesarethedominant
unitsofmeasureintheUnitedStates,theyarelegallydefinedbasedonthemeter.
MicroStationusestheworkingunitdefinitiontoconvertcoordinatesand
distancestoandfrommeters.Therefore,whentheworkingunitsaresettofeet
andinches,MicroStationstillstoresthecoordinatesinmetersandconvertsto
feetandinchestodisplaycoordinates,distances,measurements,dimensions,etc.
BecauseMicroStationV8convertsallvaluesfromfeet(oranyotherunit)to
meterstostorethedata,itiscriticalthatyouunderstandtheconversionprocess
andthedesiredfootmeasurement.Ifnot,yourdatamaynotbecorrect.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

41

MicroStationUnits

ThereisadifferencebetweenafootandaSurveyfoot.Thefollowingdefinitionis
takenfromthe1991editionofASTMpublicationE38089a(StandardPracticefor
UseofInternationalSystemofUnits).

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheU.S.MetricLawof1866gavetherelationship,1metreequals39.37
inches.Since1893theU.S.yardhasbeenderivedfromthemetre.In1959a
refinementwasmadeinthedefinitionoftheyardtobringtheU.S.yardand
theyardusedinothercountriesintoagreement.TheU.S.yardwaschanged
from3600/3937mto0.9144mexactly.Thenewlengthisshorterbyexactly
twopartsinamillion.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Atthesametimeitwasdecidedthatanydatainfeetderivedfromand
publishedasaresultofgeodeticsurveyswithintheU.S.wouldremainwith
theoldstandard(1ft=1200/3937m)untilfurtherdecision.Thisfootisnamed
theU.S.surveyfoot.
Thereforethefollowingdefinitionsareinexistencetoday:
1foot=.3048000m
1surveyfoot=1200/3937m.3048006m

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ThefootinMicroStationsstandardunitlistisbasedonthefootdefinition,notthe
surveyfootdefinition.Thisisthecorrectdefinitionformostworkoutsideofthe
civilengineeringandsurveyingdisciplines.If,however,thedataisbasedon
geodeticsurveymeasurements,usingthestandardunitdefinitioninMicroStation
mayyieldincorrectresults.MostsurveydocumentationintheUSisbasedonthe
surveyfoot.However,itisimportanttocheckwithyoursurveyororlocal
authoritiesbecausesomedataisbasedonthefootdefinition.
Howmuchdifferencereallyexistsbetweenafootandasurveyfoot?Itdepends
onwhatyouaremeasuring.Asyoucanseebelow,largenumberssuchas
engineerstypicallyworkwithwhenusingStatePlaneCoordinatescanhave
significanterrorifthewrongfootdefinitionisused.

Shortdistances<1000feet
USSurveyFoot=InternationalFoot(measured1/100ofafoot)

At100,000feet
Definitionsresultinadifferenceofabout.2feet

At1,000,000feet(ApproximatesizeofmanyStatePlaneCoordinates)
Definitionsresultinadifferenceofabout2feet

ATourofInRoads

42

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProjectDefaults

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProjectDefaults

ProjectDefaults
ProjectDefaultsdefinethedefaultlocationforopeningandsavingInRoadsdata
filesrelatedtoaproject,aswellastheprojectpreferencefilesthatareloaded
whenInRoadsisactivated.TheProjectDefaultsarestoredlocallyintheWindows
registry.
TosetuptheProjectDefaults,selecttheFile>ProjectDefaultscommandinthe
InRoadsmenu.TheSetProjectDefaultsdialogboxisdividedintotwoprimary
sections:DefaultPreferencesandDefaultDirectoryPaths.

DefaultPreferencesInRoadspreferencefilesthatareloadedwhenaProject
DefaultsConfigurationNameisselected.

DefaultDirectoryPathsthefolderlocationswherethesetypesofInRoads
filesarelocated.Thespecificfilestobeloadedforaprojectareidentified
usingaProjectfile(.rwk).

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

43

ProjectDefaults

MultipleProjectDefaultconfigurationscanbecreatedandsavedunderdifferent
names.Thepathforallfiletypescanbesettothesamelocation,orseparate
pathscanbesetforeachfiletype.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TocreateanewConfigurationNameormodifyanexistingone,clickApply.This
actionwritestheinformationtotheregistryofthecomputerthatyouare
currentlyusing.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

ToactivateadifferentConfigurationName,selectitandclickClose.

ATourofInRoads

44

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseSetUpProjectDefaults

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseSetUpProjectDefaults

InRoadsFilesWhichOpenAutomatically
WhenInRoadsstarts,aPreferencefileisneededtospecifythesettings
andparametersofeachdialogbox.ThePreferencefileisopenedas
specifiedintheProjectDefaults,ifconfigured.IftheProjectDefaultsare
notconfigured,InRoadswillopenapreferencefilewhichislocatedinthe
productfolders.
InRoadsalsocreatesaDefaultSurfaceandDefaultGeometryProject.
TheDefaultSurfaceandGeometryProjectareemptyandcanbeused
forscratchwork,butarenormallynotsavedduringatypicalInRoads
workflow.
SetUpProjectDefaults
Inthisexercise,youwillcreateaProjectDefaultconfigurationnamed
RoadFundamentalsandassigntoitthedefaultfolderlocationsforFile>
OpenandFileSavecommands.
1 FromtheInRoadsmenu,selectFile>ProjectDefaults.
TheProjectDefaultsdialogappears.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

45

ExerciseSetUpProjectDefaults

2 ClickNew.
3 EnterRoadFundamentalsintheNewConfigurationdialogandclickOK.
TheSetProjectDefaultsdialogupdateswiththenewConfigurationName.
4 ClickinthePreferences(*.xin)fieldandclickBrowse.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

5 BrowsetotheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\_Standards\
folder,andselecttheBentleyTraining.xinfile.
6 ClickOpen.
7 ClickintheProjects(*.rwk)fieldandclickBrowse.
8 BrowsetotheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\folder,and
openit.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

9 ClickOpen.
TheProjects(*.rwk)fieldupdateswiththeC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\folder.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

10 Repeatthisproceduretocompletethefollowingfields:
Surfaces(*.dtm):

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\

GeometryProject(*.alg):

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\

TemplateLibraries(*.itl):

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\

RoadwayDesign(*.ird):

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\

11 VerifythattheProjectDefaultDirectoryfieldisblank.Deleteanytextthat
isinthisfield.

ThissettingMUSTbeblankorthe.rwkfilesusedinthistrainingdataset
willnotloadproperly.
12 ClickApply,thenclickClose.
InRoadswillusethisProjectDefaultdefinitionuntilitischanged.The
specifiedpreferencefileisautomaticallyopenedwhenInRoadsis
activated.ThefolderlocationsbecomethedefaultswhenusingtheFile>
OpenandFile>SaveAscommands.

ATourofInRoads

46

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseReferenceaBasemap

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseReferenceaBasemap

ReferencingaSurveyDataBasemap
Agraphicdrawingorbasemapofthesurveyareaiscommonlyprovided
forthedesignertouseasabackdropduringthedesignprocess.Using
MicroStation,thebasemapwillbereferencedtotheworkingfile.By
referencingthebasemap,alloftheinformationinthebasemapisvisible;
however,itcannotbemodified.
AttachaReferenceFile
1 FromtheMicroStationmenu,selectFile>References.
TheReferencesdialogappears.
2 SelectTools>Attach.
3 BrowsetothefolderC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\ATourof
InRoads\Practice\.
4 SelectthePractice_Existing.dgnfile,andclickOK.
TheReferenceAttachmentSettingsdialogappears.
5 SelectCoincidentWorldintheOrientationlist.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

47

ExerciseReferenceaBasemap

6 ClickOktoattachthereference.
TheReferencedialogappears.ItdisplaysthePracticeExisting.dgnfile,
withitsattachmentmethodsettoCoincidentWorld.
7 ClosetheReferencesdialog.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

YouwillnowviewtheattachedreferencefileintheMicroStationwindow.
8 SelecttheFitViewiconintheMicroStationViewwindowtoolbar.Exit
MicroStationandInRoadsbyclickingontheClosebuttonatthetopright
oftheMicroStationscreen.
9 FromtheMicroStationmenuselectFile>SaveSettings.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Thenexttimethefileisopened,theviewwillbesettoseethereference
file.

ATourofInRoads

48

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingandSavingFiles

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreatingandSavingFiles

CreatingNewFiles
NewInRoadsfilescanbecreatedbyselectingFile>NewfromtheInRoadsmenu.
IntheNewdialogbox,usethetabstoselectthedatatypetocreate.Next,enter
thedesiredName,completetheotherparameters,andselectApply.Thedata
appearsintheWorkspaceBaroftheInRoadsExplorer(afteryouselectthe
appropriatetab).
WhenusingtheFile>Newcommand,thenewdataisstoredinvirtualmemory
(loaded)inInRoads.
ThedatacreationtoolsdonotstoretheInRoadsdatatothecomputerharddrive;
thefilesonlyexistinvirtual(ortemporary)memory.Unlesssavedtodisk,thenew
InRoadsdatawillbelostwhenInRoadsisclosed.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

49

CreatingandSavingFiles

SavingFiles

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhenanInRoadsdatafileiscreatedorloadedfromdisk,itresidesinvirtual
memory.Editingthisdatadoesnotsaveittotheharddrive.Thedataisheldin
memoryuntilacommandisexecutedtosavethedatatodisk.Youmustusethe
Savecommandstoperiodicallysaveyourwork.IffilesareclosedorInRoadsis
exitedbeforesaving,apromptwillappearaskingifyouwishtosavethefile
beforeexiting.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

InRoadsallowsyoutosavesurfacesandGeometryProjectsusingadifferent
internalnamethantheexternalname(orFilename).

Theinternalfilenameisthenamegiventoadatatypewhenitiscreated
usingtheFile>Newcommand.Thisisalsothenamethatappearsinthe
InRoadsdialogboxes.

Theexternalfilenameisthenamegiventothedatatypewhenitissavedon
thediskusingtheFile>Savecommand.Theexternalfileshavetheextensions
.algand.dtm.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Forexample,youcancreateasurfaceusingtheFile>Newcommandandnameit
ExistingGround.WhenyousavethatsurfaceusingtheFile>Save>Surface
command,youcansaveittoafilenamedSR1045_Existing.dtm.Whenyouopen
thefileSR1045_Existing.dtm,allreferencestothatsurfaceintheInRoadsdialog
boxeswouldbeExistingGround.

Itishighlyrecommendedthatyoukeeptheinternalandexternalnamesthe
same.

InRoadsautomaticallyusestheSaveAsfunctionalitywhensavingInRoads
datathathasnotbeenpreviouslysaved,evenwhenusingtheFile>Save
command.However,youcanoptionallyusetheFile>SaveAscommandifyou
choose.TheFile>Savecommandsavestheactivesurface,geometry,etc.To
savenonactivedatayoushouldusetheSaveAscommand,whichallowsyou
toselectthedatayouwanttosave.

ATourofInRoads

50

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ClosingFilesandExitingInRoads

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ClosingFilesandExitingInRoads

ClosingFiles
AfilecanberemovedfromInRoadsvirtualmemorybyselectingFile>Closefrom
theInRoadsexplorermenu.Ifthefilehasbeenpreviouslysavedtodisk,the
InRoadsdataispreservedinthediskfile.IftheInRoadsdatahasnotbeensaved
todisk,thedataislost.EachInRoadsdatafilecanbeclosedseparatelyorallthe
InRoadsdatafilescanbeclosedatonetimebyselectingFile>Close>All.

ExitingInRoads
ToexitInRoads,selectFile>ExitfromtheInRoadsExplorer.Ifdatathatis
currentlyloadedinInRoadshasnotbeensavedtodisk,analertappearsaskingif
thedatashouldbesaved.ClickYestosaveonlytheInRoadsdatashowninthe
alert.ClickYestoAlltosaveallcurrentlyloadedInRoadsdata.Ifthefilehasnot
beenpreviouslysavedtodisk,theSaveAsdialogboxappearssothatyoucan
specifythefilenameandfolder.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

51

ClosingFilesandExitingInRoads

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

NOTE:IfyouareusingPowerInRoads,youcannotexitInRoadswhileleaving
MicroStationopen.ClosebothapplicationsatthesametimebyclickingtheClose
buttonontheupperrightoftheMicroStationscreen.

ATourofInRoads

52

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseClosingFiles

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseClosingFiles

CloseAllFiles
1 SelectFile>Close>CloseAllfromtheInRoadsmenu.
Analertboxopens.
2 ClickYestocloseallthefiles.
3 SelectFile>ExitfromtheCADfilemenu.
TheCADfilecloses.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ATourofInRoads

53

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseClosingFiles

ATourofInRoads

54

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

IntroductiontoSurfaces

Inthischapter,wewilllearnaboutthebasicconceptsofSurfaces.Wewilldisplay
thesurfacecontours,trianglesandfeaturesofaSurface.Wewillalsolearnabout
thepropertiesofaSurface.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

55

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

IntroductiontoSurfaces

56

Learnaboutsurfacesandthetypesofdatathatdefinesasurface.

Displaysurfacecontours,featuresandtriangles.

Learnaboutthesurfaceproperties.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Surfaces\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileViewSurface.dgn,thenclickOpen.
OpenthePreferenceFile
1 SelectthePreferencestabintheInRoadsExplorer.
2 VerifythatthepreferencefileBentleyTraining.xinisintheC:\Bentley
Training\InRoadsFundamentals\_Standards\folder.
Thepreferencefileshouldbeautomaticallyopenedfromtheproject
defaultspreviouslysetup.Ifthefileisopened,skiptothenexttopic
(Surfaces).
Ifthefileisnotloaded,completethefollowingsteps.
3 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
4 ChangetheFilesoftypetoPreferences(*.xin).
5 Browsetothe
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\_Standards\folder.
6 SelectthefileBentleyTraining.xinandclickOpen.
7 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

57

Surfaces

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Surfaces

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Surfaces
Asurfaceisarepresentationofthephysicalterrain.Surfacepointsareconnected
togethertoformsurfacetriangles.Thisprocessisknownastriangulation.
ThetermssurfaceandDigitalTerrainModel(DTM)canbeusedinterchangeably.
Bothtermsrefertoatriangulatedmodelrepresentingaphysicalterrainsuchas
theexistinggroundorproposeddesign.
CurrentversionsofInRoadssoftwaretypicallyusethetermsurfaceinsteadof
digitalterrainmodelorDTM.However,manyothersoftwareapplicationsreferto
theirmodelsasdigitalterrainmodels.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

58

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SurfaceTriangulation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SurfaceTriangulation

SurfaceTriangulation
Tohaveknownelevationsthroughoutthesurface,thesurfacemustbe
triangulated.YoucantriangulateasurfacebyselectingSurface>Triangulate
Surface.
Thiscommandformstrianglesfromthesurfacepointsbyactivatingthe
triangulationalgorithm.Thisalgorithm,basedonDelaunay'scriteria,creates
small,triangularplanesthatdefinetheterrainsurface.
Sincethex,y,zcoordinatesofeachtriangle'sverticesareknown,theelevationof
anypointontheresultingtriangularplanecanbecomputedthrough
interpolation.
TheMaximumLengthoptionisusedtolimitthelengthoftriangles.Changingthe
maximumsegmentlengthautomaticallyremovesunwantedlongtriangles,which
spanacrossareaswheretheterraindataisunknown.Anytrianglewithaside
longerthanthemaximumsegmentlengthwillnotbecreatedinthesurface.A
maximumlengthofzeroallowsatriangleofanylengthtobecreated.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

59

SurfaceFeatures

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SurfaceFeatures

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Features
InRoadsusesthetermfeaturetorefertothepointsandlinesthatarecontainedin
asurface.Thefeatureswithinthesurfacedefinehoweachpointisdisplayedand
howitinfluencesthetriangulationofthesurface.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

60

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FeatureTypes

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FeatureTypes

FeatureTypes
Afeatureismadeofoneormorepoints.Thefeaturetypeaffectshowthe
triangleswhichconnectthepointstogetherareformed.

Random
Randomfeatures,alsocalledspotpoints,representnonuniformlyspaced
pointsthathavenodirectrelationshiptootherpoints.Randomfeaturesare
commonlyfoundwhenthesurveyedareaconsistsofanopenfieldorgrassy
area,sincetherearenoidentifiableterrainfeatures.

Breakline
Breaklinefeaturesrepresentalineardiscontinuityinasurfacesuchasaridge,
ditch,edgeofpavement,centerline,orcurb.Thebreaklinefeaturetype
specifiesthatallpointsinthefeatureareconnectedasalinearsegment.
Whenthesurfaceistriangulated,thetrianglesareformedsothatnotriangle
legcrossesanybreaklinefeatures.Thismaintainstheintegrityoftheslope

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

61

FeatureTypes

betweenbreaklinefeaturepointsduringtriangulation,resultinginamore
accuratesurface.

Contour
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Contourfeaturesarelinearfeaturesthatcomefromcontourdata,whichis
commonlyavailablefrommappingagencies.Contourfeaturesare
triangulatedinthesamewayasbreaklinefeatures.Surfacescreatedfrom
contourdataarenormallynotasaccurateassurfacescreatedfromBreakline
andRandomfeatures.

Interior

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Interiorfeaturesareclosedshapedlinearfeaturesthatrepresentavoidor
holeinthesurface.Notrianglesareformedinsidetheinteriorfeatures,and
therecanbeunlimitedinteriorfeaturesinasinglesurface.Examplesinclude:
buildingfootprints,lakes,andobscureareas.

Exterior

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Exteriorfeaturesareclosedshapedlinearfeaturesthatformaboundary
aroundthesurface.Notrianglewillbeformedoutsidetheexteriorfeature.An
exteriorfeatureiscommonlyusedtopreventtrianglesfrombeingformedin
areaswherethesurveydataisnotknown.Itisalsousedtomaintaincutand
filllinesonaproposeddesign.Therecanbeonlyoneexteriorfeatureina
singlesurface.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

62

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

UsingBreaklineFeatures

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

UsingBreaklineFeatures

UsingBreaklineFeatures
Toproduceanaccuratesurface,itistypicallynecessarytosupplementthe
randomfeatureswithstringsorshapesofpointscollectedalonglinearbreaksin
theground.Forexample,anexistinggroundsurfacewilllikelycontainlinestrings
alongallmajorbreaksintheterrain,suchasedgesofroadway,edgesof
waterways,andsoon.
Sincebreaklinefeaturesholdthelinearrelationshipbetweenpoints,breaklines
moreaccuratelymodelthelinearfeaturesinasurface.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

63

ExteriorFeatures

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExteriorFeatures

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ExteriorFeatures
Exteriorfeatures(alsocalledexteriorboundaries)areclosedshapedlinear
featuresthatformaboundaryaroundthesurface.Notriangleisformedoutside
theexteriorfeature.Anexteriorfeatureiscommonlyusedtopreventtriangles
frombeingformedinareaswherethesurveydataisnotknown.Itisalsousedto
maintaincutandfilllinesonaproposeddesign.Youcanonlyhaveoneexterior
featureinasinglesurface.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

64

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

InteriorFeatures

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InteriorFeatures

InteriorFeatures
Interiorfeaturesareclosedshapedlinearfeaturesthatrepresentavoidorholein
thesurface.Notrianglesareformedinsidetheinteriorfeatures.Youcanhave
unlimitedinteriorfeaturesinasinglesurface.
Examplesinclude:buildingfootprints,lakes,andobscureareas.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

65

PreferenceSets

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

PreferenceSets

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Preference
APreferenceisagroupofsettingsforanInRoadscommand.Thesesettingscanbe
savedandthenretrievedatalatertime.
Forexample,youcancreatetwoPreferencesetsfortheViewContourscommand,
onecalledExistingSurface,andtheothercalledFinishedSurface,wherethefirst
displayscontoursat5intervalsandtheotherat10intervals.
YoucanassignaPreferencesettotheViewContourscommandforyourcurrent
session,byloadingthePreferencesetbeforerunningthecommand.Todothat,
opentheViewCommandsdialogbox(selectSurface>ViewSurface>Contours),
clickPreferences,selectthePreferencename,andclickLoad.Oncethe
Preferencesetisopened,itremainsopenedforthatsession.
Auserdefineddefaultpreferenceset(orPreferredPreference)isopenedwhen
thedialogisfirstopened.Youcansetthepreferreddefaultpreferenceby
selectingFile>ProjectDefaultsintheInRoadsmenuandsettingthePreferred
PreferenceName.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

66

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TheStyleManager

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheStyleManager

TheStyleManager
TheStyleManagerisusedtoconfigurethewayInRoadsdisplaysgraphics.It
controlsthegraphicdisplay(symbology)ofsurfacefeatures,geometryfeatures
andsurveyfeatures.Italsocontrolswhetherthesefeaturesaredisplayedornot.
TheStyleManageriswherestylesarecreatedandedited.ToaccesstheStyle
Manager,selectTools>StyleManager.ClickNeworEdittocreatenewFeature
Stylesoreditexistingones.OnestylecanapplytoSurface,Geometry,andSurvey,
andoncetheNewStyleorEditStyledialogboxopens,youcanaccessaleaffor
eachofthosefeaturetypes.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

67

TheStyleManager(Contd)

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheStyleManager(Contd)

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

StyleManagerLeaves
TherearefiveleavesontheleftpaneoftheEditStyleorNewStyledialog.The
SurfaceFeatures,GeometryFeatures,andSurveyFeaturesleavesallowyouto
specifyhowafeatureistobedisplayedwhenitoccursinsurfacedata,geometry
dataorsurveydata.ThereisalsoaGeneralleafandaSymbologyleaf.

GeneralLeaf
SpecifieswhichfeaturetheStylecanbeappliedto.

SymbologyLeaf
SpecifiestheNamedSymbologyusedforthegraphicdisplay.

SurfaceFeatureLeaf
TheSurfaceFeatureleafcontrolshowsurfacefeaturesaredisplayed.The
SettingsleafoftheSurfaceFeatureleafcontrolswhetherfeaturescanbe
displayedinthePlan,Profileand/orCrossSectionView.TheSymbologyleafof

IntroductiontoSurfaces

68

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TheStyleManager(Contd)

theSurfaceFeatureleafdefineswhichNamedSymbologywillbeusedfor
displayingthefeatureinthePlan,Profileand/orCrossSectionView.

TheGeometryFeatureleafcontrolshowgeometryfeaturesaredisplayed.
GeometryhasfourleaveswhichcontrolhowPoints,Lines,ArcsandSpiralsare
displayed.

SurveyFeatureLeaf
TheSurveyFeatureleafcontrolshowsurveyfeaturesaredisplayed.

TheStyleManagerisusedinconjunctionwithSurveyCodes.Thislinkis
coveredingreaterdetailinourSurveyFundamentalsclass.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

GeometryFeatureLeaf

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

69

TheNamedSymbologyManager

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheNamedSymbologyManager

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

NamedSymbologyManager
ANamedSymbologydefineshowapoint,line,ortextwillbedisplayedinCAD.
NamedsymbologyisusedbytheStyleManagertodefinethedisplayofgraphics,
controllingthecolor,level,weight,andlinestyleofdisplayedelements.Itcontrols
thedisplayoftext.Italsospecifieswhichcellsandsymbolswillbeusedtodisplay
points.
TheNamedSymbologyManagerisusedtocreateandeditnamedsymbologyin
InRoads.ToaccesstheNamedSymbologyManager,selectTools>Named
SymbologyManager.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

70

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseViewSurfaceCommands

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseViewSurfaceCommands

Inthisexercise,youwillopenasurfaceusingtwodifferentPreferenceSets
andcomparetheresultingcontourgraphics.Youwillalsoviewthesurface
trianglesandsurfacefeatures.
OpenaSurface
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
2 OpenthesurfaceHemfieldExisting.dtmfromthe
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\_CommonReferences\folder.
TheStatusBarsaysthefileHemfieldExisting.dtmisopen.
3 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
Thedialogstaysopensoyoucaneasilyloadmultiplesurfaces,orother
typesofInRoadsdata,inasingleoperation.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

71

ExerciseViewSurfaceCommands

LoadaPreferenceSetandViewtheSurfaceContours
1 SelectSurface>ViewSurface>Contours.
TheViewContoursdialogopens.
2 ClickPreferencesatthebottomofthedialog.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 SelecttheExistingSurfacepreference.
4 ClickLoad.
5 ClickClosetoclosethePreferencesdialog.
6 ClickApply.

Note:TheViewContoursdialogboxremainsopen.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

7 SelecttheMicroStationFitViewcommand.
Noticethecontourgraphics.
ChangethePreferenceSetandViewtheSurfaceContours
1 ClickPreferencesintheViewContoursdialogbox.
2 SelecttheFinishedSurfacepreference.
3 ClickLoad.
4 ClickClosetoclosethePreferencesdialog.
5 ClickApply.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

6 ClosetheViewContoursdialog.
Noticethedifferenceinthecontourgraphics.
ViewtheSurfaceTriangles
1 SelectSurface>ViewSurface>Triangles.
2 ClickPreferences.
3 SelecttheExistingSurfacePreference.
4 ClickLoad.
5 ClickClosetoclosethePreferencesdialog.
6 ClickApply.
7 ClickClosetoclosetheViewTrianglesdialog.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

72

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseViewSurfaceCommands

ViewtheSurfaceFeatures
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
2 OpenthesurfaceExistingSurvey.dtmfromtheC:\Bentley
Training\InRoadsFundamentals\_CommonReferences\folder.
3 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
4 SelectSurface>ViewSurface>Features.
5 ClickApply.
6 ClickClosetoclosetheViewFeaturesdialog.
7 SelecttheMicroStationFitViewcommand.
Noticethedisplayofthetwodifferentsurfacesyouhaveloaded.
8 SelectSurface>FitSurface.
TheviewzoomstoshowtheactivesurfacewhichiscurrentlytheExisting
Surveysurface.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExistingSurveyisnowtheactivesurface.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

73

SurfaceProperties

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SurfaceProperties

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SurfaceProperties
Immediatelyafterloadingasurface,youshouldreviewthesurfacespropertiesto
quicklyverifythesurface.
ToaccesstheSurfacePropertiesdialogbox,rightclickonthenameofthesurface
intheWorkspaceBaroftheInRoadsExplorerandselectProperties.Anotherway
toaccesstheSurfacePropertiescommandistoselectSurface>Surface
Properties.
Youcanonlyreviewthepropertiesofonesurfaceatatime.Youcanchangethe
nameofthedisplayedsurfaceherebyenteringthenewnameandclickingApply.

AdvanceTab
TheadvancedtabincludespickliststodefinetheNamedSymbology
definitionfordisplayingthesurfaceoncrosssectionsandprofiles.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

74

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseSurfaceReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseSurfaceReview

ReviewtheSurfaceProperties
1 SelectSurface>SurfaceProperties.
TheSurfacePropertiesdialogboxappears.
2 EnsurethatHemfieldExistingisshownintheSurfacefield.
TheSurfacefieldshowstheactivesurface.Selectingadifferentsurface
namesetsthatsurfaceastheactivesurface.
3 ReviewtheMinimumandMaximumcoordinatesinthelowerleftcorner
ofthedialogbox.
CreateaReviewSurfaceReport
1 ClickReport,andreviewtheresults.
2 SelectSaveAs.
3 EnterHemfieldExisting.txtfortheFilename.
4 Savethefiletothe
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\IntrotoSurfaces\Practice\
folder.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

75

ExerciseSurfaceReview

ExittheCADSoftware
1 ClosetheResultsdialog.
2 ClosetheSurfacePropertiesdialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 ExittheCADsoftware.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

76

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CollectingSurfaceData

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CollectingSurfaceData

CollectingSurfaceData
Fieldsurveys,aerialphotography,andcontourmapsareallsourcesforcollecting
surfacedata.Generally,themostaccuratedatacomesfromfieldsurveys.
Whileallmethodsofcollectingsurfacedataarevalid,thedesignprojecttype
dictatestheaccuracyandlevelofdetailrequired.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

77

ImportingSurfaceData

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ImportingSurfaceData

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ThefollowingarewaystobringsurfacedataintoInRoads:

Survey
TheeasiestmethodforimportingsurfacedataintoInRoadsistheSurvey
application.UsingSurvey,therawdatafromthesurveydatacollectorisimported
andprocessed.Asurfacecanbecreateddirectlyfromtheprocesseddata.

DEMImport
ThiscommandloadsDigitalElevationModel(DEM)dataintoasurface.DEMdata
offersawaytocreatesurfacemodelswheredetailedsurveyaccuracyisnot
required.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

78

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ImportingSurfaceData

TextImportWizard

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

LandXML

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ImportSurfaceFromGraphics

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

TheTextImportWizardallowsyouimportsurfacedatainavarietyofASCII
formats.TheTextImportWizardisflexiblebecauseyoucandescribetheformat
ofthefilesyouareimporting.

TheImportSurfaceFromGraphicscommandallowsyoutocreatesurfacesfrom
3DCADgraphics.Importingsurfacedatafromgraphicsisawidelyusedmethodof
bringingsurfacedataintoInRoads.

LandXMLisaspecializedXMLdatafileformatcontainingcivilengineeringand
surveydatacommonlyusedinthelanddevelopmentandtransportation
industries.
TheLandXMLfileformatprovidesthefollowingcapabilities:

Transferringengineeringdesigndatabetweenproducersand
consumers

Providingadataformatsuitableforlongtermdataarchival

Providingastandardformatforelectronicdesignsubmission

SurfaceCreationandEditingisnottaughtinthiscourse.SurfaceCreationand
Editingstepbystepexercisesareavailableinothercourses.Pleasevisit
www.bentley.com/LearningPathstoreviewtheseadditionaltrainingoptions.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

79

FeatureProperties

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FeatureProperties

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

FeatureProperties
TheFeaturePropertiestoolisusedtoviewandeditthepropertiesoffeatures
storedinthesurfacefile.Toaccessthefeaturepropertiestool,selectSurface>
Feature>FeatureProperties.
Alistofindividualfeaturesstoredinthesurfacearedisplayedinthedialogbox.
Remember,allcoordinatepointsusedforasurfacemustbestoredasafeature.

FeatureName
Everyfeatureinasurfacehasaname.Eachfeaturenameinasurfacemustbe
unique.Forexample,inasurfacetheremightbefouredgeofpavementfeatures,
buttheycannotallhavethenameEOP.Therefore,thefeaturenamescouldbe
calledEOP1,EOP2,EOP3,andEOP4.
Eachfeaturehasanassociatedfeaturestyle,whichdescribeshowandwherea
featurewilldisplay.Forexample,allfouredgeofpavementfeaturescouldhavea

IntroductiontoSurfaces

80

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FeatureProperties

featurestylenamedExist_EOP.Allfouredgesofpavementwouldthenlookthe
same,eventhoughtheirnamesaredifferent,becausetheyareusingthesame
featurestyle.

Oneofthepropertiesofafeatureisthefeaturetype.Thefeaturetypecanbe
Random,Breakline,Contour,InteriororExterior.
Anothertriangulationpropertyiswhetherthefeatureisincludedinthe
triangulatedmodel.WhentheExcludefromTriangulationoptionisselected,
InRoadswillnotincludetheselectedfeaturewhenbuildingatriangulatedmodel.
Acommonuseforthisisundergroundoroverheadutilities.Theutilitystillexists
inthesurface,butitdoesnotaffectthetriangulationofthesurface.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Triangulation

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

81

SummaryandReview

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Summary
Youarenowableto:

IntroductiontoSurfaces

82

Understandsurfacesandthetypesofdatathatdefinesasurface.

Displaysurfacecontours,featuresandtriangles.

Understandandusesurfaceproperties.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:AnInRoadssurfaceisarepresentationofthephysical
terrain.

True

False

2 Listthreetypesofsurfacefeatures.
1__________
2__________
3__________
3 TrueorFalse:Namedsymbologydefineshowgraphicsaredisplayed.

True

False

4 TrueorFalse:NamedsymbologyisdefinedusingtheStyleManager.

True

False

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

83

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 TrueorFalse:Asurfaceisarepresentationofthephysicalterrain.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TrueAnInRoadssurfaceisadigitalterrainmodelofthephysicalterrain.
Commonlyasurfaceiscreatedtomodeltheexistingororiginalground
terrainandanothersurfacetomodeltheproposedordesignterrain.
2 Listthreetypesofsurfacefeatures.
Therearefivetypesofsurfacefeatures.Eachtypeofsurfacefeaturehasa
specialbehaviorandpurpose.
1Random

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2Breakline
3Contour
4Interior
5Exterior
3 TrueorFalse:Namedsymbologydefineshowgraphicsaredisplayed.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TrueNamedsymbologydefinesthegraphicdisplaypropertiesforlinear,
text,andpointelements.Oncedefined,elementsassociatedwiththe
namedsymbologywillalwaysappearthesame.Namedsymbologyisa
verypowerfultoolusedtomaintaindesignanddraftingstandards.Named
symbologyisstoredinthe.xinpreferencefile.
4 TrueorFalse:NamedsymbologyisdefinedusingtheStyleManager.
FalseNamedsymbologyisdefinedusingtheNamedSymbology
Manager.However,thenamedsymbologydefinitionsarethenassociated
withstylesdefinedusingtheStyleManager.Itisthestylethatis
associatedwiththeelement.Boththenamedsymbologyandstyle
definitionsarestoredinthe.xinpreferencefile.

IntroductiontoSurfaces

84

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

TimeAllocated
15Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

85

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
Displaytheexistinggroundcontoursanddesignsurfacefeatures.

SourceData
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Surfaces\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
TheProjectdatafilesarelistedbelow:

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamen
tals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

Design: MeadowParkProposed.dtm

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamen
ExistingGround: tals\_CommonReferences\MeadowPark
Existing.dtm

IntroductiontoSurfaces

86

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Requirements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:ReviewtheExistingandProposedsurfaces.

Opentheexistinggroundandproposeddesignsurfaces.

DisplaythecontoursoftheexistinggroundsurfaceusingtheExisting
Surfacepreference.

RedisplaythecontoursoftheexistinggroundsurfaceusinganInterval
of5[1.5M].

Displaythefeaturesoftheproposeddesignsurface.

UsetheMicroStationViewAttributesdialogtodisabletheFilloption.
(Settings>ViewAttributes)

Questions

WhatarethehighestandlowestelevationsoftheExistingGround
Surface?

HowmanybreaklinepointsareintheDesignSurface?

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoSurfaces

87

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

IntroductiontoSurfaces

88

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

IntroductiontoGeometry

Inthischapter,wewilllearnaboutthebasicconceptsofGeometry.Wewilllearn
aboutthestructureoftheGeometryProjectfile.Wewillimportahorizontal
alignmentfromgraphicsandsetthestartingstationforthealignment.Wewill
displaythehorizontalalignmentstationingandannotatethealignment.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

89

WhereAreWeintheBigPicture?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhereAreWeintheBigPicture?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Atthispointintheprojectwehavedonethefollowing:

SetuptheCADfile

Setupprojectdefaults

Analyzedtheexistingdata

Now,wearereadytocreategeometrieswhichwillinvolvethefollowingtasks:

IntroductiontoGeometry

90

Createhorizontalgeometry.

Createexistinggroundprofilesandcrosssections.

Createverticalgeometry.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

Inthislessonwewill...

LearnaboutGeometryProjects.

Learnhowtodisplaygeometry.

Createhorizontalalignmentsfromgraphics.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

91

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Geometry\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileImportAlignmentGraphic.dgn,thenclickOpen.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

OpenthePreferenceFile
1 SelectthePreferencestabintheInRoadsExplorer.
2 VerifythatthepreferencefileBentleyTraining.xinisintheC:\Bentley
Training\InRoadsFundamentals\_Standards\folder.
Thepreferencefileshouldhaveautomaticallyopenedbecauseofthe
ProjectDefaultspreviouslysetup.Ifso,skipthefollowingstepsand
continuetothenexttopic(WhatisaGeometryProject?).
Ifthefileisnotloaded,completethefollowingsteps.
3 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

4 ChangetheFilesoftypetoPreferences(*.xin).
5 Browsetothe
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\_Standards\folder.
6 SelectthefileBentleyTraining.xinandclickOpen.
7 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.

IntroductiontoGeometry

92

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

WhatisaGeometryProject?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhatisaGeometryProject?

GeometryProject
TheGeometryProjectcontainsgeometryelements,whichincludecoordinate
geometrypoints,horizontalalignments,andverticalalignments.Thefile
extensionfortheGeometryProjectis.alg.
Inadditiontothegeometryelements,theGeometryProjectalsostoresstationing
informationforthealignmentsincludingthestartingstationandstation
equations,aswellasimportantpointsalongthealignmentknownasEventPoints.
EventPointsareamethodoflocatingimportantlocationsalonganalignment.
Thesepointsareeitherbasedonastationandoffsetoronfixedcoordinates.The
stationandoffsetmethodallowsthepointtomoveasthealignmentdefinitionis
changed.Fixedcoordinateeventpointsdonotmovewhenthealignmentis
changed.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

93

GeometryProjectStructure

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

GeometryProjectStructure

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

GeometryProjectStructure
AGeometryProjectissimilarinconcepttoadatabase.Itstoresandorganizes
pointinformation.TheremaybeseveralGeometryProjectsopenedinInRoads,
butonlyonecanreceiveinputatatime.ThisiscalledtheactiveGeometry
Project.
AgeometryprojectisorganizedintohierarchalcategoriesstartingwiththeCOGO
pointbufferandhorizontalalignments.Onlyonealignmentcanbemanipulated
withinaGeometryProjectatatime.Thisiscalledtheactivealignment.
VerticalAlignments,andHorizontalAlignmentEventPoints,arestoredas
childrenofthehorizontalalignments.Verticaleventpointsarechildrento
verticalalignments.
Asshowninthediagramabove,multiplehorizontalalignmentscanexistina
GeometryProject.Eachhorizontalalignmentcanhavemultiplechildvertical
alignments.Eachhorizontalalignmentmusthaveauniquename.Geometry
namesarecasesensitive.

IntroductiontoGeometry

94

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

OpeningFiles

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

OpeningFiles

OpeningaGeometryProjectReview
Toopenageometryproject,selectFile>Open.MorethanoneGeometryProject
canbeloadedatatime.WhenyouselecttheGeometrytablocatedinthe
bottomoftheWorkspaceBar,thenameofthegeometryprojectisvisibleinthe
InRoadsExplorer.

ActiveGeometry
Likesurfaces,theactiveGeometryProjectisindicatedbyaredrectanglearound
theicon.Thisconceptisextendedtothehorizontalandverticalalignments
containedinthegeometryproject.Youcanonlyhaveoneactivehorizontal
alignmentandoneactiveverticalalignmentatatime.Althoughyoucanview
morethanonealignmentatatime,theactivehorizontalandverticalalignments
aretheonlyonesthatcanbeedited.SomeInRoadstoolsonlyworkontheactive
alignment,whileothersallowyoutoselecttheactivealignmentinthetooldialog
box.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

95

WhatisaHorizontalAlignment?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhatisaHorizontalAlignment?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

HorizontalAlignments
Ahorizontalalignmentisaseriesoflinearelementsandcircularelements.
Together,theelementsformanalignment.Ahorizontalalignmentisusedto
definethingssuchasaroadcenterline,arightofwayline,andproperty
boundaries.HorizontalalignmentsarestoredintheGeometryProject.
AhorizontalalignmentisachildoftheGeometryproject.EachGeometryProject
canhaveoneormanyhorizontalalignments.Thenameofeachhorizontal
alignmentwithinaGeometryProjectmustbeunique.
Alignmentscanbestationed.Whenahorizontalalignmentiscreated,stationingis
automaticallyassigned.Thestationingstartsat0+00,butitcanbechangedtoany
startingstation.Wewillseehowstationingisdefinedforanalignmentlaterinthis
chapter.

IntroductiontoGeometry

96

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TypesofGeometry

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TypesofGeometry

TypesofGeometry
GeometryProjectsandalignmentarecreatedusingtheFile>Newcommand.To
creategeometry,selecttheGeometrytab.Thiscommandallocatesmemoryfora
newgeometryprojectoralignment.YoumustcreateaGeometryProject,
followedbycreatingaHorizontalAlignmentbeforeyoucancreategeometrydata.
Thefirstoptiononthedialogboxdefinesthetypeofgeometrynamebeing
created.TheoptionsincludeaGeometryProject,HorizontalAlignment,and
VerticalAlignment.
ThereisaparentchildrelationshipbetweenGeometryProjects,Horizontal
Alignments,andVerticalAlignments.Whenahorizontalalignmentiscreated,it
becomesachildoftheactivegeometryproject.Likewise,anewvertical
alignmentbecomesachildoftheactivehorizontalalignment.
EnteringadescriptionfortheGeometryProjectoralignmentisrecommended.It
willhelpyouidentifywhichfiletouse,asyoumighthaveseveralfilesloadedat
onetime.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

97

TypesofGeometry

Whencreatinghorizontalandverticalalignments,theStyleandCurveDefinition
dialogboxfieldsareactivated.Thestyledefineshowthegeometrywillappear
whendisplayedintheCADfile.Thecurvedefinitiondefineshowthehorizontalor
verticalcurvesaredefinedmathematically.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Therearemanywaystocreateandeditahorizontalalignment.Wewillcover
someofthemostcommonlyusedmethodsinthiscourse.Inthislesson,wewill
createahorizontalalignmentfromagraphicelementintheCADfile.Inalater
lesson,welearntocreateandedithorizontalalignmentsusinghorizontalPIsand
curves.Thereisalsoanoptionallessonthatintroducesyoutocreatinggeometry
elements.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

GeometryiscreatedfromgraphicelementsusingtheFile>Import>Geometry
command.
Thetypesofgeometrythatcanbecreatedbyimportinggeometryfromgraphics
include:
HorizontalAlignment

VerticalAlignment

HorizontalandVerticalAlignment

COGOPoints

EventPoints

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

IntroductiontoGeometry

98

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TypesofGraphicsThatCanBeImported

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TypesofGraphicsThatCanBeImported

TypeofGraphicsThatCanBeImported
Thetypesofgraphicelementsthatcanbeimportedare:

Lines

Linestrings

Arcs

Curvestrings(strokedusingchordheighttolerance)

Shapes

Complexlinestrings

Complexshapesmadefromelementsinthislist

BSplines(strokedusingchordheighttolerance)

Thegraphicalelementtypeslistedabovecanbeusedforhorizontalandvertical
alignments.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

99

AlignmentIntegrity

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AlignmentIntegrity

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

AlignmentIntegrity
Ifpossible,itisbesttoconnectthealignmentgraphicsintoasingleelement,such
asacomplexchain,beforeimporting.Thisensuresthatallthelinesandcurvesget
importedintoasinglehorizontalalignmentandthattheelementsarecontinuous.
InRoadscanimportseparategraphicelementsandcombinethemintoasingle
alignment;however,creatingacomplexchainaccomplishesthesameresults.
Ifyouareimportinganalignmentcontainingnontangentialcirculararcsandthe
alignmentwascreatedfromgraphics,youmayencounterrestrictionsifyoutryto
editthealignment.

IntroductiontoGeometry

100

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseImportAlignmentfromGraphics

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseImportAlignmentfromGraphics

CreateaNewGeometryProject
1 SelectFile>New.
2 ClicktheGeometrytab.
3 EnterHemfieldfortheGeometryProjectname.
4 FortheDescription,enterHemfieldRoad.
5 ClickApply,thenclickClose.
AnewGeometryProjectiscreated.
ImporttheHorizontalAlignmentFromGraphics
NowthataGeometryProjecthasbeencreated,thenewhorizontal
alignmentwillbecreatedinthisGeometryProject.Thegraphicelement
beingimportingisacomplexchain.
1 SelectFile>Import>Geometry.
2 EnsurethattheFromGraphicstabisselected.
3 EnsurethattheTypeissettoHorizontalAlignment.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

101

ExerciseImportAlignmentfromGraphics

4 EnterHemfieldRdfortheNameandHemfieldRoadExistingAlignment
fortheDescription.
5 SelectE_Road_PavementCLfortheStyle.
6 ClickApply.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

7 Selecttheyellowelementontheleftintheview.
Youcanselectanywhereonthegraphic;theresultingalignmentwillbe
thesame.InRoadsreadsthegraphicinthedirectionitwasoriginally
drawn.
8 ClickagainontheCADviewtoacceptthehighlightedgraphic.
9 Rightclicktoexitthegraphicselectionmode.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Thenewalignmentiscreated.
ReviewtheHorizontalAlignment
1 SelectGeometry>ReviewHorizontal.
2 Reviewthealignment.
Noticethatthestartingstationis0+00[0+000].

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 ClosetheReviewHorizontaldialog.

IntroductiontoGeometry

102

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

HorizontalAlignments

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HorizontalAlignments

Stationing
Thefirsttimeyoucreateahorizontalalignment,thebeginningstationis
0+00[0+000].Youcanassignadifferentbeginningstationusingthestationingtool
(Geometry>HorizontalCurveSet>Stationing).Thisstationingcommand
definestheactivealignmentsstartingstation.Allalignmentstationequationscan
becreatedusingthistool.

ReviewHorizontalAlignment
Itishelpfultoreviewyourdesigngeometrically.Aquickwaytoreviewthe
alignmentistorightclickonthehorizontalalignmentintheInRoadsExplorerand
selectReview.Thiscommanddisplaysdetailedinformationaboutthehorizontal
alignment.Thealignmentreportcanbeprinted,savedordisplayedintheCAD
file.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

103

HorizontalAlignments

SaveGeometryProject

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InRoadsdoesntautomaticallysaveadditionsormodificationstotheGeometry
Projectfile.Anychangesarestoredinvirtualmemoryandarenotwrittentothe
harddiskuntiltheFile>SaveAscommandisused.

IntroductiontoGeometry

104

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseDefineStationing

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseDefineStationing

DefinetheBeginningStation
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>Stationing.
EnsurethatHemfieldRdisselectedfromtheHorizontalAlignmentlist.
Bydefault,theactivehorizontalalignmentisselected.
2 Enter10+00[1+000]fortheStartingStation.
3 ClickApply,thenclickClose.
ReviewtheHorizontalAlignment
1 SelectGeometry>ReviewHorizontal(orrightclickonthehorizontal
alignmentintheInRoadsExplorerwindowandselectReview).
Thealignmentreportappears.
2 SelectElementastheMode.
NoticethatthefirstgraphicelementishighlightedintheCADviewand
thereportislimitedtothatsingleelement.
3 ClickNexttostepthrougheachelementinthealignment.
4 Whenfinished,closetheReviewHorizontalAlignmentdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

105

ExerciseDefineStationing

SavetheGeometryProject
1 SelectFile>SaveAs.
2 SelectGeometryProjects(*.alg)fromtheSaveasTypefield.
3 NavigatetotheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Geometry\Practice\folder.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

4 EnterHemfield.algastheFileName.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

5 ClickSave,thenclickCancel.

IntroductiontoGeometry

106

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

HorizontalAlignmentAnnotation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HorizontalAlignmentAnnotation

ViewStationing
HorizontalalignmentstationingisdisplayedintheCADfileusingtheGeometry>
ViewGeometry>Stationingtool.Thistoolcontrolsthedisplayofstation
annotationtextalongtheactivehorizontalalignment.Stationsareplacedalonga
horizontalalignmentataspecifiedinterval.

HorizontalAlignmentAnnotation
TheGeometry>ViewGeometry>HorizontalAnnotationcommandisusedto
annotateahorizontalalignmentwithcurveandtangentdata.Thiscommandis
alsousedtoviewandannotateCOGOpoints.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

107

HorizontalAlignmentAnnotation

ActiveGeometryProject/HorizontalAlignmentReview

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Remember,youcanopenorcreateseveralGeometryProjects.Onlyone
GeometryProjectcanbeworkedonatatime.ThisiscalledtheactiveGeometry
Project.IntheInRoadsExplorer,theactiveGeometryProjectisshownwithared
boxsurroundingtheicons.Numeroushorizontalandverticalalignmentscanbe
createdinasingleGeometryProject.JustlikeGeometryProjects,onlyone
horizontalandverticalalignmentcanbeactiveatatime.Theactivealignments
arealsoshownwitharedboxsurroundingtheicons.

RenameGeometry

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

TheRenameGeometryallowsyoutochangethenameofageometryprojectand
anyofthechildrenofageometryproject,suchasthehorizontalalignmentand/
ortheverticalalignmentname.TheRenameGeometrycommandisalsousedto
changethestyleofanalignment.

IntroductiontoGeometry

108

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Locate/GraphicSelectButton

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Locate/GraphicSelectButton

TheTargetbuttonorGraphicSelectbuttonisavailableonmanydialogs.Itallows
youtographicallyselecttheelementorpointsfromtheCADviewtodefinethe
informationfromthatportionofthedialog.Forexample,youcouldgraphically
picktwopointstodefinetheMaximumLengthofthetriangleleg.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

109

ExerciseViewHorizontalAnnotation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseViewHorizontalAnnotation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

AnnotatetheHorizontalAlignment
1 SelectGeometry>ViewGeometry>HorizontalAnnotation.
TheViewHorizontalAnnotationdialogopens.
2 ClicktheGraphicSelectbuttontotherightoftheHorizontalAlignments
Includefield.
3 SelecttheyellowelementontheleftintheCADview.
Thenearestalignmentisfoundandhighlighted.
4 ClickanywhereintheCADViewtoAcceptthehighlightedalignment.
TheHemfieldRdalignmentisaddedtothehorizontalalignmentlistinthe
ViewHorizontalAnnotationdialog.
5 ClickApply,thenclickClose.
ThealignmenttangentsandcurvesareannotatedbasedontheStyle
associatedwiththealignment.

IntroductiontoGeometry

110

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseViewHorizontalAnnotation

ViewtheStationing
1 SelectGeometry>ViewGeometry>Stationing.

Ifthecorrectalignmentwasnotalreadyactive,itcanbeselectedfromthe
picklist.
2 ClickApplyandclickClose.
ThestationingisdisplayedintheCADdrawing.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Noticethattheactivealignment,HemfieldRd,appearsintheHorizontal
Alignmentfield.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

111

GeometryViewOptions

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

GeometryViewOptions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

GeometryViewOptions
TheViewGeometryOptionsallowyoutospecifywhichtypeofannotationis
automaticallyupdatedwhengeometryismodified.Whenselected,InRoadswill
automaticallyupdatethefollowingannotation:

HorizontalElements

VerticalElements

ClosedAreas

Stationing

CurveSets

VerticalChangeinPlan

ViewRegressionPoints

Ifaspecifictypeofannotationisnotselected,annotationcanbemanually
updatedusingtheviewannotationcommand.

IntroductiontoGeometry

112

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

GeometryViewOptions

TheappearanceoftheannotationiscontrolledbyeachGeometry>View

Ifyoucheckedthatyouwanttoupdatethestationing,thenyoumustsaveaView
stationpreferencecalledDesignCenterline.Ifsuchapreferenceisdefined,then
InRoadsdisplaysandannotatesthestationingbaseduponthesettingsforDesign
Centerline.InRoadsdoesnotlookatthesettingsforViewStationingthatarein
memory.Thepreferencemustexistondiskorthesoftwaresilentlyskipsthe
stationingannotation.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

commandspreferencesbyusingthealignmentsstyleandviewcommand
preference.Forexample,youmayhaveanalignmentwithastylecalled
DesignCenterline.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

113

ExerciseCreateAnotherAlignmentwithaDifferentStyle

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateAnotherAlignmentwithaDifferentStyle

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ChangetheViewGeometryOptions
1 SelectGeometry>ViewGeometry>Options.
2 Makesureallthegeometryoptionsareselected.
3 ClickApply,thenclickClose.
ImporttheHorizontalAlignmentFromGraphics
1 SelectFile>Import>Geometry.
2 EnsurethattheFromGraphicstabisselected.
3 EnsurethattheTypeissettoHorizontalAlignment.
4 EnterRoad2fortheNameandRoad2fortheDescription.
5 SelectP_COGO_MainCLfortheStyle.
6 ClickApply.
7 Selecttheredelementontherightintheview.
Youcanselectanywhereonthegraphic;theresultingalignmentwillbe
thesame.InRoadsreadsthegraphicinthedirectionitwasoriginally
drawn.

IntroductiontoGeometry

114

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateAnotherAlignmentwithaDifferentStyle

8 ClickagainanywhereontheCADviewtoacceptthehighlightedgraphic.
Thenewalignmentiscreated.
9 Rightclicktoexitthegraphicselectionmode.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

10 ClosetheImportGeometrydialog.
ViewtheStationingandAnnotation
1 Deletetheredelementontheright.
2 IntheInRoadsExplorer,rightclickontheRoad2alignment,andselect
View.
NoticethattheStationingandAnnotationaredisplayedautomaticallyin
theCADview.
3 SelectGeometry>ViewGeometry>Stationing.
4 ClickPreferences.
NoticethatapreferenceexistscalledP_COGO_MainCL,whichisthesame
nameasthealignmentstyleforRoad2.Thestationingandannotationtext
willalsoautomaticallyupdatewhenthealignmentismodified.
5 ClosethePreferencedialogandtheViewStationingdialog.
ChangethestylefortheHemfieldRoadAlignment
1 SelectGeometry>RenameGeometry.
2 SettheTypetoHorizontalAlignment.
3 IntheFromareasettheGeometryProjecttoHemfield.
4 Inthealignmentlistinthecenterofthedialog,selectHemfieldRd.
5 IntheToarea,changetheStyletoP_COGO_MainCL.
6 ClickApply.
AnAlertwilldisplayconfirmingyouwanttochangethegeometry.
7 ClickYes.
8 ClickClose.
9 OntheleftsideoftheInRoadsExplorer,rightclickontheHemfieldRd
AlignmentandselectViewAllHorizontals.Thealignmentupdateswith
thenewstyleandannotation.
DeletetheRoad2Alignment
1 OnrightsideoftheInRoadsExplorer,rightclickontheRoad2alignment
andselectDelete.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

115

ExerciseCreateAnotherAlignmentwithaDifferentStyle

2 Analertboxwilldisplay.ClickYes.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 SavetheGeometryProjectbyselectingFile>Save>GeometryProject.

IntroductiontoGeometry

116

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TheProjectFile

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheProjectFile

TheProjectfile(.rwk)isusedtoopenandsavemultipleInRoadsdatafilesina
singleoperation.UsingaProjectfileisveryhelpfulbecauseanentireprojectcan
beloadedorsavedinasingleoperation.WithouttheuseofProjectfiles,loading
orsavingaprojectinvolveskeepingtrackofmanyindividualfiles.
BeforeaProjectfileiscreated,theindividualInRoadsdatafiles(Surfaces,
GeometryProjects,TemplateLibraries,etc.)mustbeopenedorcreatedandsaved
tothedisk.TheProjectfileisalistoftheindividualInRoadsdatafilestoloadand
save.TheProjectfileitselfdoesnotcontainanyInRoadsdata.ItisanASCIIfile
thatpointstothelocationoftheInRoadsfiles.
TocreateanInRoadsProjectfile,selectFile>SaveAsfromtheInRoadsmenu.
ThiswillbringuptheSaveAsdialog.OntheSaveAsdialog,selectOptions.This
bringsuptheProjectoptionsdialog.TheProjectOptionsdialogisusedtoselect
whichInRoadsdatafilestoaddtotheProjectfile.
TheavailableInRoadsdatatypesareseparatedbytabs.Allcurrentlyloaded
InRoadsdatafilesarelistedwhenatabisselected.ToincludeanInRoadsdatafile
intheProjectfile,selecttheAddand/orUpdateboxnexttothedesiredInRoads

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

117

TheProjectFile

datafile.TheAddoptionindicatesthattheProjectfilewillopenthefile.The
UpdateoptionindicatesthattheProjectfilewillsavethefile.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ToopenanexistingProjectfile(*.rwk),selecttheFile>Opencommandand
selectProjectastheFilesofType.BrowseandselecttheProjectfile(.rwk)and
clickOK.ThiswillopenallInRoadsfileslistedintheProjectfile.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

TosavealldatafilesinaProjectfile,selecttheFile>Save>Projectcommand.
ThiswillsavetheactualInRoadsdatafileswhentheUpdateoptionisselected.

IntroductiontoGeometry

118

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateaProjectFile

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateaProjectFile

CreateaProjectFile
1 SelectFile>SaveAs.
2 SetSaveasTypetoProjects(*.rwk).
3 ClickOptions.
Bydefault,theProjectOptionsdialogopenstotheSurfacestab.
4 SelecttheGeometryProjecttab.
5 SelecttheAddandUpdateoptionsnexttotheGeometryProjectnamed
HemfieldandclickOK.
6 NavigatetotheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Geometry\Practice\folder.
7 EnterPracticeIntrotoGeometry.rwkastheFileName.
8 ClickSaveandthenCancel.
9 ExittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

119

SummaryandReview

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Summary
Youarenowableto:

IntroductiontoGeometry

120

UnderstandanduseGeometryProjects.

Displaygeometry.

Createhorizontalalignmentsfromgraphics.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.
1 ThefileextensionforanInRoadsGeometryProjectis:

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

A.xin
B.alg
C.dtm
D.rwk
2 TrueorFalse:Analignmentnamemustbedefinedbeforeanyalignment
elementsorpointscanbedefined.

True

False

3 Thefirsttimeyoucreateahorizontalalignment,thebeginningstationis
____.
A0+00[0+000]
B10+00[1+000]
C20+00[2+000]
D12+23[1+223]
4 TrueorFalse:TheProjectfile(.rwk)isusedtoopenandsavemultiple
InRoadsdatafilesinasingleoperation.

True

False

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

121

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 ThefileextensionforanInRoadsGeometryProjectis.
B.alg

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

2 TrueorFalse:Analignmentnamemustbedefinedbeforeanyalignment
elementsorpointscanbedefined.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

TrueYoumustcreateanalignmentnamebeforeanygeometryelements
canbedefined.Thegeometrynameiscreatedintheactivegeometry
projectbutitisnotsavedtotheharddriveautomatically.Youmustsave
thegeometryprojectusingtheFile>SaveAscommand.
3 Thefirsttimeyoucreateahorizontalalignment,thestartingstationis
____.
A0+00[0+000]Allhorizontalalignmentsbeginatstation0+00[0+000]
bydefault.ThestartingstationcanbechangedwiththeGeometry>
HorizontalCurveSet>Stationingtool.
4 TrueorFalse:TheProjectfile(.rwk)isusedtoopenandsavemultiple
InRoadsdatafilesinasingleoperation.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TrueTheProjectfile(.rwk)isaconvenientmethodofopeningandsaving
multipledatafilesinasingleoperation.TheProjectfileiscreatedwiththe
File>SaveAscommand.

IntroductiontoGeometry

122

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

TimeAllocated
15Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

123

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
ImporttheMeadowParkDriveexistinghorizontalalignmentfromgraphics.
AnnotatetheMeadowParkDrivealignment.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Geometry\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Geometry\Task\TaskIntrotoGeometry.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm

IntroductiontoGeometry

124

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Requirements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:ImportGeometryfromgraphics.

CreateanewGeometryProjectnamedMeadowPark.

Importtheredcomplexchainthatrepresentsthecenterlineofthe
roadasahorizontalalignmentnamedMeadowParkDrive.Use
P_COGO_MainCLastheStyle.

SetthebeginningstationofMeadowParkDriveto15+51.15
[1+551.15].

Displaythehorizontalalignment,stationing,andannotation.

Whenfinished,savethenewGeometryProjectas
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Geometry\Task\MeadowPark.alg.

AddthenewMeadowPark.algtotheprojectfileTaskIntroto
Geometry.rwk.SelecttheAddandUpdateoptionsforthenewly
createdGeometryProject.Whenaskedifyouwishtooverwritethe
existingfile,clickYes.

Questions

Whatistheendingstationofthealignment?

WhatisthePIStationofthecurve?

WhatisthecurveRadius?

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoGeometry

125

MeadowParkDriveAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MeadowParkDriveAlignment

IntroductiontoGeometry

126

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

CreatingHorizontalAlignments
UsingPIs

Inthischapter,wewilllearnhowtocreatehorizontalalignmentusingthePI
commands(Add,Insert,Move,DeletePI).Wewillalsolearnhowtoeditexisting
alignmentsandcreatecurves.
UsingthePIcommandsisoneofanumberofwaystocreatealignments.Ifyour
normalworkingpracticedoesnotusethismethod,youshouldskipthischapter.
However,oncethistrainingcourseisended,youwillhavethisdocumentandthe
dataset,soyouwillbeabletoworkthroughthecontentofthischapteratalater
date.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

127

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

Learnhowtodefinehorizontalpointsofintersection(PIs)with
precisioninput.

Learnhowtoedithorizontalalignments.

Learnhowtocreatehorizontalcurves.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

128

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Creating
HAUsingPIs\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileAddPIs.dgn,thenclickOpen.
3 OpentheCADfilekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Creating
HAUsingPIs\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeHAPI.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

GeometryProject: Hemfield.alg

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

129

HorizontalCurveSet

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HorizontalCurveSet

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

HorizontalCurveSet
TheHorizontalCurveSettoolsareusedtoplaceandeditPIsandcurvesthat
defineahorizontalalignment.ThealignmentdefinitionmustbecreatedusingFile
>NewbeforePIscanbeaddedtothealignment.YouaddPIstoanalignment
usingtheAddPIcommand.Thisbuildsthetangentsections.Next,youmust
move,insert,ordeletepointstoeditthepointsthatwereplacedwiththeAddPI
command.Finally,usetheDefineCurvescommandtocreateandeditthecurves.
TherearefourtoolsforcreatingandmanipulatingPIs:

AddPIcreatesanewPIintheactivealignment.Ifthealignmentalready
containsoneormorePIs,theAddPItoolwilladdanewPIatthebeginningor
theendoftheactivealignment.
Whenyouinvokethistool,youwillbepromptedtoidentifytheendofthe
alignment.Ifyourexistingalignmentisempty,thefirstdatapointwillbecome
thebeginningofyouralignment.Otherwise,thefirstdatapointidentifiesthe
nearestendoftheactivealignment.Makesureyouhavethecorrectactive
horizontalalignment.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

130

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

HorizontalCurveSet

InsertPIcreatesanewPIbetweentwoexistingPIsintheactivehorizontal
alignment.

MovePIrepositionsaPIanditsassociatedcurveset,ifoneexists.

DeletePIremovesaPIanditsassociatedcurveset,ifoneexists.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

131

ProductivityTips

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProductivityTips

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

PrecisionInputandConventions
ToplacePIsusingprecisioninput,selectUtilities>KeyinfromtheCADmenu.
Therearenospacesusedintheprecisioninputformat.
Theformatofthekeyinsareshownbelow:

ne=northing,easting,elevation
Theelevationparameterisoptional.

di=distance,direction
TheformatofthedirectionasabearingisN45^3630.7EordecimalN45.52E

so=station,offset,elevation,alignmentname,GeometryProjectname
Offsetstotherightoftheaheadstationingarepositive.Offsetstotheleftof
theaheadstationingarenegative.
Theelevation,alignmentname,andGeometryProjectnameareoptional
parameters;however,theymustbeincludedinthespecifiedorder.Therefore,
ifyouwishtoincludethealignmentname,theelevationmustalsobe
included.Alignmentnamesarecasesensitive.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

132

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProductivityTips

StatusBar

TheAngleModemayneedtobechangedtoBearingsforthedikeyinto
functionasexpected.
TochangetheAngleMode:
Settings>DesignFile>AngleReadout>DirectionMode

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheleftcorneroftheCADstatusbarwilldisplayInRoadscommandprompts.
ThesepromptswillassistyouwhenusingInRoadscommandswhichrequireyou
toclickintheCADVieworenterinformationintotheCADKeyindialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

133

ExerciseCreateAlignmentwithPrecision

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateAlignmentwithPrecision

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

AddHorizontalPIs
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>AddPI.
2 Whenpromptedtoidentifytheendofthealignment,datapointnearthe
lowerendoftheredelementintheCADfile.
3 Movethecursor.
4 Youshouldseealinestretchingfromtheendofthealignment.
Thenextpointswillbeenteredusingprecisioninputkeyins.
5 Clickinthekeyinfieldtomakeitactive.
6 IntheCADKeyindialog,enterne=120126.674,1089335.314
[36609.524,332088.135.].
7 PressEnter.
ThePIisplaced.
Next,wewillplaceanotherPIbyusingthedikeyin.
8 IntheCADKeyindialog,enterdi=1145.0[267.02],s78^2624e.

Shift6willenterthe^symbol.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

134

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateAlignmentwithPrecision

9 PressEnter.
ThenexttwoPIswillbeaddedbygraphicallyselectingthepoints.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

10 Snaptoandacceptadatapointatthesouthendofthepurplelineto
placeaPI.Thispointisnortheastofthelastpointplaced.IfAccuSnapis
enabled,youmustholddowntheShift+Ctrlkeystosnap.
11 DatapointanyplaceeastofthealignmenttoplacethelastPIpoint.
12 Rightclicktoresetthecommand.
13 RightclickagaintoterminatetheAddPIcommand.

Ifnecessary,youcanusetheCADviewcontrolcommandtoolsinthemiddle
ofusingthePlacePIcommand.Whenyouaredonewiththeview
manipulation,rightclickandInRoadswillbringyoubacktothelaststepprior
toyourviewmanipulation.
InsertaHorizontalPI
TheInsertPItoolisusedtoaddanewPItoanexistingtangentline.
Remember,theAddPItoolcanonlybeusedtoaddaPIontheendofan
existingalignment.
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>InsertPI.
2 Graphicallyselectthelastsegmentofthealignment.
Thesegmentbecomesdynamicshowingthepossiblelocationsofthenew
PI.
3 Clicktolocatethepointjustnorthoftheexistingsegment.
PrecisionkeyinscouldhavebeenusedtolocatetheinsertedPI.
4 Clickagaintoaccepttheoverallsolution.
5 RightclicktoterminatetheInsertPIcommand.
MoveaHorizontalPI
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>MovePI.
2 GraphicallyselectthelastPIinthealignment.
3 MovethePItoanewlocation(theexactlocationisnotimportant).
4 ClicktolocatethePI.
PrecisionkeyinscouldalsohavebeenusedtolocatethePI.
5 Clickagaintoaccepttheoverallsolution.
6 RightclicktoterminatetheMovePIcommand.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

135

ExerciseCreateAlignmentwithPrecision

DeleteaHorizontalPI
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>DeletePI.
2 GraphicallyselectthelastPIinthealignment.
3 Clickagaintoaccepttheoverallsolution.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

4 RepeattheproceduretoagainremovethelastPIinthealignment.Thisis
thePIthatwassecondtolastintheoriginalalignment.
5 RightclicktoterminatetheDeletePIcommand.
6 SelectFile>Save>GeometryProject.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Remember,InRoadsdoesnotautomaticallysavetheGeometryProjectchangesto
theharddisk;theyareonlystoredinvirtualmemoryatthistime.Itisalwaysa
goodideatosavethegeometry,oranyotherInRoadsdata,aftermakingchanges.
AnotherwaytosaveInRoadsdataistorightclickonthedatatypeintheInRoads
ExplorerandclickSave.Inthiscase,highlighttheHemfieldGeometryProjectin
theInRoadsExplorer,rightclickandclickSave.

InpreviouschaptersyouusedtheSaveAscommandtosavegeometryand

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

otherdata.However,inthisexerciseyouloadedandareworkingwithan
existinggeometryproject(.alg).BecauseInRoadsalreadyknowsthename
andlocationofthegeometryprojectontheharddisk,youcanusetheSave
command,whichwilloverwritetheexistingfilewiththecurrentdatain
InRoads.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

136

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewPracticeAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewPracticeAlignment

Thehorizontalalignmentinthepreviousexerciseshouldresemblethefigure
abovewhencomplete.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

137

HorizontalCurves

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HorizontalCurves

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

HorizontalCurves
TheDefineHorizontalCurveSettooldefinesnewcurvesetsandmodifiesexisting
curvesetsintheactivehorizontalalignment.Theacceptedsolutionisdisplayedin
theCADdrawingfile.Therearenumerousoptionsonthisdialogbox;however,a
fewbasicoptionswillgetyoustarted.

HorizontalPIArea
ThetextfieldsintheHorizontalPIgroupboxdescribethepositionofthecurrent
PIrelativetothepreviousandnextPIs.Changingvaluesonthisdialogwill
redefinethelocationofthePI.TheDefinedByoptiondetermineshowPIlocations
aredetermined.
Forexample,assumethatDefineByissettoDirectionsfromPreviousandNext
PIs,andthatyouhavemodifiedthevaluesofDirectionBackandDirectionAhead.
WhenyouclickApply,thePIisrepositionedbasedontheintersectionofthose
directionsprojectedfromthepreviousPItothenextPI.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

138

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

HorizontalCurves

Thisisthemostimportantareaonthedialogbox.Thesesettingsdefinethecurve
orcurvesetthatiscreatedatthecurrentPI.Acurvesetcanbeasimplesingle
curve,acomplexspiralcurvespiralcurvespiralcurvecombination,oranything
inbetween.Toomitacurveorspiraldefinitioninthecurveset,leaveitslengthor
radiusvaluesettozero.
Adegreeofcurvaturecanbeenteredintheradiusfieldbyproceedingthevalue
withtheletterd.Forexample,keyingind1returnsaradiusof5729.578,whichis
theradiusofa1degreecurve.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HorizontalCurveArea

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

139

ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurves

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurves

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Nowthatwehaveextendedouralignment,theappropriatenextstepisto
definecurvesforthosePIsthathavebeenplaced.
DefineHorizontalCurve
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>DefineCurve.
2 ClickNextuntilyoulocatethefirstPIwithnocurve.
WatchtheRadiusfieldtodetermineifeachPIhasacurveassigned.The
activecurveand/ortangentsegmentsarehighlightedintheCADdrawing.
IfyouknowexactlywhichPIyouwanttoedit,theSelectbuttoncanbe
usedtographicallyselectthePI.
3 Enter100[40]forthelengthoftheleadingtransitionclothoidspiral.
4 Enter1200[400]forRadius1.
5 Enter100[40]forthelengthofthetrailingtransitionclothoidspiral.
6 ClickApplyandthenClose.
ThecurvesolutionisdisplayedintheCADfile.Didthecurvegetcreated?
7 ReadthepromptintheInRoadsExplorer.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

140

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurves

CorrecttheCurve
1 ChangetheRadius1to500[150].
Leavebothtransitionlengthsat100.00[40].
2 ClickApply.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Whatdoesthepromptsay?Didthecurvegetcreated?
3 ClickUndoontheDefineHorizontalCurveSetdialogbox.
Youcanonlyundothelastcurveyoudefine.Whathappens?
4 ChangetheRadius1to700[200].
5 ClickApply,thenclickNext.
Besuretoclicknextsothecorrectcurvewillbemodified.
6 Enter2000[600]forRadius1.
7 ClickApply,thenclickNext.
8 Enter500[300]forRadius1.
9 ClickApply.
10 Closethedialog.
ReviewandAnnotatetheAlignment
1 Rightclickonthehorizontalalignment(intheInRoadsExplorerWindow)
andselectReview.
2 ClosetheReviewHorizontalAlignmentdialog.
3 SelectGeometry>ViewGeometry>HorizontalAnnotationtoolto
annotatethehorizontalalignment.
4 ClickthetargetbuttonnexttotheHorizontalAlignmentsIncludefield.
5 Clickonthealignmentgraphic.
Thealignmenthighlights.
6 Clickagaintoacceptthealignment.
7 ClickApplytoannotatethealignment.
8 ClosetheViewHorizontalAnnotationdialog.
SaveGeometry
1 SelectFile>Save>GeometryProject.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

141

DesignCriteria

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DesignCriteria

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

AddHorizontalPI
TheAddHorizontalPIcommandcanplacePIsanddefinecurvesbasedonthe
designcriteriaspecifiedintheDesignCriteriadialog.AccessHorizontalDesign
CriteriafromGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>DesignCriteria.AccessVertical
DesignCriteriabyselectingGeometry>VerticalCurveSet>DesignCriteria.
Browsetotheappropriatehorizontalcurvecheckstable.Thiswillallowyouto
automaticallyplacePIswithcurvesdefinedusingtheAddPIcommand.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

142

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurvesBasedonDesignCriteria

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurvesBasedonDesignCriteria

SpecifyDesignCriteria
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>DesignCriteria.
2 SelecttheUseDesignCriteriacheckbox.
3 Iftablenamefieldisempty,clickBrowse.
4 NavigatetotheC:\ProgramFiles\Bentley\InRoadsGroup
V8.11\data\imperial[metric]\folderandselectHorizontalDesign
Checks.txt.

IfyourInRoadssoftwareisnotinstalledtothedefaultlocation,thepathin
step3willbedifferent.Browsetothelocationwhereyoursoftwareis
installed.
5 Select55[80]fortheSpeedandsettheMaximumeto6.
6 ClickApply,thenClose.
AddPIswithCurves.
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalCurveSet>AddPI.
2 SelectthelastPIinthealignment.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

143

ExerciseDefineHorizontalCurvesBasedonDesignCriteria

3 ClickdownandtotherightofthelastPI.Noticeacurveisautomatically
definedbasedonthedesigncriteriaspecified.
4 PlaceonemorePIupandtotheright,thenrightclicktofinish.
5 ExittheCADsoftware.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

6 Whenpromptedtosavethegeometryproject,clickNo.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

144

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Definehorizontalpointsofintersection(PIs)withprecisioninput.

Edithorizontalalignments.

Createhorizontalcurves.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

145

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.
1 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtodefineahorizontalPI?
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AAddPI
BDeletePI
CInsertPI
DMovePI

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2 Listatleasttwokeyincommandsusedtoenterhorizontalgeometrywith
precision.
1__________
2__________
3__________

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 TrueorFalse:TheDefineHorizontalCurveSettooldefinesnewcurvesets
butwillnotallowforthemodificationofexistingcurvesetsintheactive
horizontalalignment.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

146

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtodefineahorizontalPI.
AAddPI

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CInsertPI
BoththeAddPIandInsertPIcommandsareusedtodefineanewPI.The
AddPIcommandisusedtostartanewalignmentoraddaPItoeitherend
ofanexistingalignment.TheInsertPIcommandisusedtodefineanewPI
inthemiddleofanexistingalignment.
2 Listthreekeyincommandsusedtoenterhorizontalgeometrywith
precision.
1ne=northing,easting,elevation
2di=distance,direction
3so=station,offset,elevation,alignmentname,GeometryProjectname
3 TrueorFalse:TheDefineHorizontalCurveSettooldefinesnewcurvesets
butwillnotallowforthemodificationofexistingcurvesetsintheactive
horizontalalignment.
FalseTheDefineHorizontalCurveSettooldefinesnewcurvesetsand
modifiesexistingcurvesetsintheactivehorizontalalignment.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

147

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
30Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

148

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
ExtendtheexistingMeadowParkDrivehorizontalalignmenttoconnecttoa
knowncoordinate.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Creating
HAUsingPIs\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreatingHAUsing
PIs\Task\TaskHAPI.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

149

ReviewTask

Requirements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:ExtendtheexistingMeadowParkDrivehorizontalalignment.

TheexistingMeadowParkDrivealignmentcurrentlyendsat
N149236.796,E1088363.612[N45487.466,E331733.892].

Theextendedalignmentshouldbeginwithatangentthathasthe
samebearingasthelasttangentoftheexistingalignment.

ThefirstnewPIis374.76[114.23M]feetfromtheendoftheexisting
alignment.

ThesecondnewPIis386.12[117.69M]feetandisS65^4821.5E
fromthefirstnewPI.

ThesecondtothelastPIoftheextendedalignmentis350[106.68M]
feetfromwherethealignmentintersectsBrownWay.HintUsethe
DefineBymethodofDirectionandDistancefromNextPItoassistin
placingthisPI.

ThelasttangentoftheextendedalignmentshouldintersectBrown
Wayata90degree.Hintdrawalineperpendiculartobrownway
about350'inlength(itdoesnothavetobeexact).Whenconstructing
thelastpartofthealignment,youcansnaptotheperpendicularline
thatwaspreviouslydrawn.

TheeasternmostpointonthealignmentwhereittiesintoBrownWay
southoftheculdesacisN149198.65,E1089850.38
[N45470.037,E332187.029].

Thisportionofthealignmentmusthaveaminimumof3curves.

AllofthecurvesshouldhaveaDegreeofCurvature(DOC)of11[35]
degrees(radiusof520.87feet[159.15M]).

Thecompletealignmentshouldbedisplayed,stationed,and
annotatedintheCADfile.

Oncecomplete,savetheGeometryProject.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

150

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Whatisthebearingofthesecondtangentinyourfinalgeometry?

Whatisthelaststationonthealignment?

Whatisthetangentlengthofthelasttangentinyourfinalgeometry?

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Questions

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

151

MeadowParkDriveKnownAlignmentPoints

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MeadowParkDriveKnownAlignmentPoints

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

152

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

153

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingPIs

154

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

CreatingHorizontalAlignments
UsingElements

DuringthislessonyouwilllearntocreateaHorizontalAlignmentusingElements.
CreatinganalignmentusingElementsisoneofanumberofwaystocreate
alignments.Ifyournormalworkingpracticedoesnotusethismethod,youshould
skipthischapter.However,oncethistrainingcourseisended,youwillhavethis
documentandthedatasetsowillbeabletoworkthroughthecontentofthis
chapteratalaterdate.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

155

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

Createhorizontalelements.

Edithorizontalelements.

Checkalignmentintegrity.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

156

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateHA
UsingElements\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileHAElements.dgn,thenclickOpen.
3 OpentheCADfilekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateHA
UsingElements\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeHAElements.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

ExistingSurface: ExistingGround.dtm

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

157

HorizontalElements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HorizontalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

WhatAreHorizontalElements?
HorizontalelementsareGeometryelementsthataredefinedusingFixed,Float
andFreeparameters.TheyaremoreflexiblethanusingthePImethod,asthey
allowforpartsofthealignmenttocontaindiscontinuitiesandgaps.Theyalso
enabletheusertodesignpartsofthealignmentwithconstraints,whilestill
havingfreeelementswhereneeded.Becausetherecanbegapsinanalignment
definedwithelements,youcandesigntheprojectbyfirstestablishingthe
straightsandcurvesinthemostconstrainedareasandthencompletingtherestof
thealignmentlaterbyfillinginthegaps.
HorizontalalignmentsdefinedusingElementsaregenerallybestsuitedto:

Finaldesignorreconstruction

Brownfielddesign

Designinarestrictedcorridor

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

158

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

HorizontalElements

HorizontalElementTools

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ThehorizontalelementtoolsarefoundontheGeometry>HorizontalElement
menu.
ThehorizontalelementtoolscanbeactivatedanddeactivatedusingApplication
AddIns.IftheHorizontalElementtoolsarenotonyourGeometrymenu,select
Tools>ApplicationAddIns.Fromthelistofavailableaddins,selectthecheck
boxnexttotheHorizontalandVerticalElementAddinandclickOK.
Thesecommandsareusedtomodifyhorizontalalignmentsbyadding,copying,
editing,anddeletingindividualelements.

AddFixed/Floating/FreeHorizontalLineplacesalinearhorizontalelement.

AddFixed/Floating/FreeHorizontalCurveplacesahorizontalcurveelement.

DefineSpiraltiestwoexistingcurvesortangentstogetherwithaClothoid,
RICCubicParabola,BiquadraticParabola,Bloss,Sinusoid,orCosinespiral
curve.

ConnectElementsmovesoneelementandconnectsittoasecondelement.

CutElementcutsanexistinghorizontalelementintotwopieces.

JoinElementsjoinstwocoincident,colinearelementstoformasinglenew
element.

MoveElementsmovesanexistinghorizontalelementtoaspecifiedlocation.

CopyElementscopiesapartofanexistingalignmentintotheactive
alignment.

AddFixedElementplacesafixedelementbasedontwoparameters.The
parametersincludebeginningcoordinates,endingcoordinates,length,and
deltaangle.Clothoidspiralscanbeplacedbydefiningdifferentbeginningand
endingradii.Nootherspiraltypescanbeplaced.

EditElementeditsanexistinghorizontalelement.

DeleteElementdeletesaselectedhorizontalelementfromtheactive
horizontalalignment.

CheckIntegrityidentifiesgeometricintegrity,reorderselements,fixes
transpositionsanddeletesextraneouselements.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

159

HorizontalElements

SimplifiedHorizontalElementTools

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SimplifiedHorizontalandVerticalElementsaretoolsthatareusedtocreate
geometryelementswithpredefinedsettingsintheactivehorizontaland/or
verticalalignment.Whenusingthesecommands,nodialogboxesappearwhen
usingthesimplifiedhorizontalandverticalelementsbecausethesettingsused
arealreadyspecifiedandcanbechangedbyselectingGeometry>Simplified
HorizontalElement>Settings.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

160

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProductivityTips

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProductivityTips

TheformatofthedirectionasabearingisN45^3630.7EordecimalN45.52E.

TheAngleModemayneedtobechangedtoBearingsforthedikeyinto
functionasexpected.
TochangetheAngleMode:
Settings>DesignFile>AngleReadout>DirectionMode
Whenanoffsetorradiusisrequiredthesignofthevaluedefinesthedirection
relativetothealignment.Apositivevaluedefinesanoffsetorcurvetotheright
whenlookingupstation.Anegativevaluedefinesanoffsetorcurvetotheleft.

StatusBar
TheleftcornerofthestatusbarwilldisplayInRoadscommandprompts.These
promptswillassistyouwhenusingInRoadscommandswhichrequireyoutoclick
inaCADVieworenterinformationintotheCADKeyindialog.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

161

FixedHorizontalElements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FixedHorizontalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

AddFixedLine
Createsafullyconstrainedlinearelementintheactivealignment.
Therearetwomodesforthiscommand.Youcanplacealinearhorizontalelement
betweentwopoints.ThepointscanbedatapointsorcanbespecifiedasNorthing
andEastingpairsinthedialogbox.Oryoucanplacealinearhorizontalelementby
Point,Direction,andDistance.

AddFixedCurve
Createsafullyconstrainedcurveelementintheactivealignment.
Therearetwomodesforthiscommand.Youcandefineahorizontalcurvebytwo
points(startandend)andaradius.Thepointscanbedatapointsorcanbe
specifiedasNorthingandEastingpairsinthedialogbox.Oryoucanplacea
horizontalcurveby3Points(start,end,andpassthrough).

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

162

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FixedHorizontalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhentheSelectInsertionElementcheckboxisenabled,thenewelementis
addedbeforeorafteranexistingelementintheactivealignment.Thereference
elementisselectedduringtheelementplacement.Whenthecheckboxiscleared
thenewelementisplacedattheendofthealignment.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

163

ElementManipulation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ElementManipulation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ChangePositionTools
MoveElementThistoolchangesthepositionofanexistingelement.
ConnectElementsThischangesthepositionofanexistingelementbutitdoesso
byconnectingthebeginningofoneelementtotheendofasecondelement.This
toolensuresthatthetwoelementsshareacommonendpoint.
CopyElementThistoolcopiesoneormoreelements.Youmustidentifythe
alignmenttheelementiscomingfrom,thefirstelementinthealignmenttobe
copied,andthelastelementtobecopied.Allelementsbetweenthefirstandlast
elementarecopied.Ifthesameelementisidentifiedasthefirstandlastelement,
thatsingleelementiscopied.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

164

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ElementManipulation

ModifyElementTools
CutElementsdividestheselectedelementintotwoelements.

EditElementisusedtoeditexistinglinear,circular,andspiralelements.The
elementthatwillbeeditedishighlightedintheCADfile.UsetheSelect,First,
Previous,Next,andLastbuttonstonavigatetotheelementyouwanttoedit.The
start,stop,orbothendsoftheelementscanbeadjusted.Twoimportantoptions
forthistoolcontrolhowconnectingelementsareorarenotmodifiedalongwith
themodifiedelement.
MaintainElementConnectivityotherelementsaremovedtomaintain
connectivityandcolineardirection.
MaintainElementconnectivitywithMinimumMovementtheelementjust
afterthemodifiedelementisadjusted.Thesoftwareattemptstominimizethe
overallmovementofthealignment.
NoOptionSelectedonlytheeditedelementisadjusted.Adiscontinuitywill
existbetweentheeditedelementandthenextelementinthealignment.
DeleteElementisusedtodeleteexistingelements.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

JoinElementsjoinstwoelementsintoasingleelement.Thetwoelementsmust
thesametype(linearorcurve),beconnected,andbetangenttobejoined.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

165

ExerciseCreateNewGeometry

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateNewGeometry

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreateaNewGeometryProject
1 SelectFile>New.
2 IntheNewdialog,selecttheGeometrytab.
3 SettheTypetoGeometryProject.
4 EnterRoute1ExtensionforthegeometryprojectName.
5 ClickApply.
CreateaNewHorizontalAlignment
6 IntheNewdialog,changetheTypetoHorizontalAlignment.
7 EnterRoute1ExtensionforthealignmentName.
8 SettheStyletoP_COGO_MainCL.
9 ClickApply.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

166

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FloatingHorizontalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FloatingHorizontalElements

AddFloatingLine
Attachesahorizontallinearelementontoanexistingnonlinearelement.
Ifyouselecttheelementnearitsstart,thenewlineattachestothestartofthe
element.Ifyouselecttheelementonitsend,thenewlineattachestotheendof
theelement.
Therearetwomodesforthiscommand.Youcanplacealinearhorizontalelement
bydefiningtheendpointorbyfixingthedirectionanddefiningtheendpoint.
Floatingalineontheendofacurvewillrecomputethelengthoftheendofthe
curveandusethedatapointastheendoftheline.
Floatingalineonthestartofacurvewillrecomputethelengthofthestartofthe
curveandusethedatapointasthestartoftheline.
Afterplacement,thelengthofthecurvetowhichyouareattachingtheline
adjuststomaintaintangencyandcoincidencebetweenthetwoelements.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

167

FloatingHorizontalElements

AddFloatingCurve
Attachesahorizontalcurveelementontoanexistinglinearelement.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Ifyouselectthestartinghalfoftheexistingelement,thecurvewillbeaddedto
thestartingsideoftheexistingelement.Ifyouselecttheendinghalfofthe
existingelement,thecurvewillbeaddedtotheendingsideoftheexisting
element.
Therearetwomodesinthispulldownmenu.Youcandefinethenewhorizontal
curvebyPointandRadiusorbyPointandDirection.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Whenyouselectthiscommand,thesystempromptsyoutoselectanelementby
placingadatapointontheelement.Thatpointservesastheinitialpointforyour
curvehoweveritdoesnotfixthatpointasthetangentpointbetweenthelineand
thecurve.Asyoumovethecursorthecurvefloatsalongthelineelement.The
locationofthecurveendpointdefineswherethecurveisplacedwhichinturn
defineswherethetangentpointislocated.Afterplacement,thelineelementto
whichyouareattachingthecurveadjuststomaintaintangencyandcoincidence
betweenthetwoelements.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

168

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FreeHorizontalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FreeHorizontalElements

AddFreeLine
Attachesalinearhorizontalelementbetweentwoexistingnonlinearhorizontal
elements.
Afterplacement,theelementstowhichyouareattachingthelineadjustto
maintaintangencyandcoincidencebetweentheelements.

AddFreeCurve
Definesacurvebetweentwoexistinghorizontalelements.Thecurvecanoptional
includeleadingand/ortrailingtransitions.Thecommandpromptsyoutoselect
thetwoelementsbyidentifyingeachofthemingraphics.
Whenyouplacethetransitionalelement,thetwoelementsconnectedbythe
transitionareadjustedtomaintaintangencyandcoincidencebetweenthe
elements.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

169

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingHorizontalElements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingHorizontalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreateFixedLines
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalElement>AddFixedLine.
2 IntheAddFixedHorizontalLinedialogbox,makesuretheModeissetto
ByTwoPoints.
3 ClickApply.
4 Placethefirstpointatlocation1andthesecondpointabouthalfway
betweenlocations1and2.
5 Clicktoaccept,thenrightmouseclick.
6 Placeanotherfixedline,withthefirstpointabouthalfwaybetween
location2and3andthesecondpointatlocation3.
7 Clicktoaccept,thenrightmouseclick.
8 RightMouseClickagaintoterminatetheelementplacement.
9 Closethedialog.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

170

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingHorizontalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Yourresultsshouldnowappearsimilartowhatisshowninthefollowing
illustration:

CreateCurves
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalElement>AddFreeCurve.
2 SettheRadiusto1000[300],thenclickApply.
3 Selectthefirstelementontheleft,thenthesecondelementontheright.
4 Clicktoaccept.
5 Rightclick,thenclosetheAddFreeHorizontalCurvedialog.
6 ZoomoutintheCADviewsothatpoint4isvisible.
7 SelectGeometry>HorizontalElement>AddFloatingCurve.
8 EnsuretheModeissettoByPointandRadius.
9 Enter1000[300]fortheRadius,thenclickApply.
Thenegativesigndefinesacurvetotheleftlookingtowardtheendofthe
alignment.Apositivesigndefinesacurvetotheright.
10 ClickApply.
11 Selectthelastelementinthealignment.
12 Fortheendofthecurve,placeapointmidwaybetweenlocations3and4.
13 Clicktoaccept.
14 Rightclick,thenclosetheAddFloatingHorizontalCurvedialog.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

171

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingHorizontalElements

AddFloatingLine
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalElement>AddFloatingLine.
2 EnsuretheModeissettoByPoint.
3 ClickApply.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

4 SelecttheLastcurveinthealignment.
5 Placetheendpointatlocation4.
6 Clicktoaccept.
7 Rightclick,thenclosetheAddFloatingHorizontalLinedialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Yourresultsshouldlooksimilartotheillustrationbelow.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

172

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

PrecisionInput

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

PrecisionInput

WheneverInRoadsisexpectinginputintheCADviewbydataclickingyoucan
substitutetheclickwithaprecisioninput.
Touseprecisioninput,selectUtilities>KeyinfromtheCADmenu.

Therearenospacesusedintheprecisioninputformat.
Theformatofthekeyinsareshownbelow:

ne=northing,easting[,elevation]

di=distance,direction
TheformatofthedirectionasabearingisN45^3630.7EordecimalN45.52E

so=station,offset[,elevation][,alignmentname][,GeometryProjectname]
Offsetstotherightoftheaheadstationingarepositive.Offsetstotheleftof
theaheadstationingarenegative.
Theelevation,alignmentname,andGeometryProjectnameareoptional
parameters;however,theymustbeincludedinthespecifiedorder.Therefore,
ifyouwishtoincludethealignmentname,theelevationmustalsobe
included.Alignmentnamesarecasesensitive.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

173

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingPrecisionKeyins

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingPrecisionKeyins

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreateaHorizontalAlignmentwithPrecision
1 CreateanewHorizontalAlignmentnamedRightTurnLanewiththestyle
P_COGO_Secondary_CL.
Hint:File>New.
2 SelectGeometry>HorizontalElement>AddFixedLine.
3 SelectthePoint1checkboxandselecttheGraphicSelectionbuttonnext
totheNorthingandEastingfields.
4 IntheCADKeyindialogenterthefollowing:
so=2600,12,0,Route1Extension[so=0800,3.6,0,Route1Extension]
Thedialogdisplayswiththecoordinatesforthefirstpoint.The
coordinatesarecomputedforapoint12feet[3.6meters]rightofstation
26+00[800]ontheRoute1Extensionalignment.
5 SelectthePoint2checkbox.
6 SelecttheGraphicSelectionbuttonnexttotheNorthingandEasting
fields.
7 IntheCADKeyindialogenterthefollowing:

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

174

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingPrecisionKeyins

so=2900,12,0,Route1Extension[so=0830,3.6,0,Route1Extension]
Thedialogdisplayswiththecoordinatesforthefirstpoint.The
coordinatesarecomputedforapoint12feet[3.6meters]rightofstation
29+00[830]ontheRoute1Extensionalignment.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

8 ClickApply.
Thefirstelementdisplays.Itislocatedontherightsideoftheexisting
alignmentbetweenpoints2and3.
9 ClicktoAccept.
Thedialogboxreopens.
CreateRampTaper
1 SelectthegraphicselectionbuttonnexttothePoint1Northingand
Eastingfields.
2 IntheCADKeyindialogenterthefollowing:
so=2900,12,0,Route1Extension[so=0830,3.6,0,Route1Extension]

Youcanusetheuparrowonyourkeyboardtodisplaythepreviously
enteredkeyins.
3 SelectthegraphicselectionbuttonnexttothePoint2Northingand
Eastingfields.
4 IntheCADKeyindialogenterthefollowing:
so=3200,24,0,Route1Extension[so=0900,7.2,0,Route1Extension]
5 ClickApply.
Thetaperelementdisplays.
6 ClicktoAccept.
Thedialogboxreopens.
CreateParallelSegment
1 SelectthegraphicselectionbuttonnexttothePoint1Northingand
Eastingfields.
2 IntheCADKeyindialogenterthefollowing:
so=3200,24,0,Route1Extension[so=0900,7.2,0,Route1Extension]
3 SelectthegraphicselectionbuttonnexttothePoint2Northingand
Eastingfields.
4 IntheCADKeyindialogenterthefollowing:

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

175

ExerciseCreateAlignmentusingPrecisionKeyins

so=3400,24,0,Route1Extension[so=0950,7.2,0,Route1Extension]
5 ClickApply.
Thetaperelementdisplays.
6 ClicktoAccept.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Thedialogboxreopens.
7 Closethedialog.
ExtendtheAlignmentby50[10M]
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalElement>EditElement.
2 MakesurethetypeissettoLinear.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

3 ClicktheNext>buttononthelowerrightsideofthedialoguntilthelast
elementishighlighted.
4 Atthebottomofthedialog,changethecurrentlengthto250[60].
5 ClickApply,thenclosethedialog.
SaveGeometry
1 SelectFile>SaveAs.
2 SettheSaveastypetoGeometryProjects(*.alg).
3 TypeRoute1ExtensionintheFilenamefield.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

4 BrowsetotheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateHAUsing
Elements\Practice\folderifitisnotalreadyactive.
5 ClickSave.
6 Closethedialog.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

176

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CheckIntegrity

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CheckIntegrity

TheCheckIntegritytoolisusedtoverifytangencyandconnectivitybetweenthe
elementsthatmakeupahorizontalalignment.TheCheckIntegritytoolcanbe
usedonanyalignmentnomatterhowitwascreated.
Thiscommandisdesignedtofixseveraltypesofissuesthatareinherentinthe
design/implementationofHorizontalandVerticalElementcommands.These
issuesareresultsofallowingyouthefreedomtoworkonanypartofthe
alignment.Thesefreedomscancreatediscontinuities,nontangency,and
transpositions.
Toactivatethetool,selectGeometry>HorizontalElement>CheckIntegrity.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

177

ExerciseCheckAlignmentIntegrity

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCheckAlignmentIntegrity

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ChecktheIntegrityoftheAlignment
1 SelectGeometry>HorizontalElement>CheckIntegrity.
2 IntheCheckIntegritydialog,selectthefirstelementatthetopofthelist.
Thefirstelementinthealignmentshouldhighlight.
3 Atthebottomofthedialog,clickNextandreviewtheothertwoelements
inthealignment.
4 Rightclickonthelastelementandreviewtheoptionsinthepopup
menu.
5 Whenfinished,closethedialog.
6 ExittheCADsoftware.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

178

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Createhorizontalelements

Edithorizontalelements

Checkalignmentintegrity

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

179

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.
1 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtocreateasinglelinear
elementthatistangenttoanexistingcurve?
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AAddFreeLine
BAddFixedLine
CAddFloatingLine
DAddTangentLinearCommand

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtocreateasinglecurve
inbetweentwoexistinglinearelements?
AAddFreeCurve
BAddFixedCurve
CAddFloatingCurve
DBothBandC

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtochangethedirectionof
asinglelinearelement?
AInverseDirection
BCheckIntegrity
CThereisnowaytochangethedirectionofasinglelinearelement.
DTheCallBentleyInstituteCommand

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

180

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtocreateasinglelinear
elementthatistangenttoanexistingcurve?
AAddFreeLine
BAddFixedLine
CAddFloatingLine
DAddTangentLinearCommand
2 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtocreateasinglecurvein
betweentwoexistinglinearelements?
AAddFreeCurve
BAddFixedCurve
CAddFloatingCurve
DBothBandC
3 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtochangethedirectionof
asinglelinearelement?
AInverseDirection
BCheckIntegrity
CThereisnowaytochangethedirectionofasinglelinearelement.
DTheCallBentleyInstituteCommand

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

181

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
30Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

182

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
ExtendtheexistingMeadowParkDrivehorizontalalignmenttoconnecttoa
knowncoordinate.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateHA
UsingElements\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateHAUsing
Elements\Task\TaskHAElements.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

183

ReviewTask

Requirements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:CreateaHorizontalAlignmentusingelements.

TheexistingMeadowParkDrivealignmentcurrentlyendsat
N149236.796,E1088363.612[N45487.466,E331733.892].

Thelastelementoftheexistingalignmentshouldbeextendedby300.

TheeasternmostpointonthealignmentwhereittiesintoBrownWay
southoftheculdesacisN149198.65,E1089850.38
[N45470.037,E332187.029].

ThelastelementinthealignmentisperpendiculartoBrownWay.

Thisportionofthealignmentmusthaveaminimumof3curves.

ThecurvesshouldhaveaDegreeofCurvature(DOC)of11[35]degrees
(radiusof520.87[159.15M]feet).

Thecompletealignmentshouldbedisplayed,stationed,and
annotatedintheCADfile.

Oncecomplete,savetheGeometryProject.

UsetheEditElementcommandtoextendthelasttangentofthe
existingalignmentby300'[95M].

Forthelastelementinthealignment(rememberwiththesetoolsyou
cancreateelementsinanyorder)AddaFixedLineByPoint,Direction
andDistance.ThepointshouldbeN149198.65,E1089850.38
N45470.037,E332187.029]andthedirectionshouldbeperpendicular
toBrownWay(usetheillustrationasaguide)Hint:Youcanalsouse
thegraphicselectiontogetthebearingofBrownWay,thenadd/
subtracttheappropriateangletogetthedirection.Useadistanceof
about310'[100M](itdoesnotneedtobeexact).

Ifnecessary,usetheCheckIntegritycommandtotransposethelast
elementthattiesintoBrownWay.

FinishthealignmentUsingAddFloatingLineorCurveandAddFree
LineorCurve.(Usetheillustrationasaguide.)

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Tips

Questions

Whatisthelaststationonthealignment?

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

184

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

185

HorizontalAlignmentDetail

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HorizontalAlignmentDetail

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

186

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment

Dec2011

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

187

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MeadowParkDriveExampleCompletedAlignment

CreatingHorizontalAlignmentsUsingElements

188

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProfilesandCrossSections

Inthischapter,youwilllearnhowtocreateprofilesandcrosssections.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

189

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

ProfilesandCrossSections

190

Learnhowtocreateprofiles.

Learnhowtocreatecrosssections.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Profiles
andCrossSections\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileProfilesandCrossSections.dgn,thenclickOpen.
3 OpentheCADfilekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Profiles
andCrossSections\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeProfilesandCrossSections.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\Hemfield
Existing.dtm
GeometryProject: Hemfield.alg

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

191

Profiles

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Profiles

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Profiles
Aprofileisaseriesofelevationsextractedalongabaseline,whichisnormallya
horizontalalignment.Aprofileisagraphofthehorizontalalignmentstationing
versustheelevationsofthesurface.Thealignmentstationingisplottedalongthe
bottomaxisandthesurfaceelevationsareplottedalongtheverticalaxis.
Aprofileiscomprisedoftwoparts,theprofilewindowandtheprofiledata.The
profilewindowconsistsofthebottom,leftandrightaxis,andgridlines.The
profiledataconsistsofsurfacelinesandsurfacefeatures.Theprofiledatacanalso
beupdatedwithnewsurfacedataasitisobtained.
Verticalalignmentscanbedisplayedontheprofileinadditiontothesurface.
Multipleplotsofprofiledatarepresentingdifferentsurfacescanbedisplayedina
singleprofile.Onceaprofileiscreated,verticalalignmentscanthenbecreated
anddisplayed.

ProfilesandCrossSections

192

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreateProfile

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreateProfile

CreateProfile
TheCreateProfilecommandextractselevationdatafromoneormoresurfaces
anddisplaysitalongalinearpath.TheCreateProfilecommandhassettingsthat
definehowtheprofileappears.Whenworkinginaproductionenvironment,very
fewofthesesettingswillneedtobealteredbecausetheywillalreadybedefined
inyourprojectstandards.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

193

CreateProfile

TheCreateProfiledialogboxisorganizedwithatreeandleafinterface.Belowisa
briefdescriptionofthesettingthatyoumayneedtoalter.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

GeneralLeaf

Exaggerationspecifiestheverticaltohorizontalexaggerationfor
displayedprofiles.Typically,thehorizontalexaggerationshouldbeleft
at1.0andtheverticaladjustedforthedesiredexaggeration.

Surfacesallowsyoutoselectwhichsurfacestodisplayintheprofile.
AllsurfacescurrentlyloadedinInRoadsarelisted.Youcanselectas
manysurfacestobedisplayedintheprofileifdesired.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

SourceLeaf
Alignmentspecifiesthenameofthealignmenttheprofilefollows.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ProfilesandCrossSections

194

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateExistingGroundProfile

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateExistingGroundProfile

ViewTheHorizontalAlignment
1 LocatethealignmentHemfieldRoadintheInRoadsExplorer.
2 RightclickonHemfieldRoadandselectView.
ViewSurface
1 SelectSurface>ViewSurface>Perimeter.
2 EnsuretheSurfaceissettoHemfieldExisting.
3 ClickApply,thenClose.
CreateProfile
1 SelectEvaluation>Profile>CreateProfile.

IfyouareusingtheMetricdataset,selectthePreferencesbuttonandload
thepreferenceDefault_Metric.
2 ClickApplyandfollowtheprompt.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

195

ExerciseCreateExistingGroundProfile

3 IdentifyalocationintheCADdrawingwherethelowerleftcornerofthe
profileislocated(makesureyouallowenoughroomforthewholeprofile
windowsoitdoesntoverlapwithothergraphicelements).

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

4 ClickClose.

ProfilesandCrossSections

196

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSections

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CrossSections

CrossSections
Acrosssectionisa2Dgraphicdisplayofaplanarsectioncutthroughoneormore
3Dsurfaces.CrossSectionsareextractedalongalinearpath,suchasahorizontal
alignment.Theycanbeextractedatanyanglerelativetothelinearpath,butare
typicallyperpendiculartothepath.
Thebottomaxisshowstheoffsetfromthelinearpath.Theverticalaxisshowsthe
elevationsofthesurfaces.
Likeprofiles,acrosssectioniscomprisedoftwoparts,thecrosssectionwindow
andthecrosssectiondata.Thecrosssectionwindowconsistsofthebottom,left
andrightaxislines,andgridlines.Thecrosssectiondataconsistsofsurfacelines
andsurfacefeatures.Thecrosssectiondatacanalsobeupdatedwithnewsurface
dataasitisobtained.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

197

CreateCrossSection

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreateCrossSection

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreateCrossSection
TheCreateCrossSectiontoolextractselevationdatafromoneormoresurfaces
anddisplaysitalongalinearpathperpendicularto,orataspecifiedanglefrom,
analignmentorotherpath.
TheCreateCrossSectiontoolhassettingsthatdefinehowthecrosssections
appear.However,whenworkinginaproductionenvironmentveryfewofthese
settingsneedtobealtered.TheCreateCrossSectiondialogboxisorganizedwith
atreeandleafinterface.Belowisabriefdescriptionofthosesettingsthatyou
mayneedtoalter.

ProfilesandCrossSections

198

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreateCrossSection

Intervalspecifiesthespacingbetweenconsecutivecrosssections.

LeftOffsetdefinestheleftendoftherangeoverwhichtoextract
crosssections.Anegativevalueistotheleftofthealignment.Leftand
rightoffsetsaredeterminedbasedonincreasingstations.

RightOffsetdefinestherightendoftherangeoverwhichtoextract
crosssections.Apositivevalueistotherightofthealignment,based
onincreasingstations.

VerticalExaggerationspecifiestheverticalexaggerationfor
displayingcrosssections.Valuesgreaterthan1.0forthisparameter
increasetheexaggeration.

Surfacesallowsyoutoselectwhichsurfacestodisplayinthecross
section.AllsurfacescurrentlyloadedinInRoadsarelisted.Youcan
enablemultiplesurfacestobedisplayedinthecrosssectionifdesired.

CreateCrossSection>SourceLeaf

Alignmentspecifiesthenameofthealignmenttheprofilefollows.

CrossSectionAnnotation,UpdateCrossSectionandEndAreaVolumesare
coveredinanotherlesson.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreateCrossSection>GeneralLeaf

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

199

ViewingCrossSections

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ViewingCrossSections

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ViewingCrossSections
CrossSectionscanbeviewedusingtheCrossSectionViewer.ToaccesstheCross
SectionViewer,selectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSectionViewer.
Therearetwowaystoviewcrosssections:

MovieMode
Moviemodeautomaticallydisplayseachcrosssectioninthelistoneatatime.
ThespeedanddisplayofthecrosssectionsarecontrolledbytheZoomFactor
andtheTimesettings.ClicktheRunbuttontostarttheMovie.

CrossSectionsList
Toviewacrosssectionataspecificstation,selectthatstationfromtheCross
Sectionslist.ThecrosssectionisfittoyourCADviewbasedontheZoom
Factor.TheUpandDownarrowsonyourkeyboardcanbeusedtovieweach
crosssectionfromthelistinsuccession.

ProfilesandCrossSections

200

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateCrossSections

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateCrossSections

CreateCrossSections
1 SelectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSections.
2 OpentheCreateCrossSectionfolderintheCrossSectionsdialog.
3 SelecttheGeneralleaf.
4 IfyouareusingtheMetricdataset,clickthePreferencesbuttonandload
thepreferencenamedDefault_Metric.
5 Makesuretheleftoffsetissetto50[40].
6 Makesuretherightoffsetissetto50[40].
7 ClickApplyandfollowtheprompts.
8 IdentifyalocationintheCADdrawingforthelowerleftcornerofthecross
sections(makesureyouallowenoughroomforthewholecrosssection
setsoitdoesntoverlapwithothergraphicelements).Thecrosssections
display.
9 ClickClose.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

201

ExerciseCreateCrossSections

ViewtheCrossSections
1 SelectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSectionViewer.
2 SelectaCrossSectionfromthelist.
Thecrosssectionselectedisimmediatelydisplayedonthescreen.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 Selectthefirstcrosssectionatthetopofthestationlist.Presstheupor
downarrowsonyourkeyboardtoviewothercrosssectionsinthelist.
4 IntheMovieModesection,settheTimeto.3andclickRun.
Thecrosssectionsdisplayoneatatimeintheview.

TheESCkeycanbeusedtoexitoutofmoviemode.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

5 Closethedialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

6 ExittheCADsoftware.

ProfilesandCrossSections

202

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Createprofiles

Createcrosssections

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

203

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:Aprofileisaseriesofelevationsextractedalongabaseline.

True

False

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2 TrueorFalse.TheCreateProfilecommandextractselevationdatafrom
onlyonesurfaceatatimeanddisplaysitalongalinearpath.

True

False

3 TrueorFalse.CrosssectionsmustbeextractedalonganInRoads
alignment.
True

False

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ProfilesandCrossSections

204

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:
TrueInRoadscalculatestheelevationfromasurfaceeachtimethe
baselineintersectsatriangleedge.Thebaselineiscommonlyahorizontal
alignmentbutprofilescanalsobecreatedalonggraphicalelementsor
dynamicallyselectedpoints.
2 TrueorFalse:TheCreateProfilecommandextractselevationdatafrom
onlyonesurfaceatatimeanddisplaysitalongalinearpath.
FalseInRoadsprofilescanbecreatedfrommultiplesurfacesatonetime.
3 TrueorFalse:CrosssectionsmustbeextractedalonganInRoads
alignment.
FalseCrosssectionscanbeextractedalongdifferenttypesofbaselines
includingalignments,graphics,anddynamicallyselectedpoints.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:Aprofileisaseriesofelevationsextractedalongabaseline.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

205

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
15Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

ProfilesandCrossSections

206

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
CreateanexistinggroundprofileandcrosssectionsalongMeadowParkDrive
alignment.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Profiles
andCrossSections\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\ProfilesandCross
Sections\Task\TaskProfilesandCrossSections.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProfilesandCrossSections

207

ReviewTask

Requirements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Createanexistingprofileandexistingcrosssections.

Createanexistinggroundprofilealongtheentirelengthofthe
MeadowParkDrivealignment.Placetheprofiletotherightofthe
existingbasemap.

Createasetofexistinggroundcrosssectionsalongtheentirelengthof
theMeadowParkDrivealignment.

Thecrosssectionsshouldbecreatedevery50feet[10M].Placethe
crosssectionsabovetheprofile.

BONUSCreateasinglecrosssectionsetthatspecifiescrosssections
thatare100feet[30M]wide(50[15M]leftand50[15M]right)
betweenstation15+51.15[1+551.15]and26+00[2+200]and250
[40M]feetwide(100[20M]leftand150[20M]right)between
station26+00[2+200]andtheendofthealignment.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Questions

Howmanyfeet[meters]ofgridonthetopandbottomisemptyonthe
profile(thisiscalledWIndowClearance)?

Howmanysurfacescanbedisplayedonasingleprofile?

Howmanyfeet[meters]ofgridonthetopandbottomisemptyonthe
crosssections(thisiscalledWIndowClearance)?

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

ProfilesandCrossSections

208

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsing
PIs

Inthischapter,wewilllearnabouthowtocreateverticalalignmentsusing
precisioninput.Wewillthencreate,displayandannotateaverticalalignment.
CreatingaverticalalignmentusingthePIcommandsisoneofanumberofways
tocreateverticalalignments.Ifyournormalworkingpracticedoesnotusethis
method,youshouldskipthischapter.However,oncethistrainingcourseisended,
youwillhavethisdocumentandthedatasetsoyouwillbeabletoworkthrough
thecontentofthischapteratalaterdate.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

209

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

Learnaboutverticalalignments.

Createverticalalignmentsusingprecisioninput.

Editverticalpointsofintersection(PIs)anddefineverticalcurves.

Annotateaverticalalignment.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

210

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Creating
VAUsingPIs\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileVerticalPIs.dgn,thenclickOpen.
3 OpentheCADfilekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Creating
VAUsingPIs\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeVAPI.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\Hemfield
Existing.dtm
GeometryProject: Hemfield.alg

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

211

WhatisaVerticalAlignment?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhatisaVerticalAlignment?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

VerticalAlignments
Averticalalignmentisaseriesoflinear,circularorparabolicgeometryelements.
Connectedtogether,theelementsformaverticalalignment.Thevertical
alignmentfollowsthepathdefinedbyahorizontalalignment.
Becauseofitsdependenceonthehorizontalalignment,averticalalignmentisa
childofthehorizontalalignmentinthegeometryprojectstructure.Each
horizontalalignmentcanhavemultipleverticalalignments.Ahorizontal
alignmentmustexistbeforeaverticalalignmentcanbedefined.
Allverticalalignmentsunderthesamehorizontalalignmentmusthaveunique
names.Twoverticalalignmentsunderdifferenthorizontalalignmentscanhave
thesamename.
VerticalalignmentsarecreatedwiththeFile>Newcommand.IntheNewdialog,
clicktheGeometrytab.IntheTypefield,selectVerticalAlignment.Makesure
thatyouhavethecorrectactivehorizontalalignmentbecausethevertical
alignmentiscreatedasachildoftheactivehorizontalalignment.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

212

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VerticalAlignmentCreation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VerticalAlignmentCreation

VerticalAlignments
Justlikehorizontalalignments,verticalalignmentscanbecreatedfromgraphics
orfromVerticalCurveSettools.Aprofilemustbecreatedtousethevertical
curvesettools.

PrecisionInputKeyIns
Twoadditionalprecisionkeyinsareusefulforverticalalignments.Likethe
horizontalprecisioninputkeyins,therearenospacesallowedintheformat.

se=station,elevation

dg=distance,grade

Theformatforthegradeisapercentage.Forexample,thegradecanbe4%or
0.04.Anegativegradeisdownhillandapositivegradeisuphill.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

213

AddingVerticalPIs

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AddingVerticalPIs

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

VerticalCurveSetTools
TheVerticalCurveSettoolsareusedtoaddandmodifyverticalalignmentPIsand
curves.Thesetoolsworkverysimilartotheirhorizontalalignmentcounterparts.

AddVerticalPI
TheAddVerticalPItoolisusedtoaddanewPIinanemptyverticalalignment,or
tothebeginningorendofanexistingverticalalignment.
ThistoolhasfouroptionalparameterswhicharesetontheGeometry>Vertical
CurveSet>DynamicSettingsdialog.Thesesettingsinfluencethedynamic
positionofthecursorwhileusingthiscommand.TheverticalPIpositionis
incrementedorroundedbythevaluesspecifiedwhentheyareenabled.Ifnoneof
theoptionsareenabled,noroundingorincrementingisdone.

Stationwhenenabled,thestationisincremented.Thedatapointvalueis
rounded(upordown,tothenearestvalue)suchthatitsstationisevenly
divisiblebythespecifiedvalue.Forexample,arawstationvalueof16+17.82

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

214

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

AddingVerticalPIs

Elevationwhenenabled,theelevationisincremented.Thedatapointvalue
isrounded(upordown,tothenearestvalue)suchthatitselevationisevenly
divisiblebythespecifiedvalue.Forexample,arawelevationof1078.278
roundsto1080withanelevationintervalof10.Ifthecheckboxisclearedorif
theintervaliszero,theelevationisnotincremented.

Gradewhenenabled,thegradeisincremented.Thedatapointvalueis
rounded(upordown,tothenearestvalue)suchthatitsgradeisevenly
divisiblebythespecifiedvalue.Ifthecheckboxisclearedoriftheintervalis
zero,thegradeisnotincremented.

Distancewhenenabled,thedistanceisincremented.Thelengthofthe
verticalcurveisrounded(upordowntothenearestvalue)suchthatthe
lengthisevenlydivisiblebythespecifiedvalue.Ifthecheckboxisclearedorif
theintervaliszero,thecurvelengthisnotincremented.
Theconstraintparameterdefineshowthecurvelengthiscalculated.

LengthofCurverateofchange(r(g2g1)/L)

Kvalue(K=l/(g2g1)).

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

roundsto16+00withastationintervalof50.Ifthecheckboxisclearedorif
theintervaliszero,thestationisnotincremented.Thisoptionalsoworkswith
stationequations.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

215

ExerciseCreateaNewVerticalAlignment

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateaNewVerticalAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Nowthatwehavecreatedourprofile,thenextstepwouldbetodesign
theverticalalignment.Likeahorizontalalignment,onewaytocreatea
verticalalignmentistocreateaverticalalignmentfromgraphics.
CreateaNewVerticalAlignment
1 SelectFile>New.
2 SelecttheGeometrytab.
3 SettheTypetoVerticalAlignment.
4 IntheNamefield,typeHemfieldVertical.
5 IntheDescriptionfield,typePracticeVerticalAlignment.
6 FortheStyle,selectP_Cogo_PropVertical.
7 ClickApply,thenclickClose.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

216

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateaNewVerticalAlignment

AddVerticalPIs
1 Makesureyouhaveaprofileandthatitisvisible.Ifnot,createoneand
zoomintothelefthalf(orthird)oftheprofile.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

2 SelectGeometry>VerticalCurveSet>AddPI.
InRoadspromptsyoutoidentifythefirstpoint.Thisfirstpointwillbe
enteredwithastationelevationkeyintoaccuratelylocatethepoint.
3 IntheCADKeyinfield,typese=2345.78,208.0[63.40].
ThefirstPIisplacedatstation23+45.78[2+345.78]andelevation208.0
[63.40].
4 PressEnter.
InRoadspromptsyoutoidentifythenextpointorrejecttheprevious
point.Thenextpointwillbeenteredwithadistancegradekeyin.
5 Enterdg=600.0[182.92],0.03.
Distanceof600[182.92M]ftanddownhillgradeof3%.
6 PressEnter.
7 Ifnecessary,zoomouttoseethegraphics.
FortheremainingPVIs,wewillgraphicallypickthem.
8 ClicknearthetopoftheprofilearoundStation46+50[3+050].
Itdoesnthavetobeexact,butfollowtheexistingground.

YoucanuseCADViewtoolsinthemiddleofInRoadscommand.Whenyou
aredonewiththeviewmanipulation,rightclickandInRoadswillbringyou
backtothelaststeppriortoyourviewcommand.
9 Placeanotherdatapointattheendofourprofileneartheexistingground
aroundStation70+68[3+770].
10 Placeanotherdatapointjusttotherightofthelastpointbutstillinside
theprofilewindow.
11 Rightclicktwicetoresetoutofthecommand.
12 ClosetheAddVerticalPIdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

217

EditingtheVerticalAlignment

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

EditingtheVerticalAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

InsertPI
TheInsertPItoolplacesaverticalpointofintersectionbetweentwoexisting
verticalPIsontheactiveverticalalignment.
SelecttheexistingverticalalignmentatthepointwhereyouwanttheinsertedPI
tobelocated.Youarethenpromptedtoacceptorrejectthiselement.Acceptthe
element,andthealignmentisdynamicallyattachedtothecursor.Youcanthen
definethelocationofthenewPI,eithergraphicallyorbyprecisionkeyin.After
youdefinethelocationoftheinsertedPI,youmustacceptorrejecttheoverall
solution.Dependingonthespecifications,thewarningmessageSolution
Overlapmaydisplay.
Beforeyoucanusethiscommand,youmusthaveanactivegeometryproject,
activehorizontalalignment,andactiveverticalalignment.Youmustfirstplacea
profilewindowintheCADfile.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

218

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

EditingtheVerticalAlignment

MovePI

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheMovePItoolrepositionspointsofintersectionontheactivevertical
alignment.AnycurvesatthemovedverticalPIarerecomputedandupdated.
WhenyouclickApply,youarepromptedtoidentifyanelementoftheactive
verticalalignment.SelecttheverticalPIontheverticalalignmentyouwantto
move.Youarepromptedtoacceptorrejectthispoint.Whenyouacceptthe
point,itisdynamicallyattachedtoyourcursor.Specifyalocationforthemoved
elementeithergraphicallyorbyprecisionkeyin.Youarepromptedtoacceptor
rejecttheoverallsolution.Dependingonthespecifications,thewarningmessage
SolutionOverlapsmaybedisplayed.

DeletePI
TheDeletePItoolremovespointsofintersectionandtheassociatedvertical
curvesfromtheactiveverticalalignment.
WhenyouclickApply,youarepromptedtoidentifyanelementoftheactive
verticalalignment.SelecttheverticalPIontheverticalalignmentyouwantto
delete.TheselectedverticalPIandanyelementsaffectedbythedeletionwill
updatetotemporarilyreflecttheproposedsolution.Youarethenpromptedto
acceptorrejecttheoverallsolution.Whenyouacceptthesolution,theverticalPI
isdeletedfromtheactiveverticalalignment.Anytangentsorcurvesconnectedto
theverticalPIarealsodeleted.IfthedeletedverticalPIhadtwotangents
connectedtoit,thentheverticalPIsontheoppositeendsofthosetangentsare
connectedwithanewtangent.IfcurvesexistattheneighboringverticalPIs,they
arerecomputedusingthepointofintersectionandtheconstraintsyouselected
onthedialogbox.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

219

ExerciseEdittheVerticalAlignment

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseEdittheVerticalAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

InsertVerticalPI
InsertaPIaroundStation63+00[3+545].
1 SelectGeometry>VerticalCurveSet>InsertPI.
2 GraphicallyselectthealignmentnearStation63+00[3+545].
3 GraphicallylocatethenewPIaroundStation63+00[3+545]andnearthe
existingground.
4 Clicktoaccepttheoverallsolution.
InsertanotherPVIatStation50+00[3+200].
5 GraphicallyselectthealignmentataroundStation50+00[3+200].
6 GraphicallylocatethenewPIaroundStation50+00[3+200]andnearthe
existingground.
7 Clicktoaccepttheoverallsolution.
8 Rightclicktoterminatethecommand.
MoveVerticalPI
MovethelastPVIinserted.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

220

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseEdittheVerticalAlignment

1 SelectGeometry>VerticalCurveSet>MovePI.
2 IdentifythePIthatyoujustinsertedatStation50+00[3+200].
3 GraphicallylocatethePIaroundStation52+00[3+215]andnearthe
existingground.
5 Rightclicktoterminatethecommand.
DeleteVerticalPI
DeletethelastPVIofthealignment(aroundStation71+00[3+790]).
1 Pantotheendoftheprofile.
2 SelectGeometry>VerticalCurveSet>DeletePI.
3 GraphicallyselectthelastPIofthealignment(aroundStation71+00
[3+780]).
4 Clicktoaccepttheoverallsolution.
5 Rightclicktoterminatethecommand.
YoujusteditedyourverticalalignmentbyusingtheInsertVerticalPI,
MoveVerticalPIandDeleteVerticalPItools.Itisagoodpracticetosave
thegeometryprojectafteryoumakeanychanges.
6 SelectFile>Save>GeometryProject.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

4 Clicktoaccepttheoverallsolution.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

221

DefineVerticalCurveSet

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DefineVerticalCurveSet

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

DefineVerticalCurveSet
TheDefineVerticalCurveSettooldefinesnewcurvesetsandmodifiesexisting
curvesetsintheactiveverticalalignment.Theacceptedsolutionisdisplayedin
theCADfile.Bydefault,thefirsttimeyouinvokethistool,thecurveinformation
shownisthatofthefirstcurveofthealignment.
Beforeyouusethiscommand,youmusthaveanactivegeometryproject,active
horizontalalignment,andactiveverticalalignment.Youmustalsohaveaprofile
windowdisplayedintheCADfile.
Curvescanbedefinedbyseveralmethods,butthetwomostcommonareLength
ofCurveandPassthrough.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

222

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseDefineVerticalCurves

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseDefineVerticalCurves

NowthatwehavecreatedourPVIs,thenextstepistodefinevertical
curves.
DefineVerticalCurve
1 SelectGeometry>VerticalCurveSet>DefineCurve.
2 Enter200[100]forLengthofCurve.
3 ClickApply.
Didyouseethecurveintheprofile?
4 ClickNext.
5 Enter800[60]forLengthofCurve.
6 ClickApply.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

223

ExerciseDefineVerticalCurves

AdjustingVerticalCurve
Whatifyoumeanttoenter400[65]insteadof800[60]?Andwhatifthe
verticalPIissupposedtobeatStation46+00[3+060]?
1 Enter46+00[3+060]forStation.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

2 Enter400[65]forLengthofCurve.
3 ClickApply.
YoujustmovedthePVItoStation46+00[3+060](elevationunchanged)
andplaceda400[65M]verticalcurveatthatlocation.
ContinueDefiningVerticalCurves
1 ClickNext.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2 Enter200[95]forLengthofCurve.
3 ClickApply.
Ifyouweretoenteralengthof1000here,thecurvewouldnotchange
becausethelengthwouldbetoobig.ThepromptwouldsaySolution
overlapsorcontainsdiscontinuities.
4 ClickNext.
TheNextbuttonisnowgrayedout.Thisisbecausetherearenomore
curvestodefine.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

IfthePreviousbuttonisgrayedout,itmeansyouareatthefirstcurveof
thealignment.
DefineaVerticalCurvePassingThroughaPoint
1 SelectPassthroughfortheCalculatedByoption.
2 Enter63+25[3+595.28]fortheStation.
3 Enter175.62[52.73]fortheElevation.
4 ClickApply.
AcurvewasjustcreatedthathasapointoncurveatStation
63+25[3+595.28]andElevation175.62[52.73].
ThereadoutofthePassthroughStationandElevationfieldsisconverted
tothelowpointofasagcurveorthehighpointofacrestcurveafter
Applyisclicked.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

224

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseDefineVerticalCurves

EditthelocationofaVerticalCurve
1 NavigatebacktothecurveataroundStation52+00[3+215]usingthe
Previousbutton.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

2 SelectLengthofCurvefortheCalculatedByoption.
3 Ifthestationisnotatafullstation,changeitto52+00[3+215].Ifitis,
changeitto52+05[3+215.10].
4 ClickApplyandthenClose.
Youjusteditedthecurve.Youcouldgobackandeditthecurveatanytime
usingthistool.
5 Fittheprofilewindowyouareworkingonintheviewwindowtovisually
reviewyourverticalalignment.
Youhavejustfinisheddefiningyourverticalalignment.
Youwillnowsave,review,displayandannotatethealignment.
6 SelectFile>Save>GeometryProjectorrightclickontheHemfield
GeometryProjectintheInRoadsExplorerWindowandselectSave.
ReviewVerticalAlignment
1 Rightclickontheverticalalignment(intheInRoadsExplorerWindow)and
selectRevieworselectGeometry>ReviewVertical.
Likereviewingthehorizontalalignment,youcaneitherreviewthevertical
alignmentinitsentiretyorreviewthealignmentoneelementatatime.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

225

VerticalAnnotation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VerticalAnnotation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ViewVerticalAlignment
Averticalalignmentcaneasilybeviewedbyrightclickingonthevertical
alignmentintheInRoadsExplorerWindowandselectingView,orbyselecting
Geometry>ViewGeometry>ActiveVerticalcommand.

AnnotateVerticalAlignment
TheAnnotateVerticalAlignmentcommanddisplaysandannotatesverticalpoint
andalignmentinformation,suchastangentgradesandverticalcurve
information.
IntheMaintab,identifytheverticalalignmentyouwanttoannotate(remember
thattheverticalalignmentisachildofthehorizontalalignment)andselectthe
profilesetyouwanttoannotate.
Ifyouhavemorethanoneprofilesetdisplayed,makesureyouhavethecorrect
profilesetselected;otherwise,youwillnotseetheverticalannotationwhereyou

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

226

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VerticalAnnotation

expectit.Ifyouknowthenameoftheprofileset,youcanselectitfromthepull
downlist;otherwise,youcouldusethegraphiclocatebutton.Clickonthegraphic
selectbuttonandidentifytheprofilesetyouwanttoannotate.

TheCurvestabcontrolstheverticalannotationofthecurves.
TheTangentstabcontrolstheverticalannotationofthetangents.
TheAffixestabisusedtodefineprefixesandsuffixesforthedifferenttypesof
annotation.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ThePointstabdefineshowthepointsontheverticalalignmentareannotated.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

227

ExerciseAnnotatetheVerticalAlignment

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseAnnotatetheVerticalAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ViewtheVerticalAlignment
1 RightclickonHemfieldVerticalintheInRoadsExplorer.
2 SelectView.
ViewtheVerticalAnnotation
1 SelectGeometry>ViewGeometry>VerticalAnnotation.
2 ClickApply.
Theverticalalignmentisnowannotated.
3 Closethedialogbox.
4 ExittheCADsoftware.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

228

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Understandverticalalignments.

Createverticalalignmentsusingprecisioninput

Editverticalpointsofintersection(PIs)anddefineverticalcurves

Annotateaverticalalignment

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

229

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:Ahorizontalalignmentmustexistbeforeavertical
alignmentcanbedefined.

True

False

2 Listtwoprecisionkeyinsforverticalalignments.
1__________

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2__________
3 Whichofthefollowingisnotavalidmethodfordefiningaverticalcurve?
ALengthofCurve
BPassThroughPoint
CUnsymmetricalLength
DCircularCurve

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

EK=L/(g2g1)
4 Whichofthefollowingcommandswouldbethebestchoicetoannotate
curveandtangentinformationonanentireverticalalignmentinone
operation?
AGeometry>ViewGeometry>ActiveVertical
BGeometry>ViewGeometry>VerticalAnnotation
CEvaluation>Profile>AnnotateProfile
DEvaluation>Profile>AnnotateFeatureinProfile
EDrafting>PlaceProfileNote

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

230

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 TrueorFalse:Ahorizontalalignmentmustexistbeforeavertical
alignmentcanbedefined.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TrueInRoadsverticalalignmentsarechildrenofahorizontalalignment
andthuscannotbecreateduntilthehorizontalalignmentisdefined.
2 Listtwoprecisionkeyinsforverticalalignments.
1se=station,elevation
2dg=distance,grade
3 Whichofthefollowingisnotavalidmethodfordefiningaverticalcurve?
DCircularCurve
ThereareseveralmethodsofdefiningverticalcurvesinInRoads,but
circularcurveisnotoneofthem.Circularcurvesaredefinedforhorizontal
curvesonly.
4 Whichofthefollowingcommandswouldbethebestchoicetoannotate
curveandtangentinformationonanentireverticalalignmentinone
operation?
BGeometry>ViewGeometry>VerticalAnnotation
TheVerticalAnnotationcommandwouldbethemostappropriatechoice
forbulkannotation.Thiscommandannotatesthepoints,tangents,and
curvesinasingleoperation.Thereareothercommandsthatalsoprovided
annotationcapabilitiesthatcanbeusefulinsomesituationsbutthe
VerticalAnnotationcommandistypicallythebestchoiceforgeneral
annotation.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

231

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
30Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

232

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
CreateanewverticalalignmentforMeadowParkDrive.

Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Creating
VAUsingPIs\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreatingVAUsing
PIs\Task\TaskVAPI.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

233

ReviewTask

Requirements
Exercise:CreateanewverticalalignmentforMeadowParkDrive.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HintRequirementsarenotnecessarilyinastepbysteporder,soread
themcarefullybeforeyoubegin.

Defineaverticalalignmentwith6verticalPIsand4paraboliccurves.

Thebeginningoftheverticalalignmentwillbeatstation15+51.15
[1+551.15]andelevation201.072[61.29].

Themaximumgradeshouldnotexceed3%.

ThefirstverticalcurvesPIisatStation26+00[1+870.84]andelevation
204.00[62.18].

ThenextverticalcurvesPIis500[152M]and1.8%fromthefirst
verticalcurves.

ThethirdverticalcurvesPIisatStation37+00[2+206.13]and
elevation181.00[55.17].

TheverticalalignmenthastopassthroughSta.25+25[1+850]and
elevation203.00[61.86].

OneoftheverticalcurvesPIisatSta.40+00[2+297.56]andElevation
178.00[54.25].

Theverticalalignmenthastohavea4[1.2M]clearanceovera24
[600mm]drainagepipethathasaninvertelevationof172.70[53.28]
atSta.40+50[2+315](ignorethicknessofpipe).

Theminimumlengthofverticalcurveis200[60M].

Designthealignmentasclosetotheexistinggroundaspossible.

Theendoftheverticalalignmentwillbeatstation41+65.75
[2+348.08]andelevation179.71[54.78].

TheproposedalignmentshouldbedisplayedandannotatedintheCAD
file.

BesuretosavetheGeometryProjectwiththenewverticalalignment.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

234

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Whatisthegradeofthefirsttangentintheverticalalignment?

Whatistheflattestgradeofyouralignment?

Whatisthestationandelevationofthelowestpointofthealignment?

Whatisthestationandelevationofthehighestpointofthe
alignment?

Whatisthelengthofthelongestverticalcurve?

Whatisthelengthofthelastcurve?

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Questions

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

235

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingPIs

236

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsing
Elements

DuringthislessonyouwilllearntocreateaVerticalAlignmentusingElements.
TheElementscapabilityisoneofanumberofwaystocreateverticalalignments.
Ifyournormalworkingpracticedoesnotusethismethod,youshouldskipthis
chapter.However,oncethistrainingcourseisended,youwillhavethisdocument
andthedatasetandwillbeabletoworkthroughthecontentofthechapterata
laterdate.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

237

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

Createverticalelements.

Editverticalelements.

Checkalignmentintegrity.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

238

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateVA
UsingElements\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileVAElements.dgn,thenclickOpen.
3 OpentheCADfiekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateVA
UsingElements\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeVAElements.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\Hemfield
Existing.dtm
GeometryProject: Hemfield.alg

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

239

VerticalAlignments

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VerticalAlignments

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

VerticalAlignments
Averticalalignmentisaseriesoflinear,circularorparabolicgeometryelements.
Connectedtogether,theelementsformaverticalalignment.Thevertical
alignmentfollowsthepathdefinedbyahorizontalalignment.
Becauseofitsdependenceonthehorizontalalignment,averticalalignmentisa
childofthehorizontalalignmentinthegeometryprojectstructure.Each
horizontalalignmentcanhavemultipleverticalalignments.Ahorizontal
alignmentmustexistbeforeaverticalalignmentcanbedefined.
Allverticalalignmentsunderthesamehorizontalalignmentmusthaveunique
names.Twoverticalalignmentsunderdifferenthorizontalalignmentscanhave
thesamename.
VerticalalignmentsarecreatedwiththeFile>Newcommand.IntheNewdialog
box,clickontheGeometrytab.InType,selectVerticalAlignment.Makesure
thatyouhavethecorrectactivehorizontalalignmentbecausethevertical
alignmentiscreatedasachildoftheactivehorizontalalignment.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

240

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VerticalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VerticalElements

WhatAreVerticalElements?
GeometryelementsaredefinedusingFixed,FloatandFreeparameters.Theyare
moreflexiblethanthePImethod,astheyallowforpartsofthealignmentto
containdiscontinuitiesandgaps.Theyalsoenabletheusertodesignpartsofthe
alignmentwithconstraintswhilestillhavingfreeelementswhereneeded.
Becausetherecanbegapsinanalignmentdefinedwithelements,youcandefine
thealignmentfortheprojectbyfirstestablishingthestraightsandcurvesinthe
mostconstrainedareas,andthencompletetherestofthealignmentlaterby
fillinginthegaps.
VerticalalignmentsdefinedusingElementsaregenerallybestsuitedto:

Finaldesignorreconstruction

Brownfielddesign

Designinarestrictedcorridor

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

241

VerticalElements

VerticalElementTools
TheverticalelementtoolsarefoundontheGeometry>VerticalElementmenu.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ThehorizontalelementtoolscanbeactivatedanddeactivatedusingApplication
AddIns.IftheHorizontalElementtoolsarenotonyourGeometrymenu,select
Tools>ApplicationAddIns.Fromthelistofavailableaddins,selectthe
HorizontalandVerticalElementAddincheckboxandclickOK.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Thesecommandsareusedtomodifyverticalalignmentsbyadding,copying,
editing,anddeletingindividualelements.

AddFixed/Floating/FreeVerticalLineplacesalinearverticalelement.

AddFixed/Floating/FreeVerticalCurveplacesaverticalcurveelement.

ConnectElementsmovesoneelementandconnectsittoasecondelement.

CutElementcutsanexistinghorizontalelementintotwopieces.

JoinElementsjoinstwocoincident,colinearelementstoformasinglenew
element.

MoveElementsmovesanexistinghorizontalelementtoaspecifiedlocation.

CopyElementscopiesapartofanexistingalignmentintotheactive
alignment.

AddFixedElementplacesafixedelementbasedontwoparameters.The
parametersincludebeginningstation/elevation,endingstationelevation,and
deltaangle.

EditElementeditsanexistinghorizontalelement.

DeleteElementdeletesaselectedverticalelementfromtheactive
horizontalalignment.

CheckIntegrityidentifiesgeometricintegrity,reorderselements,fixes
transpositionsanddeletesextraneouselements.

SimplifiedVerticalElementTools
SimplifiedVerticalElementsaretoolsthatareusedtocreategeometryelements
withpredefinedsettingsintheactiveverticalalignment.Nodialogboxesappear
whenusingthesimplifiedverticalelementsbecausethesettingsusedarealready
specified.TheycanbechangedbyselectingGeometry>SimplifiedVertical
Element>Settings.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

242

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FixedVerticalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FixedVerticalElements

AddFixedLine
Createsafullyconstrainedlinearelementintheactivealignment.
Therearetwomodesforthiscommand:

Youcanplacealinearverticalelementbetweentwopoints.Thepointscanbe
datapointsorcanbespecifiedasStationandElevationpairsinthedialogbox.

YoucanplacealinearverticalelementbyPoint,Grade,andDistance.

AddFixedCurve
Createsafullyconstrainedcurveelementintheactivealignment.
Therearetwomodesforthiscommand:

YoucandefineaverticalcurvebytwopointsandeitheranRorKvalue.The
pointscanbedatapointsorcanbespecifiedasStationandElevationpairsin
thedialogbox.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

243

FixedVerticalElements

Youcanplaceaverticalcurveby3Points.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhentheSelectInsertionElementcheckboxisselected,thenewelementis
addedbeforeorafteranexistingelementintheactivealignment.Thereference
elementisselectedduringelementplacement.Whenthecheckboxiscleared,
thenewelementisplacedattheendofthealignment.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

244

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ElementManipulation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ElementManipulation

ChangePositionTools
MoveElementchangesthepositionofanexistingelement.
ConnectElementschangesthepositionofanexistingelementbutdoessoby
connectingthebeginningofoneelementtotheendofasecondelement.This
toolensuresthatthetwoelementsshareacommonendpoint.
CopyElementcopiesoneormoreelements.Youmustidentifythealignment
theelementiscomingfrom,thefirstelementinthealignmenttobecopied,and
thelastelementtobecopied.Allelementsbetweenthefirstandlastelementare
copied.Ifthesameelementisidentifiedasthefirstandlastelement,thatsingle
elementiscopied.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

245

ElementManipulation

ModifyElementTools
CutElementsdividestheselectedelementintotwoelements.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

JoinElementsjoinstwoelementsintoasingleelement.Thetwoelementsmust
bethesametype(linearorcurve),beconnected,andbetangenttobejoined.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

EditElementisusedtoeditexistingverticallinearelementsandcurves.The
elementthatwillbeeditedishighlightedintheCADfile.UsetheSelect,First,
Previous,Next,andLastbuttonstonavigatetotheelementyouwanttoedit.The
start,stop,orbothendsoftheelementscanbeadjusted.Twoimportantoptions
forthistoolcontrolhowconnectingelementsareorarenotmodifiedalongwith
themodifiedelement.
MaintainConnectedandColinearElementotherelementsaremovedto
maintainconnectivityandremaincolinear.
NoOptionSelectedonlytheeditedelementisadjusted.Adiscontinuitywill
existbetweentheeditedelementandthenextelementinthealignment.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

DeleteElementisusedtodeleteexistingelements.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

246

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateaNewAlignment

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateaNewAlignment

CreateaNewVerticalAlignment
1 SelectFile>New.
TheNewdialogopens.
2 ChangetheTypetoVerticalAlignment.
3 TypeHemfieldVerticalfortheAlignmentName.
4 SettheStyletoP_COGO_PropVertical.
5 ClickApply.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

247

FloatingVerticalElements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FloatingVerticalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

AddFloatingLine
Attachesaverticallinearelementontoanexistingverticalcurve.
Therearetwomodesforthiscommand.Youcanplacealinearvertical
elementbyplacingaPointatastationandelevation.Oryoucanplacealinear
verticalelementbygrade.
Youcanplaceafloatinglinebyplacingapointontheselectedverticalcurve.If
youselecttheelementnearitsstart,thenewlineattachestothestartofthe
element.Ifyouselecttheelementonitsend,thenewlineattachestotheend
oftheelement.Oryoucanplaceafloatinglinebygrade.Then,thesystem
displaystheelementatthegradespecifiedinthegradefieldofthedialogbox.
Floatingalineontheendofacurvewillrecomputetheendofthecurveand
usethedatapointastheendoftheline.
Floatingalineonthestartofacurvewillrecomputethestartofthecurveand
usethedatapointasthestartoftheline.

Afterplacement,theelementtowhichyouareattachingthelineadjusts
tomaintaintangencyandcoincidencebetweenthetwoelements.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

248

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FloatingVerticalElements

AddFloatingCurve

Therearetwomodesinthispulldownmenu.Youcandefineahorizontal
curvebyPointandGradeoryoucanplaceaverticalcurvebyPointand
Parameter.Thenthesystemdisplaystheelementusingtheparameters
specifiedinthefieldofthedialogbox.
Whenyouselectthiscommand,thesystempromptsyoutoselectanelement
byplacingadatapointontheelement.Thatpointservesastheinitialpoint
foryourcurve.Ifyourpointisonthestartinghalfoftheexistingelement,the
curvewillbeaddedtothestartingsideoftheexistingelement.Ifyouselect
theendinghalfoftheexistingelement,thecurvewillbeaddedtotheending
sideoftheexistingelement.
Floatingacurveontheendofalineorcurvewillrecomputetheendofthe
lineorcurveandusethedatapointastheendofthecurve.
Floatingacurveonthestartofalineorcurvewillrecomputethestartofthe
lineorcurveandusethedatapointasthestartofthecurve.
Afterplacement,theelementtowhichyouareattachingthecurveadjuststo
maintaintangencyandcoincidencebetweenthetwoelements.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Placesacurvedverticalelementthatisdefinedbyanexistingvertical
element.Youcandefineacurveusingtheexistingverticalelement,apoint,
andanrvalue,kvalueorlength,oryoucandefineitusingtheexistingvertical
element,apoint,andgrade.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

249

FreeVerticalElements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FreeVerticalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

AddFreeLine
Attachesalinearverticalelementbetweentwoexistingverticalcurves.

Afterplacement,theelementstowhichyouareattachingthelineadjust
tomaintaintangencyandcoincidencebetweentheelements.

AddFreeCurve
Definesacurvebetweentwoexistingverticalelements.Thecommand
promptsyoutoselectthetwoelementsbyidentifyingeachofthemin
graphics.
Whenyouplacethetransitionalelement,thetwoelements
connectedbythetransitionareadjustedtomaintaintangency
andcoincidencebetweentheelements.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

250

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateVerticalElements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateVerticalElements

AddFixedLine
1 SelectGeometry>VerticalElement>AddFixedLine.
2 IntheAddFixedLinedialog,changetheModetoByTwoPoints.
3 SelectthefirstStation/Elevationcheckbox.
4 Setthestationandelevationtothefollowing:

Station23+45.78[2+345.78]

Elevation208.00[63.40]

5 SelectthesecondStation/Elevationcheckbox.
6 Setthestationandelevationtothefollowing:

Station26+07.00[2+425.43]

Elevation202.00[61.57]

7 ClickApply.
8 ClicktoAccept,thenclosethedialog.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

251

ExerciseCreateVerticalElements

AddFloatingCurve
1 SelectGeometry>VerticalElement>AddFloatingCurve.
2 IntheAddFloatingVerticalCurvedialog,changetheModetoByPoint
andParameter.
3 SelectthePointcheckbox.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

4 Setthestationandelevationtothefollowing:

Station26+66.02[2+438.37]

Elevation199.36[60.98]

5 SettheParametertoLengthandavalueof165.12[50.33].
6 ClickApply.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

7 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelinearelementthatwas
justplaced.
8 ClicktoAccept.
9 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
AddFloatingLine
1 SelectGeometry>VerticalElement>AddFloatingLine.
2 SettheModetoByPoint.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 SelecttheStation/Elevationcheckboxandsetittothefollowing:

Station27+93.21[2+480.61]

Elevation194.46[59.37]

4 ClickApply.
5 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelastverticalcurveinthe
alignmentthatwasjustcreated.
6 ClicktoAccept.
7 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
AddFloatingCurve
1 IntheAddFloatingVerticalCurvedialogsettheStationandElevationto
thefollowing:

Station32+31.53[2+601.71]

Elevation193.82[58.69]

Ifthedialogisnotopen,selectGeometry>VerticalElement>Add
FloatingCurve.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

252

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateVerticalElements

2 SettheLengthto440.82[134.36].
3 ClickApply.
4 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelastlinearelementinthe
alignmentthatwasjustcreated.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

5 ClicktoAccept.
6 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
AddFloatingLine
1 IntheAddFloatingVerticalLinedialogsettheStationandElevationtothe
following:

Station45+85.23[3+026.38]

Elevation214.38[65.42]

Ifthedialogisnotopen,selectGeometry>VerticalElement>Add
FloatingLine.
2 ClickApply.
3 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelastverticalcurveinthe
alignmentthatwasjustcreated.
4 ClicktoAccept.
5 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
AddFloatingCurve
1 IntheAddFloatingVerticalCurvedialogsettheStationandElevationto
thefollowing:

Station50+14.00[3+171.19]

Elevation210.38[63.85]

Ifthedialogisnotopen,selectGeometry>VerticalElement>Add
FloatingCurve.
2 SettheLengthto431.00[150].
3 ClickApply.
4 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelastlinearelementinthe
alignmentthatwasjustcreated.
5 ClicktoAccept.
6 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

253

ExerciseCreateVerticalElements

AddFloatingLine
1 IntheAddFloatingVerticalLinedialogsettheStationandElevationtothe
following:

Elevation174.80[53.29]

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Station60+54.43[3+473]

2 ClickApply.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

AddFloatingCurve

3 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelastverticalcurveinthe
alignmentthatwasjustcreated.
4 ClicktoAccept.
5 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.

1 IntheAddFloatingVerticalCurvedialogsettheStationandElevationto
thefollowing:

Station63+68.18[3+561.67]

Elevation170.69[52]

2 SettheLengthto312.00[80].
3 ClickApply.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

4 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelastlinearelementinthe
alignmentthatwasjustcreated.
5 ClicktoAccept.
6 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
7 ClosetheAddFloatingVerticalCurvedialog.
AddFloatingLine
1 IntheAddFloatingVerticalLinedialogsettheStationandElevationtothe
following:

Station70+57.54[3+781.93]

Elevation174.00[53.04]

2 ClickApply.
3 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyElement,selectthelastverticalcurveinthe
alignmentthatwasjustcreated.
4 ClicktoAccept.
5 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
6 ClosetheAddFloatingVerticalLinedialog.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

254

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateVerticalElements

EditVerticalElement
1 SelectGeometry>VerticalElement>EditElement.
2 Onthebottomrightsideofthedialog,clickLast.
3 SettheDefineFromtoStop.

Station:70+30.47[3+760.33]

Elevation:174.08[53.12]

Grade:.5%

5 SelecttheMaintainConnectedandColinearElementcheckbox.
6 ClickApply.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

4 SettheStation,ElevationandGradetothefollowing:

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

255

CheckIntegrity

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CheckIntegrity

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheCheckIntegritytoolisusedtoverifytangencyandconnectivitybetweenthe
elementsthatmakeupaverticalalignment.TheCheckIntegritytoolcanbeused
onanyalignmentnomatterhowitwascreated.
Thiscommandisdesignedtofixseveraltypesofissuesthatareinherentinthe
design/implementationofHorizontalandVerticalElementcommands.These
issuesareresultsofallowingyouthefreedomtoworkonanypartofthe
alignment.Thesefreedomscancreatediscontinuities,nontangency,and
transpositions.
Toactivatethetool,selectGeometry>VerticalElement>CheckIntegrity.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

256

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCheckAlignmentIntegrity

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCheckAlignmentIntegrity

ChecktheIntegrityoftheAlignment
1 SelectGeometry>VerticalElement>CheckIntegrity.
2 IntheCheckIntegritydialog,selectthefirstelementatthetopofthelist.
Thefirstelementinthealignmentshouldhighlight.
3 Rightclick,andreviewthesettingsinthepopupmenu.
4 Atthebottomofthedialog,clickNextandreviewtherestoftheelements
inthealignment.
5 Whenfinished,closethedialog.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

257

VerticalAnnotation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VerticalAnnotation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ViewVerticalAlignment
Averticalalignmentcaneasilybeviewedbyrightclickingonthevertical
alignmentintheInRoadsExplorerWindowandselectingView,orbyselecting
Geometry>ViewGeometry>ActiveVerticalcommand.

AnnotateVerticalAlignment
TheAnnotateVerticalAlignmentcommanddisplaysandannotatesverticalpoint
andalignmentinformation,suchastangentgradesandverticalcurves.
IntheMaintab,identifytheverticalalignmentyouwanttoannotate(remember
thattheverticalalignmentisachildofthehorizontalalignment)andselectthe
profilesetyouwanttoannotate.
Ifyouhavemorethanoneprofilesetdisplayed,makesureyouhavethecorrect
profilesetselected;otherwise,youwillnotseetheverticalannotationwhereyou
expectit.Ifyouknowthenameoftheprofileset,youcouldselectitfromthepull

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

258

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VerticalAnnotation

downlist;otherwise,youcouldusethegraphiclocatebutton.Clickonthegraphic
selectbuttonandidentifytheprofilesetyouwanttoannotate.
ThePointstabdefineshowthepointsontheverticalalignmentareannotated.

TheTangentstabcontrolstheverticalannotationofthetangents.
TheAffixestabisusedtodefineprefixesandsuffixesforthedifferenttypesof
annotation.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheCurvestabcontrolstheverticalannotationofthecurves.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

259

ExerciseVerticalAnnotation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseVerticalAnnotation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ViewtheVerticalAnnotation
1 SelectGeometry>ViewGeometry>VerticalAnnotation.
2 ClickApply.
Theverticalalignmentisnowannotated.
3 Closethedialogbox.
4 ExittheCADsoftware.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

260

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Createverticalelements

Editverticalelements

Checkalignmentintegrity

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

261

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.
1 TrueorFalse:Atleastoneelementmustexistintheactivevertical
alignmentbeforeyoucanaddaFloatingelement
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ATrue
BFalse
2 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtocreateasinglecurve
fromtheactiveverticalalignment?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

ARemoveFreeCurve
BRemoveFixedCurve
CDeleteElement
DRemoveFloatingCurve

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 HowaretheSimplifiedVerticalElementCommandsdifferentthanthe
traditionalverticalelementcommands?

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

262

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:Atleastoneelementmustexistintheactivevertical
alignmentbeforeyoucanaddaFloatingelement
ATrue
BFalse
2 Whichofthefollowingcommand(s)canbeusedtocreateasinglecurve
fromtheactiveverticalalignment?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

ARemoveFreeCurve
BRemoveFixedCurve
CDeleteElement
DRemoveFloatingCurve
3 HowaretheSimplifiedVerticalElementCommandsdifferentthanthe
traditionalverticalelementcommands?
SimplifiedVerticalElementsaretoolsthatareusedtocreategeometry
elementswithpredefinedsettingsintheactiveverticalalignment.No
dialogboxesappearwhenusingthesimplifiedverticalelements
becausethesettingsusedarealreadyspecified.Theycanbechangedby
selectingGeometry>SimplifiedVerticalElement>Settings.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

263

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
30Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

264

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
CreateanewverticalalignmentforMeadowParkDrive.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateVA
UsingElements\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CreateVAUsing
Elements\Task\TaskVAElements.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

265

ReviewTask

Requirements

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:CreateaVerticalAlignmentusingelements.

CreateanewverticalalignmentfortheMeadowParkDrivealignment.
UseP_COGO_PropVerticalforthestyle.

Defineaverticalalignmentwithatleast4paraboliccurves.

Thebeginningoftheverticalalignmentwillbeatstation15+51.15
[1+551.15]andelevation201.072[61.29].

Themaximumgradeshouldnotexceed3%.

Thefirstverticalcurveshouldpassthroughthefollowingstationsand
elevations:

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Station:23+17.82[1+782.85],Elevation:203.21[62.10]
Station:26+00[1+856.13],Elevation:202.53[62.01]
Station:28+82.18[1+930.55],Elevation:198.92[61.23]

Thesecondverticalcurveshouldpassthroughthefollowingstations
andelevations:
Station:30+00[1+992.48],Elevation:196.80[60.28]
Station:31+00[2+008.43],Elevation:194.87[60]
Station:32+00[2+024.52],Elevation:192.67[59.65]

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Thethirdverticalcurveshouldpassthroughthefollowingstationsand
elevations:
Station:36+00[2+207.31],Elevation:183.33[55.29]
Station:37+00[2+234.78],Elevation:181.33[54.76]
Station:38+00[2+262.06],Elevation:180.00[54.48]

Thefourthverticalcurveshouldpassthroughthefollowingstations
andelevations:
Station:38+85.60[2+295.48],Elevation:179.14[54.29]
Station:40+00[2+310.42],Elevation:178.58[54.28]
Station:41+14.40[2+325.48],Elevation:179.18[54.42]

Completethealignmentbyconnectingthecurveslistedabovewith
linearelements.

Theendoftheverticalalignmentwillbeatstation41+65.75
[2+349.64]andelevation179.71[54.76].

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

266

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

TheproposedalignmentshouldbedisplayedandannotatedintheCAD
file.

BesuretosavetheGeometryProjectwiththenewverticalalignment.

UsetheCheckIntegritycommandtomakesurealltheelementsinthe
alignmentarethesamedirection.

Questions

Whatisthegradeofthefirsttangentintheverticalalignment?

Whatistheflattestgradeofyouralignment?

Whatisthestationandelevationofthelowestpointofthealignment?

Whatisthestationandelevationofthehighestpointofthe
alignment?

Whatisthelengthofthelongestverticalcurve?

Whatisthelengthofthelastcurve?

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

267

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

CreatingVerticalAlignmentsUsingElements

268

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDesignerOverview

ThismoduleprovidesanintroductiontotheTemplatedefinitionandRoadway
Designerprocess.Havingageneralunderstandingofhowthesetoolsfunction
makesiteasiertolearnthedetailsofthetoolsinthefollowingtrainingmodules.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

269

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill

Learnabouttemplateconceptsandhowtoapplytemplatesusingthe
RoadwayDesigner.

Assembleatemplatefromcomponentsusingthedraganddrop
workflow.

CreateamodeloftheroadwayusingtheRoadwayDesignercommand.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

270

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartMicroStationandInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoads/PowerInRoadsshortcut
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Roadway
DesignerOverview\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileSR2067Bypass.dgn,thenclickOpen.
OpenProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Roadway
DesignerOverview\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeRoadwayDesignerOverview.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\SR2067
BypassExistingGround.dtm
GeometryProject: SR2067Bypass.alg
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: SR2067Bypass.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

271

Templates

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Templates

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Aftertheproposedalignmentsandexistinggroundsurfacehavebeencreated,a
modeloftheproposedroadwaydesignisgeneratedbyassemblingproject
templatesandapplyingthemtotheprojectusingtheRoadwayDesigner.
Templatesarecrosssectionviewsofthetypicalsectionsusedtocreatethe
proposeddesign.
IndividualtemplatesarecreatedandstoredintheTemplateLibraryFile,which
hasthefileextension.itl.
Thetemplatelibrarycanbesharedbymanypeople,butitmustbeaccessedas
readonlywhenitisbeingshared.Usuallyaprojectspecifictemplatelibraryis
createdforeachprojectandtheappropriatetemplatesarecopiedtothatlibrary
sotheycanbemodifiedtomeetthespecificneedsoftheproject.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

272

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ApplyingTemplates

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ApplyingTemplates

Templatesareusedtocreateaproposedmodeloftheroadway.Thisis
accomplishedusingtheRoadwayDesigner.IntheRoadwayDesigner,templates
areassignedtospecificstationsalongthemainlinealignmentatspecificintervals,
whicharecalledtemplatedrops.
TheRoadwayDesignerconnectsthepointsofthetemplatedrops,forminga
modeloftheroadway,whichismadeintoasurfacemodel.Theconnected
templatepointsformlongitudinalbreaklinefeaturesinthesurfacemodel.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

273

TemplatesSurfaceModels

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplatesSurfaceModels

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

OnlythetoppointsinthesurfacemodelgeneratedbytheRoadwayDesignerare
triangulated.
AllsubsurfacepointsthatarelowerthanthetriangulatedsurfaceareExclude
fromTriangulationpointsintheproposedsurface.Thesubsurfaceswillappear,if
desired,intheproposedcrosssectionsascomponents.Componentsareused
forvolumecalculations.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

274

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreateTemplateDialog

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreateTemplateDialog

Tocreateoreditatemplatelibrary,selectModeler>CreateTemplate.Thisopens
theCreateTemplatedialog,whichistheprimaryplacewheretemplatesare
createdandedited.Thisisalsowheretemplatesarecopiedfromastandard
templatelibrarytoaprojecttemplatelibraryusingTools>TemplateLibrary
Organizer.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

275

TemplateNames

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateNames

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

OntheleftsideofthedialogistheTemplateLibraryarea,whichcontainsa
Windowslikefolderstructure.Therootfolderisthenameandlocationofthe
templatelibrarythatiscurrentlyopen.Onlyonetemplatelibrarymaybeopenat
atime.
Tonavigatethefolderstructure,doubleclickthefoldersyouwanttoopenor
close.Insideanyfolderyoucancreateandorganizeyourtemplatesandsub
folders.Theorganizationofthefolderstructureisuserdefinable.Thefolder
structurealsosupportscommonWindowsfunctions,suchasdraganddrop,cut
andpaste,etc.
Mostcommonlyusedcommandscanbeaccessedbyrightclickingonthefolder
andtemplatenames.Ifyoudoubleclickatemplatename,itbecomestheCurrent
Templateandissignifiedbyaredboxaroundthetemplateicon.TheCurrent
TemplateisalsoidentifiedintheCurrentTemplateareanexttotheTemplate
Libraryarea.AtemplatemustbetheCurrentTemplateinordertobeassembled
oredited.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

276

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CurrentTemplateWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CurrentTemplateWindow

InthecenteroftheCreateTemplatedialogisthemaingraphforcreating
templates.ThegraphiscalledtheCurrentTemplatewindow.TheCurrent
TemplatewindowusesitsowngraphicsengineandisnotaviewfromtheCAD
file.Thescaleofthegraphisdynamicandchangesasyouzoominandout.
ThecenterpointoftheCurrentTemplatewindowismarkedbythedynamic
origin,whichisamagentacoloredbox.Thedynamicoriginisareferencepoint
andcanbemovedtoanylocationinthegraph.
Atthebottomofthegrapharenumerousviewcommandswhichallowyouto
manipulatetheviewofthetemplate.TheseoperatesimilartoCADfileview
commands.Ifyourmousehasascrollwheel,itcanbeusedtopanandzoom.The
twobuttonswiththeleftandrightscrolliconsareusedtoundoandredo
templatecreationoperations.CTRLZwillundoyourlasteditorcreation.

Inthegraphareayoucanrightclicktoaccessadditionalcommandsandyou
candoubleclickelementsinthegraphforeditingpurposes.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

277

TemplatePreviewWindow

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplatePreviewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Whenyouhighlight(clickon)atemplate,thetemplateisdisplayedinthePreview
area,whichislocatedundertheTemplateLibraryarea.
Youcanusethepreviewtoassembletemplatesfromtheirpartsorcomponents,
usingdraganddrop.
Thecyancoloredboxinthepreviewrepresentstheinsertionpointforanydrag
anddropoperation.Youcanchangetheinsertionpointlocationbyclickingthe
desiredinsertionpointonthepreview.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

278

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DynamicSettings

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DynamicSettings

TheDynamicSettingsdialogisusedforprecisioninputofthetemplate
componentsandforassigningpointnamesandstyleswhencreatingcomponents.
Italsoservesasacompassforthelocationofyourcursorwithrespecttothe
dynamicorigin.ThedynamicorigincanbemovedusingSetDynamicOrigin,
locatedatthebottomoftheDynamicSettingsdialog.
TheDynamicSettingsdialogisaccessedbyselectingTools>DynamicSettingsor
usingtheviewcontroliconslocatedbelowtheCurrentTemplatewindow.
TheKeyinpulldownspecifiesthetypeofkeyintobeperformed.

XY=absolutecoordinates

DL=deltacoordinatesfromlastpointplaced(defaultstothedynamic
originifitisthefirstpointofacomponent)

HS=horizontaldeltadistanceandslopefromlastpointplaced

VS=verticaldeltadistanceandslopefromlastpointplaced

OL=deltacoordinatesfromdynamicorigin

OS=horizontaldeltadistanceandslopefromdynamicorigin

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

279

Components

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Components

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Componentsarelogicalpartsofatemplate.Portionsofthetemplatethatare
separatedintocomponentsarenormallybasedontabulationconsiderations.
Examplesofcomponentsincludecurbandgutter,medianbarrier,pavement
layers,cutandfillslopes,andditches.
Componentsarenormallykeptinaseparatefolderinthetemplatelibrary.They
areusedtoassemblecompletetemplates,bydragginganddroppingthe
componentstotheCurrentTemplatewindow.Whenconnectingtwo
components,theconnectingpointchangestoawhiteplussignpriortoplacing
thecomponent.Thisistheindicationthatthepointscoincide.Whenthe
componentsareconnectedtogether,usingdraganddropfromthetemplate
libraryfolders,anycoincidentcomponentpointswillusethepointnameofthe
previouslyplacedcomponent.Templatepointnamescanbeeditedanytime
duringthecreationprocess.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

280

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Components

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Componentsarenormallycreatedwithpointnamesthatarenotspecifictothe
leftorrightsideoftheroadway.Whentheyareusedtocreatecompleted
templates,prefixesandsuffixestothetemplatepointscanbeautomatically
addedduringcomponentplacement.Prefixesandsuffixesarecontrolledusing
Tools>OptionsintheCreateTemplatedialogandcanbesetandclearedinthe
DynamicSettingsdialogduringplacementusingtheApplyAffixescheckbox.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

281

MergingComponents

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MergingComponents

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Whencombiningtwocomponentsofapavementsectiontogether,twoseparate
componentsareproducedwithaverticalsegmentdividingthem.Toremovethe
verticalsegmentandmergethetwocomponentsintoone,positionthecursor
overtheverticalsegmentandrightclick.ThenselectMergeComponents.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

282

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

BasicTemplateCreationWorkflow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

BasicTemplateCreationWorkflow

OpenanexistingtemplatelibrarybyselectingFile>Open.

SelectModeler>CreateTemplate.ThisbringsuptheCreateTemplate
dialog.

Navigatetotheappropriatefolderinthetemplatelibraryfolderstructureand
selectFile>New>Template.

Namethenewtemplate.

Navigatetowherethecomponentsarestoredinthetemplatelibraryfolder
structure,anddraganddropthecomponentstotheCurrentTemplate
window.

Ifnecessary,mergecomponentstogetherbyrightclickingonthevertical
segmentbetweentwocomponentsandselectingMergeComponents.

SelecttheDisplayPointNamesradiobuttonintheDisplayareaoftheCreate
Templatedialogbox.

Reviewthepointnamesandeditthem,ifneeded,bydoubleclickingonthe
pointsintheCurrentTemplatewindow.

SelectFile>Savetosavethetemplatelibrary.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

283

ExerciseCreatingaTemplatefromComponents

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreatingaTemplatefromComponents

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Continuingwiththefilesfromthepreviouspracticeexercise.
CreateaTemplateName
1 SelectModeler>CreateTemplate.
2 Doubleclicktherootfolder.
3 SelectthefoldernamedTemplatesintheCreateTemplatesdialog.
4 RightclicktheTemplatesfolder,thenselectNew>Template.
5 RenamethenewtemplateTwoLane.
6 SelectTools>DynamicSettingsfromtheCreateTemplatedialog.
7 Type0.1inbothXStepandYStepfields.
8 SelectTools>Options.
9 SelecttheApplyAffixescheckbox.
10 TypethefollowinginthePrefixfields:
LeftPrefix:LT_
RightPrefix:RT_

RoadwayDesignerOverview

284

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreatingaTemplatefromComponents

11 ClickOK.
TheApplyAffixesisautomaticallyselectedontheDynamicSettings
dialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DefineRightsideofTemplate
1 DoubleclicktheComponentsfolder.
2 DraganddropthecomponentnamedTwoLanew/shouldersfromthe
ComponentsfoldertotheoriginoftheActiveTemplatewindow(marked
byamagentacoloredbox).

HINTWatchthecoordinatesintheupperleftportionoftheDynamic
SettingsdialoganddroptheTwoLanew/shoulderscomponentatthe
coordinates0,0.
DefineLeftsideofTemplate
NextwewillplacetheTwoLanew/shoulderstemplateagainbutweneed
areflectionofthetemplate.
1 AsyoudragthecomponentnamedTwoLanew/shouldersintothe
templatewindow,Rightclick(youarestillholdingdowntheleftmouse
buttonwhenyourightclick).
2 ReleasetheleftmousebuttonandselectReflect.
3 Movethetemplatetothe0,0coordinates.

Noticetheexistingconnectionturnswhitewhenyouareinthecorrect
location.
4 Clicktoplacethetemplate.
Youshouldnowhavebothsidesofatwolaneroadwaycreated.

Ifyoumakeamistake,useCTRLZtoundo.
5 SelectFit.
DefineCurbandGutter
Thistimewewanttoplaceboththeleftandrightcurbatthesametime
usingthemirrorfunction.
1 AsyoudragthecomponentnamedConcreteCurb&Gutterintothe
templatewindow,Rightclickwhile(youarestillholdingdowntheleft
mousebuttonwhenyourightclick).
2 ReleasetheleftmousebuttonandselectMirror.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

285

ExerciseCreatingaTemplatefromComponents

3 RightclickagainandcleartheReflectcheckmark.
4 Placethecomponentattheedgeoftherightshoulderpoint.
Thecurbandguttersectionisplacedonboththeleftandrightsidesofthe
template.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DefineEndConditions
1 DoubleclicktheEndConditionsfolder.
2 DraganddroptheendconditioncomponentnamedSimpleCutandFill.
3 Placethecomponentatthebackofcurbpointontherightside.
4 SelectFit.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

MergeComponents
1 Rightclickontheverticalsegmentsbetweenthepavementsboxes
(yellow)inthecenter,thenselectMergeComponents.
2 Rightclickontheverticalsegmentsbetweenthebaseboxes(orange)in
thecenter,thenselectMergeComponents.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Yourtemplateshouldlooklikethis:

SavetheTemplateLibrary
1 SelectFile>SavefromtheCreateTemplatedialogtosavethetemplate
library.
2 ClosetheCreateTemplatedialog.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

286

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesigner

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDesigner

Afterthetemplatesarecreated,theyareappliedusingtheRoadwayDesigner.
TheRoadwayDesignercombinesalignments,surfaces,andtemplatestocreatea
modeloftheproposedroadway.Itisalsowheresuperelevationiscreatedand
appliedtothedesign.
TocreateandeditRoadwayDesigns,selectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.This
bringsuptheRoadwayDesignerdialog.
ThedatayouinputintoRoadwayDesignerissavedintheRoadwayDesignfile,
whichhastheextension.ird(InRoadsRoadwayDesign).

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

287

RoadwayDesignerDialog

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDesignerDialog

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheRoadwayDesignerdialoghasthreewindowviewingareas,representingthe
plan,profile,andcrosssectionviewsofthedesign.
Theseviewsusetheirowngraphicsengine,liketheCreateTemplatedialog,and
arenotCADfileviews.Theviewsshowonlywhatisrelatedtothedesign,not
whatisdisplayedintheCADfile.Thecontentofeachwindowiscontrolledbythe
activeCorridorselectionandActiveSurfacesettings.
TheRoadwayDesignerdialogisresizable.EachwindowintheRoadwayDesigner
canalsobeindividuallyresized.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

288

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerPlanViewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDesignerPlanViewWindow

ThePlanViewwindowislocatedintheupperleftcorneroftheRoadway
Designerdialog.Althoughitlookslikeastandardview,thePlanViewwindow
doesnotdisplaythegraphicsintheCADfile.NothavingtheCADgraphics
displayedallowsyoutofocusonthedesigndataonly.
Templatedropsaredisplayedasshortbrownlines.Atemplatedropisthelocation
whereanewtemplatebegins.ThePlanwindowislinkedtotheotherwindowsin
RoadwayDesignerviastationpositioningofthedesign.Thestationpositionis
shownasthelongeryellowline.
Othergraphicsinthiswindowincludethecorridorcenterline,originalground
surfaceperimeter,andcutfilllines.Asweincreasethecomplexityofthedesign,
othergraphicindicatorsappearinthewindow.Mouseovertipsareavailableand
viewcontrolsarelocatedonthebottomofalloftheRoadwayDesignersview
windows.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

289

RoadwayDesignerProfileViewWindow

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDesignerProfileViewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheProfileViewwindowislocatedinthelowerleftcorneroftheRoadway
Designerdialog.
ItdisplaystheOriginalgroundsurfacelineandthecorridorsverticalalignment.It
isalsolinkedtothestationpositionofthedesignandthatlocationisshownasa
verticalyellowline.ThescaleoftheProfileViewwindowisdynamicbasedonthe
zoomcontrols.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

290

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerCrossSectionViewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDesignerCrossSectionViewWindow

TheCrossSectionViewwindowislocatedontherightsideoftheRoadway
Designerdialog.
ItdisplaystheActivesurfaceline,(typically,existingground)andthetemplatesas
theyareappliedtothedesign.Thiswindowwillbeaprimaryareaforreviewing
thedesign.
Additionaldisplaysettingscanbeappliedbyrightclickingonthewindow.The
scaleoftheCrossSectionViewwindowisdynamicbasedonthezoomcontrols.
LocateddirectlybelowtheCrossSectionViewwindowisanareathatdisplaysthe
stationcurrentlydisplayedandseveralbuttonsthatallowyoutostepthroughthe
design,basedonstationing.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

291

RoadwayDesignerFundamentals

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDesignerFundamentals

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CorridorManagementCommand
ACorridorisadesignsectionofroadwaydefinedbythestationlimitsofthe
mainlineshorizontalandverticalalignment.Acorridoriscreatedbyusing
Corridor>CorridorManagement.
TocreateaCorridor,nametheCorridor,selectahorizontalandverticalalignment,
andoptionallysetthestationlimitsoftheproject.Asingleroadwaydesignfile
(.ird)canstoremultiplecorridorsforaproject.Thesurfacesymbologyisalso
specifiedwhenacorridoriscreated.Thesymbologyisusedtosetthesurface
crosssectionandprofilesymbologieswhenanindividualsurfaceiscreatedfrom
thecorridor.
The.irdfilecanonlybeopenedbyoneuseratatime.
Thenextstepistoassigntemplatestothecorridor,usingtheCorridor>Template
Dropscommand.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

292

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerFundamentals

TemplateDropsCommand

Tocreatetemplatedrops,selecttheappropriatetemplatefromthetemplate
library,thestationwherethetemplateisapplied,andthemodelinginterval.The
finalresultisastationandtemplatelist.

CreateSurfaceCommand
CreateSurfacecombinesthecorridorandtemplatedropsdatatocreateasurface
modeloftheproposedroadwaydesign.Thiscreatesasurfaceconsistingofthe
topsurfaceoftheroadwaydesignandthesubgradecomponents,whichare
ExcludefromTriangulationpointsandchildrenofthetopsurface.Components
canbedisplayedincrosssectionsandusedforvolumecalculations.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateDropsassignpreviouslycreatedtemplatestospecificstationsinthe
corridor.TheXY=0,0pointonthetemplatetracksonthecorridorshorizontal
andverticalalignmenttoformtheproposedroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

293

BasicRoadwayDesignerWorkflow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

BasicRoadwayDesignerWorkflow

Openthegeometryproject,originalgroundsurface(existingground),and
templatelibraryusingFile>Open.

SelectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.

Loadthetemplatelibrary.

SelectFile>NewfromtheRoadwayDesignerdialogandenterthenameof
thenewroadwaydesignfile(.ird).Touseanexistingroadwaydesignfile,
selectFile>Open.

SelectCorridor>CorridorManagement.

Namethenewcorridorandselecttheappropriatehorizontalandvertical
alignments.

SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.

Selecttheappropriatetemplateandassociatedstationtoapplythattemplate.
Repeatfortemplatechangesalongthealignment.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

294

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ClickProcessAllintheRoadwayDesignerdialog.

UsetheRoadwayDesignersviewwindowstoreviewthedesign.

SelectCorridor>CreateSurfaceandenterthenameoftheproposedsurface.

SelectFile>SavefromtheRoadwayDesignerdialogtosavetheroadway
designfile.

SelectFile>Save>Surfacetosavethedesignsurface.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

BasicRoadwayDesignerWorkflow

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

295

ExerciseCreateaRoadwayDesign

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateaRoadwayDesign

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Continueusingthefilesusedinthepreviouspracticeactivity.
CreateaNewCorridor
1 SelectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.
2 SelectCorridor>CorridorManagement.
3 TypeSR2067RelocationintheNamefield.
4 ClickAdd,thenClose.
CreateTemplateDrops
1 SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.
2 DoubleclicktheRootfolder.
3 DoubleclicktheTemplatesfolder.
4 SelectthetemplatenamedTwoLane.
5 ClickAdd,thenClose.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

296

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateaRoadwayDesign

ProcessAllandReview
1 ClicktheProcessAllbuttonlocatedinthelowerrightcornerofthe
RoadwayDesignerdialog.
2 ClosetheResultsdialog.

CreateProposedDesignSurface
1 SelectCorridor>CreateSurface.
2 IntheNamefield,typeFinished.
3 EnsurethatEmptyDesignSurfacecheckboxisselected.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

4 ClickApply.
5 ClosetheResultsdialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 ReviewthedesigninRoadwayDesigner.

1 SelectFile>Savetosavetheroadwaydesignfile.

6 ClosetheCreateSurfacedialog.
ReviewtheDesignSurfaceFeatures
1 SelectSurface>Feature>FeatureProperties.
2 SelecttheFinishedsurfaceandreviewthelistoffeatures.
3 Whenfinished,closetheFeaturePropertiesdialog.
SavetheRoadwayDesignandDesignSurface
2 ClosetheRoadwayDesignerdialogandreviewtheplanfeaturesinthe
CADdrawing.
3 SavethesurfaceFinished.dtmtothefolderC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\RoadwayDesignerOverview\Practice\.
4 ExittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

297

SummaryandReview

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Understandtemplateconceptsandhowtoapplytemplatesusingthe
RoadwayDesigner.

Assembleatemplatefromcomponentsusingthedraganddrop
workflow.

CreateamodeloftheroadwayusingtheRoadwayDesignercommand.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

298

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 Arepointsinatemplate(topsurfaceandsubsurface)includedinasingle
resultingdesignDTM?

Yes

No

2 WhichmethodisusedtosetatemplateasactiveintheCreateTemplate
dialog?(Selectallthatapply).
ASelectthetemplatenamefromtheTemplatemenu.
BDoubleclickonthetemplatenameintheTemplateLibrarylist.
CRightclickonthetemplatenameintheTemplateLibrarylistand
selectSetActive.
3 TrueorFalse:Thetemplatepreviewwindowalwaysshowsthesame
templateastheeditingwindow.

True

False

4 TrueorFalse:The0,0positiononthetemplatewilltrackonthecorridors
horizontalandverticalalignmenttoformtheproposedcorridor.

True

False

5 Cantheresultsoftheroadwaymodel(pavementlayers,sideslopes,etc.)
bereviewedwithoutprocessingtheentireproject?

Yes

No

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

RoadwayDesignerOverview

299

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 Arepointsinatemplate(topsurfaceandsubsurface)includedinasingle
resultingdesignDTM?

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

YesAlltemplatepointsareincludedintheresultingdesignDTM.
However,onlythetoppointsinthesurfacemodelgeneratedbythe
RoadwayDesignerwillbetriangulated.Allsubsurfacepointsthatare
lowerthanthetriangulatedsurfacewillbeExcludefromTriangulation
pointsintheproposedDTM.Thesubsurfaceswillappear,ifdesired,inthe
proposedcrosssectionsascomponents.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2 WhichmethodisusedtosetatemplateasactiveintheCreateTemplate
dialog?(Selectallthatapply)
BandCTosettheactivetemplate,eitherdoubleclickonthetemplate
nameorrightclickonthetemplatenameandselectSetActivefromthe
menu.Theactivetemplateisidentifiedbyaredboxaroundthetemplate
icon.
3 TrueorFalse:Thetemplatepreviewwindowalwaysshowsthesame
templateastheeditingwindow.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

FalseClickingonatemplatenameresultsinthattemplate/component
displayinginthepreviewwindow.Thepreviewedtemplate/component
canthenbedraggedontotheactivetemplatetocreatenewcomponents.
4 TrueorFalse:The0,0positiononthetemplatewilltrackonthecorridors
horizontalandverticalalignmenttoformtheproposedcorridor.
TrueThe0,0positiononthetemplatedefineswherethetemplatewill
connecttothecorridorshorizontalandverticalalignment.
5 Cantheresultsoftheroadwaymodel(pavementlayers,sideslopes,etc.)
bereviewedwithoutprocessingtheentireproject?
YesYoucanreviewanystationlocationalongtheprojectwithout
processingtheentireearthwork.TheRoadwayDesignerprocessesthe
earthwork/crosssectionfortheselectedstationlocationinteractivelyasit
isdisplayed.Anychangestothecorridorsettingswillimmediatelybe
reflectedinthedisplayedcrosssection.

RoadwayDesignerOverview

300

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Templates

ThismoduleisanintroductiontotheCreateTemplatetool.Youwilllearnthe
basicsofcreatingandeditingtemplatesandthecomponentsandpointsthat
makeupthetemplates.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

301

WhereareweintheBigPicture?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhereareweintheBigPicture?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Atthispointintheprojectwehavedonethefollowing:

CreatetheCADfile.

Setprojectdefaults.

Analyzedtheexistingdata.

Createdhorizontalgeometry.

Createdanexistinggroundprofile.

Createdaproposedprofile.

Nowwearereadytodesigntheroadwaycorridorwhichwillinvolvethefollowing
tasks:

Templates

302

Definingtemplates.

Defineanddesigncorridors.

Generateproposedsurfaces.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

Inthislessonwewill

Learnabouttemplatepointconstraintsandcomponents.

Createtemplatecomponents.

Createacompletetemplatefromthecomponents.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

303

Objectives

StartMicroStationandInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoads/PowerInRoadsshortcut
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\Templates\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileSR2067Bypass.dgn,thenclickOpen.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

OpenProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\Templates\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeTemplates.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl

Templates

304

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ConstraintsonTemplatePoints

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ConstraintsonTemplatePoints

Pointconstraintsareusedtomanagethebehavioroftemplatepoints. Theyare
usedsothatifapointismovedinatemplate,eitherbyyoueditingthetemplate
orbytheapplicationofpointcontrolsduringdesignprocessing,allthepoints
relatedtothepointbeingmovedwillbehaveinapredictablemanner.

Atemplatepointhasamaximumoftwoconstraintsonit. Apointwith
twoconstraintsisconsideredfullyconstrained.Apointthatisfully
constrainedisrepresentedbyaredplussign.

Apointthathasonlyoneconstraintonitisconsideredpartially
constrainedandisshownasayellowplussign.

Apointwithnoconstraints(unconstrained)isshownasagreenplus
sign.

Constraintscanalsobelabeledsothatduringthedesignprocessthevalueof
labeledconstraintsmaybechanged.Forexample,thetemplatemayhavea
constraintlabelcalledThicknessthatcontrolsthethicknessoftheasphaltwearing
surface. Thisthicknesscanbechangedsothatonetemplatecanbeusedfor
differentasphaltdepths,withouthavingtoeditthetemplate.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

305

ConstraintsonTemplatePoints

TypesofConstraints

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheRoadwayDesignerprovidesavarietyofconstrainttypesforroadway
templatedesign,asdescribedbelow.ThiscoursediscussestheHorizontal,
Vertical,andSlopeconstraints.Additionaltrainingonthemoreadvanced
constrainttypesisavailableinotherBentleyInstitutetrainingmodules.

Horizontal
Thechildpointremainsatthespecifiedhorizontaldistancefromtheparent
point.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Vertical
Thechildpointremainsatthespecifiedverticaldistancefromtheparent
point.

Slope

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Thechildpointmaintainsthespecifiedslopefromtheparentpoint.
Additionally,slopeconstraintscanhaverollovervaluesassignedtothem.
Rollovervaluesareusedtosettheslopeconstraintbasedonahighsideslope
differenceandalowsideslopedifferencerelativetoareferencepointwhich
definesthecontrollingslopetotheparentpoint. Slopeconstraintsare
absolute.Slopesgoingfromlowerlefttoupperrightarepositiveregardlessof
whetherthechildpointistotheleftorrightoftheparent.

HorizontalMaximum
Thechildpointhastwoparentpointsandremainsatthespecifiedhorizontal
distancefromtheparentpointthatisfarthesttotheright(hasthemaximum
horizontalorXvalue).

HorizontalMinimum
Thechildpointhastwoparentpointsandremainsatthespecifiedhorizontal
distancefromtheparentpointthatisfarthesttotheleft(hastheminimum
horizontalorXvalue).

VerticalMaximum
Thechildpointhastwoparentpointsandremainsatthespecifiedvertical
distancefromtheparentpointthatishighest(hasthemaximumverticalorY
value).

Templates

306

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ConstraintsonTemplatePoints

VerticalMinimum

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Thechildpointhastwoparentpointsandremainsatthespecifiedvertical
distancefromtheparentpointthatislowest(hastheminimumverticalorY
value).

VectorOffset
Thechildpointisprojectedontothevectordefinedbytwoparentpoints. If
theoffsetiszero,thechildpointislocatedontheparentvector.Iftheoffsetis
notzero,thenthechildpointwillmaintainaperpendicularoffsetfromthe
parentvectoratthespecifiedoffsetvalue.Negativevaluesindicateanoffset
totheleftofthevectordefinedbytheparentpoints. Positivevaluesindicate
anoffsettotheright.

ProjecttoSurface
Thisconstraintmustbeusedinconjunctionwithoneofthepreviouslydefined
constraints. Theotherconstraintdefinestheprojectiondirection.Thechild
pointisprojectedtothesurfacewiththespecifiedname.Ifthesurfacedoes
notexist,ornosolutionisfound,thepointremainswhereitisplacedinthe
template.

ProjecttoDesign
ThisconstraintissimilartoProjecttoSurface,exceptthatthepointis
projectedtothedesignsurfaceofthetemplate.Aprojectionvalueisgivento
indicatewhethertheprojectionwillbetotheleftortotheright.Thepoint
mustbeconstrainedbyoneofthepreviousconstraints,excludingtheProject
toSurfaceconstraint,sothatadirectionfortheprojectionmaybe
determined.Ifnosolutionisfound,thenthepointremainswhereitisplaced
inthetemplate.

AngleDistance
Usethiscommandtofullyconstrainapointinthetemplate.Thisconstraint
requirestwoparentpoints,adistance,andanangle.Thepointisconstrained
tothelocationdefinedbythedistancefromthefirstparent,andtheangle
fromthefirstparentrelativetothevectordefinedbythetwoparentpoints.
Thisconstraintcreatesarigidbodyrotation.Whenselected,noother
constrainttypesareavailable.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

307

VisualIndicatorsforParentChildRelationship

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VisualIndicatorsforParentChildRelationship

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ParentChildPointRelationship
Whenapointisconstrained,itisconstrainedfromeitheroneortwootherpoints.
Pointsareconstrainedinatwodimensional(crosssection)plane. Constraintscan
affectonlythepointsoffsetandelevation,whicharetheXandYcoordinatesina
crosssectionview. Pointconstraintsarealsodirectional.Thedirectionformsa
parentchildrelationshipbetweenpoints. IfpointBisconstrainedbypointA,
pointAissaidtobetheparentofpointB.Whenviewingtheconstraints,the
parentpointhasabluearrowpointingtothechildpoint.Toseetheconstraintsin
atemplate,selecttheConstraintsradiobuttonlocatedintheDisplayportionof
theCreateTemplatedialog.

HorizontalConstraint
Ahorizontalconstraintiswhenachildishorizontallyconstrainedtotheparent.
Whenyoumovetheparentpoint,thechildpointmovesataconstanthorizontal
distancefromthatpoint,whichisspecifiedwhentheconstraintisestablished.A

Templates

308

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VisualIndicatorsforParentChildRelationship

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

whitehorizontallinecrossingoverthebluearrowindicatesahorizontal
constraint.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

309

VisualIndicatorsforCommonConstraints

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VisualIndicatorsforCommonConstraints

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

VerticalConstraint
Averticalconstraintiswhenachildisverticallyconstrainedtotheparent.When
youmovetheparentpoint,thechildpointmovesataconstantverticaldistance
tothatpoint,whichisspecifiedwhentheconstraintisestablished.Awhite
verticallinecrossingoverthebluearrowindicatesaverticalconstraint.

HorizontalandVerticalConstraint
Ahorizontalandverticalconstraintiswhenachildishorizontallyandvertically
constrainedtotheparent.Whenyoumovetheparentpoint,thechildpoint
movesataconstanthorizontalandverticaldistancetothatpoint,whichis
specifiedwhentheconstraintisestablished.Awhitehorizontalandverticalline
crossingoverthebluearrowindicatesahorizontalandverticalconstraint.Whena
pointhastwoconstraints,suchashorizontalandverticalconstraints,thatpointis
fullyconstrainedandisshowninred.

Templates

310

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VisualIndicatorsforCommonConstraints

Aslopeconstraintiswhenachildisconstrainedtotheparentbytheslope
betweenthetwopoints.Whenyoumovetheparentpoint,thechildpointmoves
ataconstantslopewithrespecttotheparentpoint,whichisspecifiedwhenthe
constraintisestablished.Awhitediagonallinecrossingoverthebluearrow
indicatesaslopeconstraint.Whenapointhasonlyoneconstraint,suchasaslope
constraint,itiscalledapartiallyconstrainedpointandisshowninyellow.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SlopeConstraint

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

311

ExerciseObserveTemplateConstraintsBehavior

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseObserveTemplateConstraintsBehavior

SelectTemplate

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

1 SelectModeler>CreateTemplate.
2 Expandtherootfolderbydoubleclickingthefoldername.
3 DoubleclicktheConstraintsfolder,thendoubleclickthetemplatenamed
ConstraintsBehavior.
ThismakesConstraintsBehaviorthecurrenttemplate.
4 SelecttheConstraintsandDisplayPointNamesoptionsintheDisplay
portionoftheCreateTemplatedialog.

Templates

312

Point 1 is the parent of Point 2.

Point 2 is the child of Point 1.

Point 2 is horizontally and vertically constrained to Point 1.

Point 2 is the parent of Point 3.

Point 3 is the child of Point 2.

Point 3 is horizontally and vertically constrained to Point 2.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseObserveTemplateConstraintsBehavior

MoveTemplatePoints
1 RightclickonPoint1andselectMovePoint.
ObservehowthePoints1,2and3moveasarigidbody.
2 RightclicktoexitMovePoint.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 RightclickonPoint2andnoticethatMovePointisnolongeravailable.
Itisnotpossibletomoveafullyconstrainedpoint.
Letsseewhathappenswhenweremovetheverticalconstraintfrom
Point2.
ChangePointConstraints
1 DoubleclickPoint2.
ThePointPropertiesdialogopens.
2 ChangeConstraint2fromVerticaltoNone.
3 ClickApply,thenClose.
Noticethecolorofthepointturnedfromredtoyellow.
MoveTemplatePoints
1 MovePoint1.
NoticethehorizontaldistancebetweenPoints1and2remainsconstant
buttheslopeisallowedtovary.
2 RightclicktoexitMovePoint.
3 MovePoint2.
NoticethehorizontaldistancebetweenPoints1and2remainconstant
butagaintheslopeisallowedtovary.
Alsonoticethatthehorizontalandverticaldistanceremainsconstant
betweenPoints2and3.
4 RightclicktoexitMovePoint.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

313

ExerciseObserveTemplateConstraintsBehavior

ChangePointConstraints
1 DoubleclickPoint2again.
2 ChangeConstraint1fromHorizontaltoSlope.
3 ClickApply,thenClose.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MoveTemplatePoints
1 MovePoints1and2.
Noticethebehaviorissimilartobefore.However,Point2isnow
constrainedataconstantslopefrompoint1insteadofataconstant
horizontaldistance.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

DeleteComponent
1 Deletethecomponentbyrightclickingwithyourcursordirectlyoverthe
componentandselectingDeleteComponent.

ThereisadifferentDeleteComponentscommandthatisusedtodelete

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

multiplecomponents.

Templates

314

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

AddingandDeletingConstraintsGraphically

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AddingandDeletingConstraintsGraphically

InadditiontoeditingthetemplatepointconstraintsusingthePointProperties
dialog,youcanrightclickonanypointtoaccessAddConstraintorDelete
Constraintcommands.Thisisveryhandyformakingquickadjustmentstothe
templateconstraints.
TheDeleteConstraintscommandremovesallconstraintsfromthepoint.
TheAddConstraintcommandletsyoupickthetypeofconstraintyouwanttoadd
tothepoint.TheFullConstraintoptionaddsbothhorizontalandvertical
constraintstoapoint.
Rightclickonthechildpointyouwanttoconstrain,selectAddConstraint,and
selectthepointconstraintyouwanttoadd.Thenclicktheparentpointandenter
theoffsetsorslopevaluesofthechildpointfromtheparent.Settingthe
appropriateconstraintsonpointsisimportanttoachievethedesiredresultswhen
pavementlayers,superelevation,andtransitioningareintroducedtothedesign.
ThePointPropertiesdialogishelpfulforadjustingpointconstraintsafterthe
initialpointplacement.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

315

ExerciseAddingandDeletingConstraints

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseAddingandDeletingConstraints

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Continueworkingonthetemplatelibraryusedinthelastexercise.
DeleteConstraint
1 SelecttheAddandDeleteConstraintstemplateandmakeitthecurrent
template(doubleclickontemplatename).
2 SelecttheComponentsandDisplayPointNamesoptionsintheDisplay
areaoftheCreateTemplatedialog,iftheyarenotalreadyset.
3 RightclickontheCL_AGGR_B_BOTpointandselectDeleteBoth
Constraints.
Noticethecolorofthepointturnsfromredtogreen.
4 DeletetheconstraintsontheEOP_AGGR_B_BOTand
SHDR_AGGR_B_BOTpoints.
AddConstraints
1 RightclickontheCL_AGGR_B_BOTpointandselectAddConstraint>Full
Constraint.

Templates

316

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseAddingandDeletingConstraints

2 Whenpromptedtoselecttheparentpoint,clickontheCL_AGGR_A_BOT
point.
TheAddFullConstraintdialogopens.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 TypeaHorizontalOffsetof0.0andaVerticalOffsetof1.0[0.3m],then
click OK.
4 RightclickontheEOP_AGGR_B_BOTpointandselectAddConstraint>
FullConstraint.
5 Fortheparentpoint,clickontheEOP_AGGR_A_BOTpoint.
TheAddFullConstraintdialogopens.
6 TypeaHorizontalOffsetof 0.0andaVerticalOffsetof1.0[0.3m],then
click OK.
7 RightclickontheSHDR_AGGR_B_BOTpointandselectAddConstraint>
Slope.
8 Fortheparentpoint,clickontheEOP_AGGR_B_BOTpoint.
TheAddSlopeConstraintdialogopens.
9 TypeaSlopeof6.0%, thenclick OK.
10 RightclickontheSHDR_AGGR_B_BOTpointagainandselectAdd
Constraint>Slope.
11 ClickontheSHDR_AGGR_A_BOTpoint.
12 TypeaSlopeof25.0%, thenclick OK.
DeleteComponents
1 RightclickontheCurrentTemplateWindow(butnotoveragraphic
componentelement),thenselectDeleteComponents.
2 Holddowntheleftmousebuttonanddrawalineacrossafew
components,thenreleasetheleftmousebuttonwhendone.
Allofthecomponentsthatthelinecrossedaredeleted.
3 Toundothedeletion,pressCTRL+ZorselectEdit>Undo.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

317

TheSignoftheDistanceandSlope

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheSignoftheDistanceandSlope

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Whendefiningcomponentswithprecisioninput,thesignofthedistanceis
dependentontheparentchildrelationship.Theparentisalwaysthefirstpoint
placedwhencreatingtemplatecomponents.Thedistanceispositiveiftheparent
hasalowerXorYvaluethanthechild.Thedistanceisnegativeiftheparenthasa
higherXorYvaluethanthechild.Thesignofthecomponentslopeisbasedon
themathematicalslope.

Templates

318

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SimpleComponent

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SimpleComponent

Acomponentisasetofpointsthatdefineanopenorclosedshape.Each
component,whetheropenorclosed,canrepresentadifferentmaterialorareaof
interest.
Componentsaresavedinthetemplatelibraryandarenormallystoredina
separatefolderintheTemplateLibraryfolderstructure.
Tocreateacomponent,firstselectFile>NewTemplateandnamethetemplate
component.Then,useAdd>SimpleorAdd>Constrainedtobuildthe
component.Eachcomponenthasanameandanassignedfeaturestyle.
Therearesixtypesofcomponents:

Simple.

Constrained.

Unconstrained.

NullPoint.

EndCondition.

Overlay/Stripping.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

319

SimpleComponent

Asyouaddtemplatecomponents,theareaunderthegraphchangestorepresent
theparametersforthecomponentinputtype.ThisiscalledtheCurrent
Componentarea.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Asimplecomponenttypicallyrepresentsasectionofpavementorsidewalk.Itisa
closedparallelogramthatisdefinedbyslope,thickness,andwidth.Thetoppoints
areconstrainedbyhorizontalandslopeconstraints.Thelowerpointsare
constrainedtothepointsdirectlyabovethembyhorizontalandvertical
constraints.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

TheConstrained,Unconstrained,andEndConditioncomponenttypesare
discussedlaterinthischapter.NullPointsandOverlay/Strippingcomponentsare
moreadvancedthanthiscourseandarenotdiscussedduringthistraining.

Templates

320

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreatingaTemplateofSimpleComponents

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreatingaTemplateofSimpleComponents

Continueworkingonthetemplatelibraryusedinthelastexercise.
CreateaTemplateName
1 SelectthefoldernamedComponentsintheCreateTemplatesdialog.
2 RightclicktheComponentsfolder,thenselectNew>Template.
3 NamethenewtemplateConcretePavementw/Shoulder.
StartDynamicSettings
1 SelectTools>DynamicSettings.
2 Ifselected,cleartheApplyAffixescheckboxintheDynamicSettings
dialogbox.
3 SettheHorizontalandVerticalStepto0.1.
AddSimpleComponent
1 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectAddNew
Component>Simple.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

321

ExerciseCreatingaTemplateofSimpleComponents

2 SetuptheCurrentComponentportionoftheCreateTemplatedialogas
follows:
ComponentName: CONCRETE
Style: P_ROAD_Concrete
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Slope: 2.0%
Thickness: 1.000[0.300m]
Width: 12.000[3.600m]
3 PlacethecomponentattheoriginoftheCurrentTemplatewindow.
4 Fitthedisplayifnecessary.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

5 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectAddNew
Component>Simple.
6 SetuptheCurrentComponentportionoftheCreateTemplatedialogas
follows:
ComponentName: CONCRETE
Style: P_ROAD_Concrete
Slope: 6.0%
Thickness: 1.000[0.300m]

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Width: 8.000[2.400m]

Sincethisisthesamenameasthefirstcomponentcreated,thenameis
automaticallyappendedwitha1resultinginCONCRETE1asthe
componentname.
7 PlacethecomponentattherightedgeofpavementpointoftheCurrent
Templatewindow.
8 Fitthedisplayifnecessary.
SaveTemplateLibrary
1 SelectFile>SaveintheCreateTemplatedialogtosavetheTemplate
Library.

Templates

322

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointNames

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplatePointNames

TemplatesareusedbytheRoadwayDesignertocreatesurfacesoftheproposed
roadway.Eachtemplatepointisconnectedlongitudinallytothenexttemplate
drop,basedontheinterval,toformlongitudinalbreaklinesurfacefeatures.The
namesofthosefeaturesarethenamesofthetemplatepoints.Therefore,
establishingastandardnamingconventionfortemplatepointsisimportanttothe
qualityoftheproposedsurface.
Likewise,individualcomponentnamesalsoappearintheensuingsurfaces.These
componentsareusedforvolumecalculations,sostandardnamingconventions
shouldbeappliedtoensureconsistentresults.
Whentransitioningbetweentwotemplates(goingfromatwolanetoafourlane
roadway,forexample),theRoadwayDesignerattemptstoconnecttemplate
pointsofthesamenametomodelthetransition.Templatetransitioningmakes
consistenttemplatecomponentandtemplatepointnamingevenmore
important.
Eachtemplatepointnameandcomponentnamemustbeuniquewithina
template.Foraccuratevolumecalculationsandsurfacecreation(especially
duringtemplatetransition),differenttemplatesshoulduseconsistentcomponent

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

323

TemplatePointNames

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

andtemplatepointnames.TheRoadwayDesignerautomaticallyappendsthe
namewithauniquenumberifthesamenameischosenduringtemplate
creation.Also,theRoadwayDesignerprovidesforautomaticprefixesandsuffixes
(suchasLT_andRT_)whencomponentsarecreatedoraddedtotheleftorright
sideoftheoriginpoint.Prefixesandsuffixesfortemplatepointnamesaredefined
usingTools>OptionsintheCreateTemplatedialog.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

EdittemplatepointnamesbyrightclickingonatemplatepointandselectingEdit
Point.DoubleclickingthepointalsoinvokestheEditPointcommand.ThePoint
Propertiesdialogiswherethepointnameandsurfacefeaturestylearechanged.
Afteryouchangethepointname,clickApplytosavethechange.TheNext>and<
Previousbuttonshelptochangemultiplepointsbymovingfrompointtopoint
withinthesametemplate.SelectingtheDisplayPointsNamescheckboxinthe
DisplayportionoftheCreateTemplatedialogallowsyoutovisuallyverifythe
pointnames.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ThePointNameListisauserdefinedlistofstandardpointnamesthatcanbe
selectedduringcomponentcreationoreditingtoreducetimespententeringthe
names.ToaddnamestothePointNameList,rightclickonPointNameListinthe
TemplatefoldersandselectEdit,ordoubleclickonPointNameList.

Templates

324

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseEditingTemplatePointNames

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseEditingTemplatePointNames

ContinuetoworkonthetemplatenamedConcretePavementw/Shoulder.
Thetemplatecomponentshavebeenadded,butthenamesshouldbe
changedtoreflectastandardnamingconvention.
CreatePointNames
1 RightclickonthePointNamesList,thenselectEdit.
ThePointNameListdialogopens.
2 TypeCL_CONC_BOTintheNamefield.
3 SelectP_COGO_MainCLfromtheStylelist,thenclickAdd.
4 TypeEOP_CONC_BOTintheNamefield.
5 SelectP_ROAD_EdgeOfPavementfromtheStylelist,thenclickAdd.
6 TypeSHDR_CONC_BOTintheNamefield.
7 SelectP_ROAD_ShoulderfromtheStylelist,thenclickAdd.
8 ClosethePointNameListdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

325

ExerciseEditingTemplatePointNames

EditTemplatePoints
1 Doubleclickthepointlocatedatthetemplateorigin.
ThePointPropertiesdialogopens.
2 SelectCLfromthePointNamelist,thenclickApply.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ThepointnamesavailableinthepicklistarefromthePointNameList.
3 ClickNext>,whichwillmoveyoudownonepoint.
4 ChangetheNameasfollows:ClickApply,thenNext>andrepeat.
Name: CL_CONC_BOT
EOP

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

EOP_CONC_BOT
SHDR
SHDR_CONC_BOT
5 ClosethePointPropertiesdialog.
MergeComponents
1 Rightclickontheverticalsegmentseparatingtheroadandshoulder,then
selecttheMergeComponentscommand.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ThemergedcomponentisnamedCONCRETE.
2 Doubleclickonthecomponenttoverifythename.
SavetheTemplateLibrary
1 SelectFile>SaveintheCreateTemplatedialogtosavetheTemplate
Library.

Templates

326

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ConstrainedandUnconstrainedComponents

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ConstrainedandUnconstrainedComponents

TheAddNewComponent>Constrainedcommandisusedtocreateopenor
closedshapedtemplatecomponentsusingprecisioninput.Youcanaccessthis
commandbyrightclickingontheCurrentTemplatewindoworselectingitfrom
thepulldownmenu.
Examplesofconstrainedcomponentsincludemedianbarriers,curbandgutter
sections,retainingwalls,andcomplexpavementsections.
Constrainedcomponentsarecreatedwithhorizontalandverticalconstraints
alreadyappliedtoeachpoint.
Bothclosedandopenshapedcomponentscanbecreated.Theoptiontomake
thecomponentclosedoropenisselectedbyrightclickingontheCurrent
Templatewindowduringcomponentcreation.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

327

ConstrainedandUnconstrainedComponents

Whencreatingtemplatepoints,theDynamicSettingsdialogisusedtodefine
pointnamesandstyles.TheDynamicSettingsdialogisalsousedtoenterthe
preciselocationforthepoints.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Thebasicworkflowforcreatingaconstrainedcomponentisto:

SelectAddNewComponent>Constrained.

TypeintheComponentNameandselecttheStyleintheCurrentComponent
area.

TypeinthePointNameandselecttheStyleintheDynamicsSettingsdialog.

Selectthekeyintype(hs=forexample)andtypetheprecisionvalue
(12.0,2.0%forexample)intheDynamicsSettingsdialog.

PressEnterorTabtoplacethepoint.

Repeatthesestepsuntilthelasttemplatepointisplaced.

RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectFinish.

TheAddNewComponent>Unconstrainedcommandisalsousedtocreateopen
andclosedshapetemplatecomponentsusingprecisioninput.Youcanaccessthis
commandbyrightclickingontheCurrentTemplatewindoworselectingitfrom
thepulldownmenu.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ThiscommandworksthesameasusingAddNewComponent>Constrained
exceptthecomponentsarecreatedwithoutanyconstraintsonthepoints.The
constraintsareaddedmanuallyusingtheEditPointorAddConstraintcommand,
accessedbyrightclickingonanytemplatepoint

Templates

328

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent

Continueworkingonthetemplatelibraryusedinthelastexercise.
CreateaTemplateName
1 SelectthefoldernamedComponentsintheCreateTemplatesdialog.
2 RightclicktheComponentsfolder,thenselectNew>Template.
3 RenamethenewtemplateCurb.
PreparingtheSettingsBeforeComponentCreation
1 IftheDynamicSettingsdialogisnotdisplayed,selectTools>Dynamic
Settings.
2 Ifselected,cleartheDisplayPointNamescheckbox.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

329

ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent(Continued)

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent(Continued)

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

InthisexerciseyouwillcreateaCurbcomponent.
CreatingaConstrainedComponent
1 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindow,thenselectAddNew
Component>Constrained.
2 SettheCurrentComponentoptionsasfollows:
ComponentName: CONCRETECURB
Style: P_ROAD_ConcreteCurb
3 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: SHDR(Selectfromthelist)
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: xy=0,0
4 PressEnter.

Templates

330

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent(Continued)

Precisioninputvaluesareenteredinmasterunitssuchasfeetormeters.
Youcanenterotherunitswiththeproperunitspecification,suchas6
insteadof0.5.
Whencreatingacomponentusingprecisionkeyin,ESCallowsyoutogo
back.
5 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: TOC
ApplyAffixes: Selected

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

PrecisionInput: xy=0.07,0.5[0.0225,0.150]
6 PressEnter.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WatchthepromptsinthelowerleftcorneroftheCreateTemplatedialog.

8 PressEnter.

7 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: BOC
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: hs=5.5,0.0[0.140,0.0]

Noticethatthesoftwareinterpreted5.5asinchesinsteadoffeetsaving
youtheneedtodothemath.
9 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: BOC_BOT
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: dl=0,16[0,0.400]
10 PressEnter.
11 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: TOC_BOT
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: dl=7.75,0[0.200,0]
12 PressEnter.
13 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectFinish.
14 SelecttheDisplayPointNamesoption.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

331

ExerciseAddingaConstrainedComponent(Continued)

SavetheTemplateLibrary

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 SelectFile>SaveintheCreateTemplatedialog.

Templates

332

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

BasicComponentCreationWorkflow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

BasicComponentCreationWorkflow

BasicComponentCreationWorkflow

SelectModeler>CreateTemplate.ThisbringsuptheCreateTemplate
dialog.

Navigatetothetemplatefolderusedforcomponents.

SelectFile>New>TemplatefromtheCreateTemplatedialog.Namethe
newtemplate,whichisacomponent.

SelectTools>DynamicSettingsiftheDynamicSettingsdialogisnotopen.

SelectAdd>Simple,Add>Constrained,orAdd>Unconstrainedfromthe
CreateTemplatedialog.

AddtemplatecomponentsbyusingtheDynamicSettingsdialogtospecifythe
PointNameandStyle,andthepointlocations.

SelectFile>SavefromtheCreateTemplatedialogtosavethetemplate
library.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

333

CreatingEndConditions

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreatingEndConditions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Endconditionsaretemplatecomponentswhichareusedtomodelcutandfill
treatments.Theyareaddedtotheendofsimple,constrained,andunconstrained
components.
Endconditionsarecreatedlikeothertemplatecomponents.Endconditions
consistoftemplatepointsandindividualcomponents,andappearasline
segments.Theyaredifferentthansimpleandconstrainedcomponentsbecause
theyhavetheabilitytotargetsurfaces,elevations,alignmentsandsurface
features.
Anexampleofthistargetingisadesigncriteriawhichspecifiesa4:1fillslopeifa
fillheightunder6feetisencountered.Thetargettypeistheoriginalground
surface.
Tocreateanendcondition,firstselectFile>NewTemplateandnamethe
template.ThenuseAddNewComponent>EndConditiontobuildtheend
conditions.Endconditionsarestoredinthetemplatelibraryandnormallyare
createdinaseparatefolderinthetemplatelibrary.

Templates

334

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreatingEndConditions

TargetTypes

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TargettypesarespecifiedintheCurrentComponentportionoftheCreate
Templatedialog,whichopensbelowtheCurrentTemplatewindowduringend
conditioncreation.
Targettypesaredefinedonlyforendconditioncomponents,andareaproperty
ofthecomponent.Toeditatargettype,opentheComponentPropertiesdialog
bydoubleclickingonthecomponentorbyrightclickingonthecomponentand
selectingEditComponent.
Asolutioncaninterceptmultipletargetsandtargettypes.Aditchdesign,for
example,mayinterceptanalignmentthatdefinesthelocationorprofileofthe
ditchbottomandthenintercepttheoriginalgroundsurfacetoformthe
backslopeoftheditch.
Surfacetargetstheactivesurfaceoranyspecifiedsurface.Usingtheactive
surfaceasthetargethelpswhenyouareapplyingtheendconditionsto
differentprojects.Thisisbecausetheendconditionwillstillworkeven
thoughthetargetsurfacenamemaybedifferent,solongasitisdesignatedas
theactivesurface.
Elevationtargetsanyspecifiedelevation.
FeatureXYtargetsthehorizontaloffsetofanyspecifiedsurfacefeature.
FeatureElevationtargetstheverticalelevationofanyspecifiedsurface
feature.
FeatureXYZtargetsthehorizontaloffsetandverticalelevationofany
specifiedsurfacefeature.
AlignmentXYtargetsthehorizontaloffsetofanyspecifiedalignment.
AlignmentElevationtargetstheverticalelevationofanyspecified
alignment.
AlignmentXYZtargetsthehorizontaloffsetandverticalelevationofany
specifiedalignment.
StyleElevationtargetstheelevationofanyspecifiedstyle.
StyleXYtargetsthehorizontaloffsetofanyspecifiedstyle.
StyleXYZtargetsthehorizontaloffsetandverticalelevationofanyspecified
style.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

335

EndConditionsSettings

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

EndConditionsSettings

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

EndConditionPriority
Simpleendconditionsconsistofcutandfillsegments.Whencreatingthe
roadwaydesign,eachconditionistestedinaspecificorder,calledthepriority.The
priorityisnumericandisassignedduringendconditioncreation,withthemost
desirableconditionsassignedthelowestprioritynumbers.Thefirstconditionto
betestedhasapriorityof1.Thenextconditiontobetestedhasapriorityof2,
andsoon.
Forexample,adesigncriteriacallsfortwofillconditions:4:1fillslopeforan8
foot[2.5m]fillheightanda3:1fillslopefora10foot[3.0m]fillheight.Inthis
example,thetargetofeachconditionistheoriginalgroundsurface.Each
conditionistestedstartingwithlowestprioritynumber.Thefirstconditionto
successfullyintersectthetarget,whichinthisexampleistheoriginalground
surface,isapplied.
Priorityisusedwhenmorethanoneendconditionstartsatthesamepoint.In
orderforanendconditionsegmenttobeplacedandusedinthedesign,a
segmentoroneofthesegmentsconnectedtothatsegmentmustsuccessfully

Templates

336

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

EndConditionsSettings

interceptitstarget.Ifasegmentoritsconnectedsegmentsdonotintercepttheir
targets,thatgroupofsegmentsfails,andthegroupofsegmentswiththenext
higherpriorityistested.Itisimportantthatendconditionshaveatleastone
solutionthatwillnotfailtointercepttheirtargets.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

EndConditionSettings
Asyoucreatetheendconditions,thereareseveralsettingsthatmustbe
consideredtoobtainthedesiredresults.ThesesettingsaresetusingtheDynamic
Settingsdialogduringendconditionpointcreation.Toeditendcondition
settings,openthePointPropertiesdialogbydoubleclickingontheendcondition
pointorbyrightclickingonthepointandselectingEditPoint.
CheckforInterceptionWhenset,thelinesegmentwillsearchforthe
specifiedtarget.Ifnotset,thelinesegmentwillbecreatedatitsfullwidth
regardlessofwhetheritintersectsthetarget,providedthatoneofthe
segmentsconnectedtothissegmentsuccessfullyintersectsthetarget.
PlacePointatInterceptionWhenset,apointwillbeplacedatthelocationof
theinterception.Ifnotset,thelinesegmentwillbecreatedatitsfullwidth,
providedthatoneofthesegmentsconnectedtothissegmentsuccessfully
intersectsthetarget.
EndConditionisInfiniteWhenset,thelinesegmentwillautomaticallybe
extendedtointerceptthetargetevenwhenthewidthrequiredisgreaterthan
thespecifiedwidthforthelinesegment.Ifnotset,thelinesegmentwillonly
extendtoitsmaximumconstrainttointersectthetarget.Thisappliesonlyto
thelastlinesegmentinanendcondition.
DoNotConstructIfset,theendpointofthelinesegmentwillbeusedasa
referencepointtofindasubsequentpoint.Thepointwillbesolvedlikeany
otherendconditionpoint,butthatpointwillbeskippedwhendrawingthe
finalcomponentsegments.Thisisusedformorecomplexconditiontesting
thanisdiscussedinthistrainingmodule.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

337

ExerciseCreatingEndConditions

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreatingEndConditions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

InthisexerciseyouwillcreateanEndConditioncomponent.
CreateaNewTemplateName
1 SelecttheEndConditionsfolderintheCreateTemplatesdialog.
2 RightclicktheEndConditionsfolder,thenselectNew>Template.
3 RenamethenewtemplateSimpleCutandFill.
StarttheDynamicSettings
1 SelectTools>DynamicSettings,ifnotalreadydisplayed.
2 SelecttheDisplayPointNamescheckbox,ifnotalreadyselected.
CreateEndConditionComponents
1 RightclickontheCurrentTemplateWindowandselectAddNew
Component>EndCondition.
Theexampledesigncriteriacallsfora6:1fillslopeatfillheightsbetween0
to5[0to1.5m].

Templates

338

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreatingEndConditions

2 SettheCurrentComponentportionoftheCreateTemplatedialogas
follows:
Name: 6:1FILL

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Style: P_ROAD_FillLine
TargetType: Surface
Priority: 1
Surface <Active>
3 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: BOC(selectfromlist)
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: xy=0,0
4 Withyourcursorinthexy=0,0field,pressEnter.
5 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
CheckforInterception: Selected
PlacePointatInterception: Selected
EndConditionisInfinite: Cleared
DoNotConstruct: Cleared
PointName: 6:1FILL(enterthename)
PointStyle: P_ROAD_FillLine
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: vs=5.0,1:6[1.5,1:6]
6 WithyourcursorinthePrecisionInputfield,pressEnter.
7 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectFinish.

Thetypeofkeyinusedaffectstheconstraintsthatarecreated.For
example,thevs=keyincreatesaslopeandaverticalconstraint.Thehs=
keyincreatesaslopeandahorizontalconstraint.Thexy=keyincreatesa
horizontalandaverticalconstraint.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

339

ExerciseCreatingEndConditions

8 RightclickontheBOCpointontheCurrentTemplateWindowandselect
AddNewComponent>EndCondition.
Theexampledesigncriteriacallsfora3:1fillslopeforfillheightsgreater
than5[1.5m].

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

9 SettheCurrentComponentportionoftheCreateTemplatedialogas
follows:
Name: 3:1FILL
Style: P_ROAD_FillLine
TargetType: Surface
Priority: 1

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Surface: <Active>
10 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
CheckforInterception: Selected
PlacePointatInterception: Selected
EndConditionisInfinite: Selected
DoNotConstruct: Cleared
PointName: 3:1FILL

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

PointStyle: P_ROAD_FillLine
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: vs=5.0,1:3[1.5,1:3]
11 WithyourcursorinthePrecisionInputfield,pressEnter.
12 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectFinish.

Templates

340

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreatingEndConditions

13 RightclickontheBOCpointintheCurrentTemplatewindowandselect
AddNewComponent>EndCondition.
Theexampledesigncriteriacallsfora3:1cutslopeforallcutconditions.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

14 SettheCurrentComponentportionoftheCreateTemplatedialogas
follows:
Name: 3:1CUT
Style: P_ROAD_CutLine
TargetType: Surface
Priority: 1
Surface: <Active>
15 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
CheckforInterception: Selected
PlacePointatInterception: Selected
EndConditionisInfinite: Selected
DoNotConstruct: Cleared
PointName: 3:1CUT
PointStyle: P_ROAD_CutLine
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: vs=5.0,33.3%[1.5,33.3%]
16 WithyourcursorinthePrecisionInputfield,pressEnter.
17 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectFinish.
SavetheTemplateLibrary
1 SelectFile>SaveintheCreateTemplatedialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

341

ExerciseAddingaDitchEndComponent

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseAddingaDitchEndComponent

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ContinuetoworkontheendconditiontemplatenamedSimpleCutand
Fill.
CreateDitchEndComponents
1 Rightclickonthe3:1FILLpointintheCurrentTemplatewindowand
selectAddNewComponent>EndCondition.
2 SettheCurrentComponentportionoftheCreateTemplatedialogas
follows:
Name: DITCH
Style: P_ROAD_Ditch
TargetType: Surface
Priority: 1
Surface: <Active>

Templates

342

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseAddingaDitchEndComponent

3 Toplacethesecondpoint,settheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: DITCHBOTTOM(selectfromlist)

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CheckforInterception:

Cleared
Thisforcesthislinesegmenttobeplaced.

EndConditionisInfinite: Cleared
DoNotConstruct: Cleared
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: hs=5,1:4[1.5,1:4]
4 WithyourcursorinthePrecisionInputfield,pressEnter.
5 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: DITCHBACKSLOPE(selectfromlist)
CheckforInterception:

Cleared
Thisforcesthislinesegmenttobeplaced.

EndConditionisInfinite: Cleared
DoNotConstruct: Cleared
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: hs=5,0[1.5,0]
6 WithyourcursorinthePrecisionInputfield,pressEnter.
7 SettheDynamicSettingsdialogasfollows:
PointName: DAYLIGHT(selectfromlist)
CheckforInterception: Selected
PlacePointatInterception: Selected
EndConditionisInfinite: Selected
DoNotConstruct: Cleared
ApplyAffixes: Cleared
PrecisionInput: hs=2,25%[0.6,25%]
8 WithyourcursorinthePrecisionInputfield,pressEnter.
9 RightclickontheCurrentTemplatewindowandselectFinish.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

343

ExerciseAddingaDitchEndComponent

SavetheTemplateLibrary

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 SelectFile>Savetosavethetemplatelibrary.

Templates

344

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TestingtheEndConditions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TestingtheEndConditions

TestingEndConditions
EndConditionscanbetestedpriortoandduringendconditioncreation.Testing
simulateshowtheendconditionswillbehaveduringmodeling,withoutusingthe
RoadwayDesigner.
Totestthattheendconditionsproducethedesiredresults,selecttheTestbutton
locatedundertheCurrentTemplatewindow.ThisopenstheTestEndConditions
dialog.ThewindowintheTestEndConditionsdialogdisplaysnonendcondition
componentsassolidlinesandendconditionsasdottedlines.Thescaleofthis
windowisdynamicandviewcontrolsarelocatedatthebottom.
Totesttheendconditions,selectoneoftheavailabletargetsandselecttheDraw
buttonlocatedontherightsideofthedialog.Moveyourcursoroverthetesting
window.Theendconditionswillchangefromadottedlinetoasolidline,
revealingthefinalsolutionfortheproposedtargetintercept.Ifthereareany
priorityconflicts,youwillreceiveawarningmessage.SelecttheCheckPriorities
buttontoreviewandeditthepriorityofeachendcondition.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

345

ExerciseTestingtheEndConditions

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseTestingtheEndConditions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ContinuetoworkontheendconditiontemplatenamedSimpleCutand
Fill.
TesttheEndConditionsandChangethePriority
1 SelectTestlocatedbelowtheCurrentTemplatewindow.
Awarningwillbegiventhatthetemplatehasendconditionpriority
conflicts.
2 ClickOKonthewarningdialog.
3 SelectCheckPrioritiesontherightsideoftheTestEndConditionsdialog.
NoticethatBOCpointisaboldwhitecolor,whichisanindicatorofthe
pointthathasthepriorityconflicts.
4 SelectEdit.
Noticethatalltheendconditionshavethesameprioritynumber.
5 Putyourcursorineachofthefieldsandnoticethesegmentshighlighting.
6 Assumethat6:1fillisthemostdesirableconditionandchangethePriority
ofthe3:1FILLto2andthePriorityofthe3:1CUTto3.

Templates

346

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseTestingtheEndConditions

7 ClickOK,thenClose.
8 ClickDrawontherightsideoftheTestEndConditionswindow.
9 Moveyourcursorovertheendconditions.
10 ChangetheUseSurfaceSlopeto10.00%andclickDrawagain.
12 ClosetheTestEndConditionsdialog.
SavetheTemplateLibrary
1 SelectFile>Savetosavethetemplatelibrary.
2 ClosetheCreateTemplatedialog.
3 ExittheCADsoftware.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

11 Moveyourcursorovertheendconditions.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

347

BasicEndConditionComponentCreationWorkflow

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

BasicEndConditionComponentCreationWorkflow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

BasicEndConditionComponentCreationWorkflow

Templates

348

SelectModeler>CreateTemplate.ThisbringsuptheCreateTemplate
dialog.

NavigatetothetemplatefolderusedforEndConditioncomponents.

SelectFile>New>TemplatefromtheCreateTemplatedialog.Namethe
newtemplate,whichisanendconditioncomponent.

SelectTools>DynamicSettingsiftheDynamicSettingsdialogisnotopen.

SelectAdd>EndConditionfromtheCreateTemplatedialog.

AddendconditioncomponentsbyusingtheDynamicSettingsdialogto
specifythePointNameandStyle,andthepointlocations.

SelectFile>SavefromtheCreateTemplatedialogtosavethetemplate
library.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Understandtemplatepointconstraintsandcomponents.

Createtemplatecomponents.

Createacompletetemplatefromthecomponents.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

349

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:Pointconstraintsareusedtomanagethebehaviorof
templatepoints.

True

False

2 AFullyConstrainedpointcontainsamaximumofhowmany
constraints?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

ANone
BOne
CTwo
DThree
3 NamethreetypesofConstraints.
A
B

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

C
4 TrueorFalse:Thetoppointsofasimplecomponentareconstrainedto
pointsdirectlybelowthembyhorizontalandverticalconstraints.

True

False

5 Whichtemplatecomponentisusedtomodelcutandfilltreatments?
AConstrained
BSimple
CEndCondition
DUnconstrained

Templates

350

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:Pointconstraintsareusedtomanagethebehaviorof
templatepoints.
TruePointconstraintsareusedtomanagethebehavioroftemplate
points.Theyareusedsothatifapointismovedinatemplate,eitherby
theusereditingthetemplateorbytheapplicationofpointcontrolsduring
thedesignprocessing,allthepointsrelatedtothepointbeingmovedwill
behaveinapredictablemanner.
2 AFullyConstrainedpointcontainsamaximumofhowmany
constraints?
CApointwithtwoconstraintsisconsideredfullyconstrained.
3 NamethreetypesofConstraints.
AHorizontalConstraint
BVerticalConstraint
CSlopeConstraint
4 TrueorFalse:Thetoppointsofasimplecomponentareconstrainedto
pointsdirectlybelowthembyhorizontalandverticalconstraints.
FalseThelowerpointsareconstrainedtopointsdirectlyabovethemby
horizontalandverticalconstraints.
5 Whichtemplatecomponentisusedtomodelcutandfilltreatments?
CEndConditionsaretemplatecomponentswhichareusedtomodelcut
andfilltreatments.Theyareaddedtotheendofsimple,constrained,and
unconstrainedcomponents.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

351

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
1Hour40Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

Templates

352

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
Createaroadwaytemplatefromscratchandusethattemplatetocreatea
roadwaydesign.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\Templates\Task\Firethorne.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Templates\Task\Task
Templates.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: FirethorneRoad.alg
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\ExistingGroundSurvey.dtm
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

353

ReviewTask

Requirements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Createaroadwaytemplatefromscratchandaroadwaydesign.

UsethehorizontalalignmentnamedFirethorneRoad.

UsetheverticalalignmentnamedProfileGrade.

Createacompletetemplateusingthesketchesprovidedonthe
followingpages.

Createcomponentsseparately.

ClearApplyAffixeswhencreatingcomponents.

UsethestyleP_ROAD_ConcretefortheSidewalkcomponent.

DraganddropcompletedcomponentswithApplyAffixesselected.

AdjusttemplatepointlocationsorconstraintsusingtheEditPoint
commandifnecessary.

Testtheendconditionspriortocreatingthesurfacemodel.

UsethePointNamesListtocreateanymissingpointnamesand
associatedstyles(mostpointnameshavealreadybeencreated).

Createaroadwaydesignanddesignsurface.

Createcrosssectionsandreviewthedesign.

Saveallnewormodifiedfiles.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Forassistancewithassemblingatemplatefromcomponents,refertothe
RoadwayDesignerOverviewtrainingmodule.
Tips

StartthecurbattheShoulderpointandworkinacounterclockwise
direction.

IfyouhavedifficultycreatingAGGREGATETYPEBpavementlayer,
thencreateallothercomponentsfirst.

TheCut&FillDetailisnottoscale,sobesuretousethevalues
specifiedfortheclearzonesoneachendcondition.

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Templates

354

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

RoadwayDetail

RoadwayDetail

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

355

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CurbandGutterDetail

CurbandGutterDetail

Templates

356

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CutandFillDetail

CutandFillDetail

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Templates

357

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CutandFillDetail

Templates

358

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateTransitioning

Thismoduleteacheshowtousemultipletemplatesinasingledesignprocess.You
willlearnhowtocontrolthetransitionofpointsandcomponentsbetweenthe
dissimilartemplates.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

359

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill

TemplateTransitioning

360

LearnaboutTransitioningTemplates.

CreateTransitioningTemplates.

Createadesignmodelofthetransitioningroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartMicroStationandInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoads/PowerInRoadsshortcut
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Template
Transitioning\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileSR2067Bypass.dgn,thenclickOpen.
OpenProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Template
Transitioning\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeTemplateTransitioning.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\SR2067
BypassExistingGround.dtm
GeometryProject: SR2067Bypass.alg
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: SR2067Bypass.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

361

TemplateTransitioning

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateTransitioning

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Morecomplicateddesignsoftencallformultipletemplatesthatvarythroughout
thecorridor.Whenevertwoormoredifferenttemplatesareappliedtoasingle
corridorusingtheRoadwayDesigner,transitioningbetweenthetemplates
occurs.Forexample,atemplatetransitionoccurswhentheroadwaydesign
changesfromatwolanetoafourlaneroadway.
Transitioningcanbeassimpleasthewidthofthetravellaneincreasing.
Regardlessofthetransitioncomplexity,transitionsmustbeidentifiedandverified
toobtaindesirableresults.Howtemplatepointsareconnectedbetweentwo
consecutivetemplatesgreatlyinfluencesthedesignresults.

TemplateTransitioning

362

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

MultipleTemplateDrops

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MultipleTemplateDrops

MultipleTemplateDrops
Templatetransitionsoccurbetweentemplatesthathavedifferentnamesinthe
TemplateDropsdialog.Toholdatemplatecrosssectionthroughastationrange,
assignthetemplateatitsstartingstationandassignthesametemplateagainat
thestationwhereitstartsitstransition.
Intheexampleabove,thetemplatenamedTwoLanestartsatStation100+00and
ishelduntilStation120+00.BetweenStation120+00and125+00theTwoLane
transitionstotheThreeLanetemplate.Thisiscalledthetemplatetransitionarea.
Ifnoothertemplatesareapplieddownstationof125+00,theThreeLane
templatewillcontinuetotheendofthecorridor.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

363

TemplateTransitionAreas

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateTransitionAreas

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TemplateTransitionAreas
WhenaddingmorethanonetemplateusingtheTemplateDropscommand,
templatetransitionareasaredisplayedintheRoadwayDesignersPlanView
window.Theyareshownascoloredrectanglesbetweenthetemplatedrops.
Templatedropsareshownastransversebrowncoloredlines.

TemplateTransitioning

364

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TransitionAreaColors

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TransitionAreaColors

TransitionAreaColors
Thecolorofthetransitionareasindicatestheconditionofthetransitionwith
respecttohowthepointsareconnected.Templatepointsoftwodifferent
templatesareconnectedautomaticallyiftheyhavethesamepointnames.Thisis
themostdesirablecondition.Ifthepointsnamesaredifferentorthenumberof
pointsbetweenthetwotemplatesarenotthesame,thenthepointconnection
mustbemanuallyspecifiedforeachtransition.Regardlessofthecondition,each
transitionareamustbeverifiedpriortoprocessing.Templatepointconstraints
greatlyaffectthetransitioningresults.

Aredcolortransitionmeansthatnoneofthetemplatepointsareconnected
becausethepointnamesbetweenthetwotemplatesdonotmatch.

Ayellowcolortransitionmeansthatsomeofthepointsareconnectedby
similarnames,butadditionalconnectionsstillneedtobedefined.

Alightbluecolormeansthatnotallthepointsareconnected,butthe
transitionhasbeenreviewed.

Adarkbluecolormeansallthepointsareconnectedandthetransitionhas
beenreviewed.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

365

ExerciseTransitionfromTwotoThreeLanes

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseTransitionfromTwotoThreeLanes

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ContinueworkingwiththefileSR2067Bypass.
CreateaNewCorridor
1 SelectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.
2 SelectCorridor>CorridorManagement.
3 IntheNamefield,typeTemplateTransitioning.
4 ClickAdd,thenClose.

TemplateTransitioning

366

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseTransitionfromTwotoThreeLanes

CreateTemplateDrops
1 SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.

3 SelectthetemplatenamedTwolaneagainandtype170+00[15+600]for
theStationandclickAdd.
4 SelectthetemplatenamedThreelaneandtype180+00[15+900]forthe
StationandclickAdd.
5 ClosetheTemplateDropsdialog.
6 ObservetheyellowtransitionareainthePlanViewwindow.
7 ReviewthetemplatetransitioningintheCrossSectionViewwindow.
Noticethatnotransitioningoccursbetweenthetwotemplates.
SavetheRoadwayDesign
1 SelectFile>Savetosavetheroadwaydesign.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

2 IntheLibraryTemplatessection,browsetotheTemplatesfolder,select
thetemplatenamedTwolaneandtype150+00[15+000]forthestation
andclickAdd.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

367

TransitionVerification

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TransitionVerification

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TransitionVerification
Toreviewthetransitionareas,doubleclickonthetransitionareainthePlanView
window.ThisdisplaystheEditTransitiondialog,whichshowsthepoint
connectionsbetweenthetwotemplates.
Templatepointswhichhavesimilarnamesareconnectedwithlinesegments.
Templatepointsthatarenotconnected,eitherbecausetheydonthavesimilar
namesorthenumberoftemplatespointsdiffer,displayasboldcoloredpoints.To
connectanunconnectedpoint,firstclickonanyboldpointandthenclickonthe
connectionpoint.Alinesegmentisdrawnbetweenthepoints.Thefeaturestyle
andnameusedforthelineisdeterminedbythefirstpointselectedwhen
connectingpoints.

TemplateTransitioning

368

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TransitionVerification

The3Ddisplaycanbemanipulatedusingtheviewcontrolslocatedatthebottom
oftheview.Tomovethetemplateintheview,rightclickonanytemplatepoint
andselectMoveTemplate.Movingthetemplatesmakesiteasiertoconnect
morecomplicatedtemplates.Endconditioncomponentsarenotshownoredited
duringthisprocess.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Asinglepointcanhavemorethanoneconnection.Toremoveaconnectionline,
rightclickonthelineandselectDelete.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

369

ExerciseEditTransitionConnections

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseEditTransitionConnections

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ContinueworkingonthecorridornamedTemplateTransitioning.
IdentifytheTransitionArea
1 DoubleclicktheyellowtransitionareaonthePlanViewwindow.
ConnecttheFreePoints
1 Clicktheboldpoint,whichisnotconnected(ThreelaneRT_Pass_Lane),
andclicktherightedgeofpavementpoint(TwolaneRT_EOP).
Thisdrawsaconnectinglinebetweenthesepoints.
2 RightclickonanypointandselectMoveTemplate.
3 Movethetemplateandclicktoendthemoveoperation.
4 Rightclicktostopthedynamicmove.
5 ClickOKtoacceptthetransitionconnections.
6 ClickOKontheReminderdialogthattheconstraintsmustberemoved.
7 LeavetheEditTransitionMidpointdialogOPEN.Itwillbeusedinthenext
exercise.

TemplateTransitioning

370

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateTransitioning

TransitionTesting
AfterthepointsareconnectedusingtheEditTransitiondialog,thetransitioningis
reviewedandeditedusingtheEditTransitionMidpointdialog.Thisdialog
displaysacrosssectionviewofthetwotemplatesastheytransition.Thedialog
startsbydisplayingthemidpointbetweenthetwotemplates.Locatedonthe
bottomofthewindowisasliderbarwhichisusedtoviewdifferentlocationson
thetransition.
Ifthetemplatepointsareconstrainedinamannerthatprohibitsthetemplate
transition,theycanbeeditedinthisdialog.JustlikeintheCreateTemplate
dialog,rightclickingonanypointbringsuptheeditingoptions.Youcanalso
doubleclickonanypointtobringupthePointPropertiesdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

371

ExerciseTransitionTesting

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseTransitionTesting

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ContinueworkingonthecorridornamedTemplateTransitioning.
YoushouldhavetheEditTransitionMidpointdialogshownfromthe
previousexercise.
ReviewtheTransition
1 SelecttheDisplayPointNamescheckboxatthebottomoftheEdit
TemplateMidpointdialog.
2 Movethetemplatesliderbar.
Noticethetemplatedoesnottransition.
ChangePointConstraints
1 RightclickonthepointnamedRT_PASS_LANEandselect
Delete Both Constraints.
2 RightclickonthepointnamedRT_PASS_LANEagainandselectAdd
Constraint>Slope.
3 ClicktheRT_EOPpoint.(Notepromptsonlowerleftofdialog).
4 ClickOKontheAddSlopeConstraintdialog(2.0%slope).

TemplateTransitioning

372

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseTransitionTesting

5 Movethetemplatesliderbaragain.
Thetransitionshouldbeworkingnow.
6 ClickOKwhendone.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

NoticethatthecolorofthetransitionareainthePlanViewwindowis
nowdarkblue,indicatingthatallpointsareconnectedandthetransition
hasbeenreviewed.
ProcessAllandReview
1 SelectProcessAllandreviewthetransitioningintheCrossSectionView
window.
2 SelectCorridor>CreateSurfaces.
3 TypeFinishedinthesurfacenamefield.
4 SelecttheFeaturescheckboxintheDisplayinPlanViewarea.
5 ClickApplythenClose.
6 SelectFile>Savetosavetheroadwaydesign.
7 ClosetheRoadwayDesignerdialog.
8 ReviewtheplanviewgraphicsofthetransitionareaintheCADfile.
SavetheRoadwayDesign
1 SavethesurfaceFinishedtothedirectoryC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\TemplateTransitioning\Practice\.
2 ExittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

373

TemplateTransitioningWorkflow

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateTransitioningWorkflow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

BasicTemplateTransitioningWorkflow

SelectTemplateDropsandaddmorethanonetemplatedrop.

IdentifythetemplatetransitionareasonthePlanViewwindow,whichwillbe
asolidcoloredrectanglelocatedbetweenthetemplatedrops.

Verifythefirsttemplatetransitionbydoubleclickingthetransitionareainthe
PlanViewarea.

VerifythepointconnectionsarecorrectintheEditTransitiondialog.Addor
modifythepointconnections,ifneeded,byclickingonnonconnectedpoints
andconnectingthemtotheappropriatepoints.

ReviewthetransitioningintheEditTransitionMidpointdialogbyusingthe
transitionsliderbar.Ifpointconstrainteditsareneededtoresolvethe
transition,rightclickonanypointandedittheconstraints.

Repeatthisprocessforalltransitions.

SelectProcessAllandreviewtheresultsofthedesign.

SelectFile>Savetosavetheroadwaydesign.

TemplateTransitioning

374

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

UnderstandTransitioningTemplates.

CreateTransitioningTemplates.

Createadesignmodelofthetransitioningroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

375

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:Templatetransitionsoccurbetweentemplatesthathave
differentnamesintheTemplateDropsdialog.

True

False

2 DescribethedifferentTransitionAreacolors,listedbelow:
Red

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Yellow
Lightblue
Darkblue
3 TrueorFalse:Whenverifyingatemplatetransition,aboldcoloredpoint
indicatesagoodconnection.
True

False

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TemplateTransitioning

376

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 TrueorFalse:Templatetransitionsoccurbetweentemplatesthathave
differentnamesintheTemplateDropsdialog.

2 DescribethedifferentTransitionAreacolors,listedbelow:
RedNotemplatepointsareconnectedbecausethepointnamesarenot
similar.
YellowSometemplatepointsareconnectedbysimilarnames.
LightblueNotallpointsareconnected,butthetransitionhasbeen
reviewed.
DarkblueAllpointsareconnectedandreviewed.
3 TrueorFalse:Whenverifyingatemplatetransition,aBoldcoloredpoint
indicatesagoodconnection.
FalseBoldcoloredpointsindicatenoconnection.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TrueTemplatetransitionsoccurbetweentemplatesthathavedifferent
namesintheTemplateDropsdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

377

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
20Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

TemplateTransitioning

378

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
UsetheRoadwayDesignertocreatearoadwaythattransitionsfromfour
lanestotwolanes.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Template
Transitioning\Task\SR1455.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Template
Transitioning\Task\TaskTemplateTransitioning.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: SR1455.alg
ExistingGround: ExistingGroundSurvey.dtm
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

379

ReviewTask

Requirements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Createaroadwaythattransitionsfromfourlanestotwolanes.

Createadesignsurface.

Createcrosssectionsandreviewthedesign.

Saveallnewormodifiedfiles.

HorizontalAlignmentName:SR1455.

VerticalAlignmentName:ProfileGrade.

Fourlanestartsat122+46.41[12+246.41].

Transitionstartsat130+50[12+490].

Fourlanetotwolanetransitionis400feet[120m].

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

TemplateTransitioning

380

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TransitionDetail

TransitionDetail

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateTransitioning

381

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TransitionDetail

TemplateTransitioning

382

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplatePointControls

ThismoduleteacheshowtouseTemplatePointControlstooverridethenormal
horizontalandverticallocationsoftemplatepointsduringthemodelingprocess.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointControls

383

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill

TemplatePointControls

384

Learnabouttemplatepointcontrols.

Createhorizontalandverticalcontrols.

Createadesignmodeloftheroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartMicroStationandInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoads/PowerInRoadsshortcut
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Template
PointControls\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileSR2067Bypass.dgn,thenclickOpen.
OpenProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Template
PointControls\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeTemplatePointControls.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\SR2067
BypassExistingGround.dtm
GeometryProject: SR2067Bypass.alg
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: SR2067Bypass.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointControls

385

TemplatePointControls

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplatePointControls

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TemplatePointControls
TemplatePointControlsareusedtooverridethenormalhorizontalandvertical
locationsoftemplatepointsduringthemodelingprocess.Designexamples
includelanewidening,rampandintersectiondesign,superelevation,anddivided
highwayswithseparategradelines.
Theseoverridesareaccomplishedbyassigningtemplatepointnamesto
alignmentsorsurfacefeatures.Theassignedtemplatepointswillfollowthe
alignmentsorsurfacefeaturesusinghorizontaland/orverticalcontrolswithina
specifiedstationrange.

TemplatePointControls

386

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

PointControlCommands

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

PointControlCommands

PointControlsareusedtoassignhorizontaland/orverticalcontrolstotemplate
points.Pointcontrolsareaddedtothedesignafterthecorridoriscreatedandthe
templatedropsareassignedtothecorridor.Pointcontrolsarespecifiedbythe
corridorsalignmentstationing,andnotbythestationingonthecontrolling
alignment.Pointcontrolsautomaticallyoverridealltemplatepointconstraintson
thepointbeingcontrolled.Constraintsonallotherpointsareobeyed.

PointControlsBasicWorkflow

SelectCorridor>PointControls.

Selectthetemplatepointnameyouwanttocontrol.

Selectwhetheryouwanttocontrolthepointhorizontally,verticallyorboth
usingtheModeoption.

Selectthecorridorshorizontalstationinglimitswherethecontrolisbeing
applied.

Selecttheappropriatehorizontaland/orverticalalignmentwhichis
controllingthespecifiedtemplatepoint.

ClickAdd.Repeatthesestepsforeachcontrolpoint.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointControls

387

ExerciseAssignHorizontalControl

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseAssignHorizontalControl

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreateaNewCorridor
1 SelectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.
2 SelectCorridor>CorridorManagement.
3 TypePointControlsintheCorridorNamefield.
4 ClickAdd,thenClose.
CreateTemplateDrops
1 SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.
2 BrowsetotheTemplatesfolderandselectthetemplatenamedTwolane.
3 IntheStationfield,type150+00[15+000].
4 ClickAdd,thenClose.
CreatePointControls
1 SelectCorridor>PointControls.
2 SelectLT_EOPfromthePointlist.
3 SettheModetoHorizontal.

TemplatePointControls

388

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseAssignHorizontalControl

4 SettheControlTypetoAlignment.
5 SelectOffsetfromtheHorizontalAlignmentlist.
6 ClickAdd,thenclickClose.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Theoffsetalignmentwidensthetwolaneroadwaytothreelanesbetween
stations225+92.38to245+92.38[17+314.16to17+923.76].
ProcessAllandReview
1 SelectProcessAllandreviewthedesign,especiallybetween225+00and
246+00[17+300and18+000].
Youshouldseetheroadwaywidenontheleftsideofthecenterline.
2 SelectCorridor>CreateSurface.
3 TypeFinishedintheNamefield.
4 SelectthePreferencenamedFinishedSurface.
5 SelecttheFeaturecheckboxintheDisplayinPlanViewarea.
6 ClickApply,thenClose.
7 ReviewthetransitiongraphicsintheCADfile.
SavetheRoadwayDesignandDesignSurface
1 SelectFile>Save.
2 SavethesurfaceFinaltotheC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\TemplatePointControls\Practice\folder.
3 ExittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointControls

389

SummaryandReview

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Summary
Youarenowableto:

TemplatePointControls

390

Understandtemplatepointcontrols.

Createhorizontalandverticalcontrols.

Createadesignmodeloftheroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

AHorizontalAlignment
BVerticalAlignment
CSurface/DTMFeature
DGraphicsfromaCADfile
ETemplatepointonanothercorridor
2 TrueorFalse:Templatepointcontrolsareusedtooverridethenormal
horizontalandverticallocationsoftemplatepointsduringthemodeling
process.

True

False

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 Whichofthefollowingtypesofcontrolscanbedirectlyusedtodefinea
PointControl?(Selectallthatapply)

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointControls

391

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 Whichofthefollowingtypesofcontrolscanbedirectlyusedtodefinea
PointControl?(Selectallthatapply)

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

AllPointcontrolsexceptDcanbedefinedfromalignments,surface
features,andtemplatepoints,buttheycannotbedirectlydefinedfrom
graphicelements.Thegraphicelementmustbeimportedintoan
alignmentorsurfacefeaturefirst.
2 TrueorFalse:Templatepointcontrolsareusedtooverridethenormal
horizontalandverticallocationsoftemplatepointsduringthemodeling
process.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

TrueTemplatepointcontrolsareusedtooverridethenormalhorizontal
andverticallocationsoftemplatepointsduringthemodelingprocess.

TemplatePointControls

392

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

TimeAllocated
20Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointControls

393

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
UsetheRoadwayDesignertocreateadividedroadwaywherethegradelineof
eachroadwayisdifferent.Createandreviewthefinaldesignsurface.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Template
PointControls\Task\I598Reconstruction.dgnfile.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\TemplatePoint
Controls\Task\TaskTemplatePointControls.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: I598Reconstruction.alg

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ExistingGround: ExistingGroundSurvey.dtm
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl

TemplatePointControls

394

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Requirements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Createadividedroadwaywherethegradelineofeachroadwayis
different.
HintWhenopeningthefilestakealookattheAlignmentsandthe
Templatetogetagoodunderstandingoftheproject.Createthecorridor
usingtheI598EBalignment.

Reviewthetemplatenamedfourlanedivided.Itincludestwo12[3.6
m]laneswith10[3.0m]shoulders(improvedfrom6[2.0m]on
inside).

Createaroadwaydesignofadividedroadway(EBandWBlanes)with
differentgradelines.

I598EBistheprimarycorridoralignment.

Startingstation266+25.87[26+625.87].

Endingstation288+50[27+304].

TemplateDropIntervalis5[1.5m].

Usethefollowingalignmentstocontrolspecifictemplatepointsas
shownontheProjectDetailsillustrationonthefollowingpages.I598
WB,MedianDitch,EBOutsideShoulder

Createthedesignsurface.

Createcrosssectionsandreviewthedesign.CrossSectionsRight
Offset:200feet[60m].

Saveallnewormodifiedfiles.

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplatePointControls

395

ProjectDetails

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProjectDetails

Legend #

Alignment
Name

EBInsideEdgeof Controllingcorridor
Pavement
alignment

MedianDitch

Bottomof
MedianDitch

Horizontaland
Vertical

I598WB

WBInsideEdge
ofPavement

Horizontaland
Vertical

EBOutside
Shoulder

Horizontal

2.
3.
EBOutside
Shoulder

TemplatePointControls

396

TYPE OF CONTROL

I598EB
1.

4.

DESCRIPTION

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Superelevation

Inthismoduleyouwilllearntoapplysuperelevationtospecificsegmentsofthe
roadwaytemplate,controlshoulderslopes,andgenerateasuperelevationreport.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

397

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill

Superelevation

398

Learntoapplysuperelevationandrolloverlocks.

Createsuperelevationandrolloverlocks.

Createadesignmodeloftheroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartMicroStationandInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoads/PowerInRoadsshortcut
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\Superelevation\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileSR2067Bypass.dgn,thenclickOpen.
OpenProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\Superelevation\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeSuperelevation.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\SR2067
BypassExistingGround.dtm
GeometryProject: SR2067Bypass.alg
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: SR2067Bypass.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

399

SuperelevationTerminology

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationTerminology

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SuperelevationTerminology
CrownThehighestpointofaroadway;thecrownpointcanbe(dependingon
designspecifications)thepointtheroadwaypivotsaboutduringsuperelevation.
LeftandRightRangePointThelimitsoftheSuperelevationsection.The
superelevationnormallydoesnotincludetheshoulders.
CrossSlopeThetransverseslopebetweentheCrownandleftorrightRange
Point.
SuperelevationSectionAnamedportionoftheroadbeingsuperelevated
definedusingtheCreateSuperelevationWizard.

Superelevation

400

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SuperelevationTerminology

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationTerminology

NormalCrownThenormalcrosssectionoftheroadwhentheroadisnotbeing
superelevated.
ZeroCrossSlopeWhenthehighsideofthesuperelevatedroadwayhasazero
crossslopebetweentheCrownPointandthehighsideRangePoint.
ReverseCrownWhenthehighsidecrossslopeequalsthelowsideNormal
Crowncrossslope.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

401

SuperelevationTerminology

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationTerminology

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

FullSuperWhenthecrossslopereachesitsmaximumsuperelevation.
SuperRunoffThelengthofthetransitionbetweentheZeroCrossSlopeandFull
Super.
SuperRunoutThelengthofthetransitionbetweentheNormalCrownandZero
CrossSlope.

Superelevation

402

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SuperelevationTerminology

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationTerminology

Asuperelevationsectionisanamedportionoftheroadwhichisbeing
superelevated.ItisdefinedbyusingtheCreateSuperelevationWizard.Agiven
Corridorcanhaveoneormanysuperelevationsections.
Foreachsuperelevationsection,youdefineaname,thenselectthecrownpoint,
theleftandrightrangepoint,andthepivotpoint.Inadividedhighwayscenario,
whereyouhavetwodifferentpivotpoints,twosuperelevationsectionsare
created.Thesuperelevationwizardwillcreatecontrolslineswhichbelongtoeach
section,thusallowingthepointstomoveverticallyaboutthespecifiedpivot
point(s).

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

403

CreatingSuperelevation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreatingSuperelevation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SuperelevationiscreatedandappliedusingtheRoadwayDesigner,afterthe
corridoriscreatedandtemplatedropsareassigned.Superelevationisstoredand
savedintheroadwaydesignfile(.ird),andisappliedtoacorridor.
TheCreateSuperelevationwizardisusedtocreatesuperelevation.When
superelevationiscreated,superelevationpointcontrolsareautomaticallycreated
andareaddedtothePointsControldialog.Superelevationpointcontrolsare
verticalcontrols.Asinnormalpointcontrols,superelevationpointcontrols
automaticallyoverridetemplatepointconstraints.

Superelevation

404

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SuperelevationWizard

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationWizard

TheCreateSuperelevationwizardwalksyouthroughthestepsnecessaryto
createandapplysuperelevationtothecorridor.SelectSuperelevation>Create
SuperelevationWizard>Tabletostartthewizard.ThisbringsuptheTable
Wizarddialog.Itisimportanttounderstandthatthewizardcannotbeusedto
editanypreviouslycreatedsuperelevation.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

405

TableWizard

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TableWizard

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheTableWizarddialogisusedtoinputsuperelevationdatasuchasthename,
locationofthesuperelevationratetable,andtheparametersthatrelatetothe
superelevationtransition.TheratetableisanASCIIfilecontainingsuperelevation
ratesandtransitionlengthsbasedondesignspeed.Thetablehasthedefault
extensionof.sup.Anexampleofaratetableisshownonthenextpage.

BasicWorkflow

Selecttheappropriatesuperelevationtablenameandlocationbyselecting
BrowsenexttotheTablefield.

Setuptheappropriatesuperelevationtransitioningparameters.

ClickLoadValuesFromTable.

ClickNext>.
ThisdisplaystheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialog.

Superelevation

406

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TableWizard

*BENTLEYSYSTEMSINROADSSUPERELEVATIONRATETABLE
*
*DesignSpeed
70.000
*2lane4lane
*DegCrvRadiusSuperRatespllgtspl_lgt
*
0^15'00.000"22918.000nc0.0000.000
0^30'00.000"11459.000rc200.000200.000
0^45'00.000"7639.000.026200.000200.000
1^00'00.000"5730.000.033200.000200.000
1^30'00.000"3820.000.046200.000200.000
2^00'00.000"2865.000.055200.000230.000
2^30'00.000"2292.000.059200.000260.000

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

407

ExerciseCreateaNewCorridor

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateaNewCorridor

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreateaNewCorridor
1 SelectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.
2 SelectCorridor>CorridorManagement.
3 TypeSuperelevationintheCorridorNamefield.
4 ClickAdd,thenClose.

Superelevation

408

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateaNewCorridor

CreateTemplateDrops
1 SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.
2 BrowsetotheTemplatesfolderandselecttheTwolanetemplate.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

3 Type150+00[15+000]intheStationfield.
4 Type20[5m]intheIntervalfield.
5 ClickAdd,thenClose.
CreateSuperelevationWizardandSelectTable
1 SelectSuperelevation>CreateSuperelevationWizard>Table.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

ThisdisplaystheTableWizarddialog.
2 ClicktheBrowsebuttonnexttotheTablefieldtoselectandopentherate
tablenamed06_60.sup[06_120k.sup]fromtheC:\Bentley
Training\InRoadsFundamentals\Superelevation\Practice\folder.
3 ClickLoadValuesFromTableintheTableWizarddialog.
Reviewthesuperelevationrates.
4 ClickNext>.
ThisdisplaystheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialog.
5 LeavetheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialogOPEN.Itwillbeused
inthenextexercise.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

409

SuperelevationSection

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationSection

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SuperelevationSectionDefinitionsDialog
TheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialogisusedtospecifywhichpavement
sectionstosuperelevate,basedonacrosssectionview.Thesesectionsarenamed
duringtheprocess.
Onatwolaneroadway,onlyonesectionisneeded.Multiplesectionsareusedfor
dividedroadways.
Whenspecifyingpavementsections,theCrownPoint,LeftandRightRangePoints
areselected.Thesepointscanbeselecteddirectlyfromthecrosssectionviewor
fromtheirrespectivedropdownlists.
TheCrownPointisnormallythecenterlineofatwolaneroadway,butitcanbe
anypointwherethepavementbreaksslope.
RangePointsmarktheportionoftheroadwaythatwillbesuperelevated.
ShouldersareconsideredtobethenextsegmentspasttheextentoftheRange
PointsandaretypicallynotincludedwhenselectingtheRangePoints.

Superelevation

410

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SuperelevationSection

ThePivotDirectionisthelocationofthepointthesuperelevationispivoted
about.

ClickAddintheSuperelevationSectionsDefinitionsdialog.Thisdisplays
theAddSuperelevationSectiondialog.

Enterthenameofthesuperelevationsection.

SelecttheCrownPoint,LeftRangePoint,andRightRangePointusingthe
dropdownlistsorbyselectingthepointsusingTargetlocatednexttoeach
field.IfusingTarget,clickonthecrosssectionviewwindowtoselectthe
appropriatepoints.

SelectthePivotDirectionfromthedropdownlist.

SelecttheNumberofLanesandtheappropriateStationLimits,ifany.Ifyou
donotselectStationLimits,superelevationwillbeappliedtotheentire
corridor.

SelectOK.

Repeatthesestepsonallsections.

ClickNext;thisdisplaystheSuperelevationControlsdialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

BasicWorkflow

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

411

SuperelevationControls

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationControls

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SuperelevationControlsDialog
TheSuperelevationControlsdialogshowsthenamesofthepointcontrolsthat
willbecreated.ThenamescanbechangedbyselectingtheEditbutton.Thisis
alsowhereyoucansetthestationroundingbyusingtheRoundStationtoNearest
option.Stationroundingallowsyoutoroundsuperelevationstationsupordown.
Forexample,insteadofthefullsuperelevationstationbeingcomputedas
245+45.96,itcouldberoundedtonearestfoot[meter](245+46.00)usinga
roundingvalueof0+01.00.

BasicWorkflow

Superelevation

412

Reviewandeditthesuperelevationpointcontrols.

SettheRoundStationtoNearestoptionandselecttheroundingvalue,if
stationroundingisdesired.

ClickNext>.Iftherearesuperelevationoverlaps,thisdisplaysthe
Fix Superelevation Overlapdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateaSuperelevationSection

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateaSuperelevationSection

Continueworkingonthelastpracticeactivity.
TheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialogshouldstillbedisplayed
fromthelastpracticeactivity.
CreateSuperelevationSectionDefinitions
1 ClickAddintheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialog.
TheAddSuperelevationSectiondialogopens.
2 TypeTwolaneSuperelevation fortheNameofthesection.
3 UsetheTargetbuttonnexttotheCrownPointfieldandclickthe
centerlinepointontheCrossSectionview.
ThisreturnstheCrownPointnameasCL.
4 UsetheTargetbuttonnexttotheLeftRangePointfieldandclicktheleft
edgeofpavementpointontheCrossSectionview.
ThisreturnstheLeftRangePointnameasLT_EOP.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

413

ExerciseCreateaSuperelevationSection

5 UsetheTargetbuttonnexttotheRightRangePointfieldandclickthe
rightedgeofpavementpointontheCrossSectionview.
ThisreturnstheRightRangePointnameasRT_EOP.
6 ThePivotDirectionshouldbesettoFromCrownPoint.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

7 TheNumberofLanesshouldbesettoTwo.
8 StationLimitsshouldbecleared,whichwillresultinsuperelevatingthe
entirecorridor.
9 ClickOK.
ReviewtheSuperelevationControls
1 ReviewtheinformationintheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialog.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2 ClickNext>.
ThisdisplaystheSuperelevationControlsdialog.
3 ReviewtheinformationintheSuperelevationControlsdialog.
4 SelecttheRoundStationtoNearestoptionandsettheroundingvalueto
0+01.00[0+001].
5 ClickFinish.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ThereisanoverlapinthecomputedsuperelevationsotheFix
SuperelevationOverlapdialogopenssotheoverlapcanbecorrected.The
superelevationcannotbesaveduntiltheoverlapiscorrected.
6 LeavetheFixSuperelevationOverlapdialogOPEN.Wewilluseitinthe
nextexercise.

Superelevation

414

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

FixingOverlap

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FixingOverlap

FixSuperelevationOverlapDialog
TheFixSuperelevationOverlapdialogisusedtoresolvesuperelevationoverlaps.
Itappearsautomaticallyifthereisasuperelevationoverlap.Anoverlapoccurs
whenthereisnotenoughdistancetofitthesuperelevationtransitionlengths
betweencurves,orthecorridoralignmentstartsorendsinasuperelevation
transition.
Superelevationoverlapscanberesolvedbyeithershiftingthetransitionlength
ontothenextcurveorpreviouscurve,orbyreducingthetotaltransitionlength.
Toshiftthetransition,enterthedistanceyouwanttoshiftthetransitioninthe
ShiftTransitionOntoCurvebyfieldsforthePreviousCurveorNextCurve.The%
RunoffonCurveand%TransitiononCurveareusedforreadoutonlyandwill
showyouRunoffandTotalTransitionpercentagesonthecurvesasyoushiftthe
transitions.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

415

FixingOverlap

Toreducethetotaltransitionlength,enterthetransitionlengthreductioninthe
ReduceTransitionLengthbyfields,locatedinthePreviousCurveareaorNext
Curveareas.ThenewlengthisreflectedintheNewLengthfield.Youmustmove
thecursortoanotherfieldorusetheTabkeytoupdatethelengthvalue.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheNewLengthfieldcanalsobeusedtospecifythenewreducedlength,without
usingtheReduceTransitionLengthbyfield,producingthesameresults.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Thediagramatthetopofthedialogdynamicallydisplaystheoverlapsandthe
resultsofshiftandchangingthetransitionlengths.Clickingonthediagramand
holdingdowntheleftmousebuttonallowsyoutodynamicallyslidethe
transitions.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

BasicWorkflow

Superelevation

416

Toshiftthetransitionontoacurve,entertheshiftdistanceintheShift
TransitionOntoCurvebyfields.

Toreducethetransitionlength,enterthetransitionlengthreductioninthe
ReduceTransitionLengthbyfields.

ClickApply.

ClickNext>tomovetothenextoverlap,ifnecessary.

Repeatforalloverlaps.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCorrectingaSuperelevationOverlap

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCorrectingaSuperelevationOverlap

Continueworkingonthelastpracticeactivity.
TheFixSuperelevationOverlapdialogshouldstillbedisplayedfromthe
lastpracticeactivity.
ReducetheTransitionLength
1 ReviewthesuperelevationoverlapintheFixSuperelevationOverlap
dialog.
2 Reducethetotaltransitionlengthofthefirstcurvebytyping45.00[25m]
intheReduceTransitionLengthbyfieldinthePreviousCurvearea.
ShifttheTransition
1 Shiftthetransitionontothesecondcurvebytyping45.00[25m]inthe
ShiftTransitionOntoCurvebyfieldintheNextCurvearea.
2 ClickApply,thenClose.
ReviewthePointControls
1 SelectCorridor>PointControlsandreviewthenewpointcontrols
relatingtosuperelevation.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

417

ExerciseCorrectingaSuperelevationOverlap

2 SelectCloseonthePointControlsdialog.
ReviewtheSuperelevation
1 SelecttheSuperelevationradiobuttonlocatedonthebottomrightcorner
oftheRoadwayDesignerdialog.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Thesuperelevationdiagramisdisplayedinanewsuperelevationview
alongwiththeplan,profile,andcrosssectionviews.
2 SelectProcessAll.
Reviewhowthesuperelevationisdisplayedintheplan,profile,andcross
sectionviews.Youwilllearnaboutthiscolorcodinginthenextsection.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

3 SelectFile>Save.

Superelevation

418

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ViewingtheSuperelevation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ViewingtheSuperelevation

AftersuperelevationiscreatedusingtheCreateSuperelevationwizard,youcan
viewitinanewwindowintheRoadwayDesignerbyselectingthe
Superelevationradiobutton.TheSuperelevationradiobuttoncanbesetatany
timeduringthedesign.Toreturntothenormalplan,profile,crosssectionviews,
selecttheNormalradiobutton.Thesewindowsareusedtoreviewandeditthe
superelevation.Thedisplayofeachwindowiscolorcoded.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

419

SuperelevationColors

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationColors

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

WhentheDisplayModeissettoSuperelevation,colorcodedcrossslopesare
displayedinthePlan,Profile,andCrossSectionViewwindows.Thisallowsyouto
visualizetheslopesastheroadwaytransitionsthroughsuperelevatedareas.
Slopestotherightthatarebetween0.5%and10%willstartasgreenand
transitiontoblueastheslopeapproaches10%.Whentheslopeisgreaterthan
10%totheright,thecolorbecomesdarkblue.
Slopestotheleftthatarebetween0.5%and10%willstartasyellowand
transitiontoredastheslopeapproaches10%.Whentheslopeisgreaterthan
10%totheleft,thecolorbecomesdarkred.
Slopesthatarelessthan0.5%willappearasawhitecoloroneithersideofthe
pivotpoint.

Superelevation

420

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SuperelevationPlanViewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationPlanViewWindow

TheSuperelevationPlanViewwindowislocatedintheupperleftcornerofthe
RoadwayDesignerdialog.WhentheDisplayModeissettoSuperelevation,the
transitionsarecolorcodedwithrespecttocrossslope.Endconditionsarenot
showninthisview.Alltheviewshavezoomfunctionandarelinkedtothedata.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

421

SuperelevationCrossSectionViewWindow

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationCrossSectionViewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheSuperelevationCrossSectionViewwindowislocatedinthelowerleftcorner
oftheRoadwayDesignerdialog.WhentheDisplayModeissetto
Superelevation,thecrosssectionslopesarecolorcodedandlabeled.Thecrown
points,left,andrightrangepointsarealsolabeled.Theshoulderslopesareonly
labeledwhenShoulderRolloverLocksareapplied.Endconditionsarenotshown
inthisview.

Superelevation

422

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SuperelevationProfileViewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationProfileViewWindow

TheSuperelevationProfileViewwindowislocatedintheupperrightcornerof
theRoadwayDesignerdialog.WhentheDisplayModeissettoSuperelevation,
pavementlinesareprojectedtotheprofileandarecolorcodedwithrespectto
thetransverseslope.
RightclickontheProfileViewwindowtoselectwhichpavementlinestoview.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

423

SuperelevationDiagramViewWindow

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationDiagramViewWindow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheSuperelevationDiagramViewwindowislocatedinthelowerrightcornerof
theRoadwayDesignerdialog.Itdisplayssuperelevationcontrollines.Thecontrol
linesarecoloredcodedforidentificationpurposesonlyandarenotrelatedto
slopes.Thewindowalsoshowsthelocationofthecorridorsalignmentcardinal
stations.
Toeditthesuperelevationpoints,doubleclickonanypointontheDiagramView
tochangestations,crossslopesandsuperelevationtypes.Superelevationpoints
haveconstraints,liketemplatepoints.Editingaconstrainedsuperelevationpoint
mayaffectthelocationoftheotherpointsinthediagram.Whatyouareableto
editdependsonwhichpointyouselectandtheconstraintsonthatpoint.
AnothertechniqueforeditingsuperelevationistheEditCurveSetStations
command.Toaccessthecommand,rightclickontheSuperelevationDiagram
ViewwindowandselectEditCurveSetStations.TheEditCurveSetStations
showsthesuperelevationstationsandslopesinatabularform,andallowsyouto
editsuperelevationstationsandslopes.
MoredetailedinformationonsuperelevationeditingisavailableinotherBentley
Institutetrainingcourses.

Superelevation

424

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ShoulderRolloverLocks

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ShoulderRolloverLocks

Shoulderrolloverlocksareusedtolimittheslopedifferencebetweenthetravel
portionoftheroadwayandtheadjacentshouldersduringsuperelevation.This
differenceisthealgebraicdifferencebetweentheslopesasapercentage.For
example,ifthecrossslopeofthetravelportionoftheroadis2.0%andthe
shoulderis6.0%,thenthealgebraicdifferencebetweentheslopesis4.0%.
Superelevationrolloverlocksareappliedafterthesuperelevationhasbeen
defined.Thelimitissetonthehighsideandlowsideoftheroadway,andisinput
asanalgebraicpercentage.Whenthelimitisreached,thetravelportionofthe
roadwayandshoulderwillmovetogetherholdingthelimitingpercentage
differencebetweentheroadwayandshoulder.
Aswithsuperelevation,shoulderrolloverlocksproducetemplatepointcontrols
thatautomaticallyoverridetemplatepointconstraints.Thesewillshowupinthe
PointControldialogaftertheshoulderrolloverlocksarecreated.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

425

ExampleNoShoulderRollover

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExampleNoShoulderRollover

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Assume,forexample,thattheroadcrossslopeis2%andtheshoulderis6%.Ifno
shoulderrolloverisapplied,theslopeoftheshoulderwillnotchange,thus
remainingat6%throughoutthesuperelevationtransition.Thisresultsinthe
conditionshownintheaboveillustration.

Superelevation

426

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExampleApplyingShoulderRollover

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExampleApplyingShoulderRollover

Givenaroadcrossslopeof2%withashoulderof6%wheninnormalcrown,
applyingahighsidedifferenceof6.0%willlocktheroadandshouldertogether
whentheroadwayslopeis0%orgreater.Applyinga0%slopedifferenceonthe
lowsidewilllocktheroadandtheshouldertogetherwhentheroadwayslopeis
6%orgreater.Thisresultsintheconditionshownintheaboveillustration.

MultipleShoulderRollover
Whenapplyingrolloverwithonlyoneshoulder,itisimportanttonotethatthe
algebraicdifferenceingradespecifiedappliestothesegmentimmediately
precedingtherangepointandtheshouldersegmentdirectlyoutsidetherange
point.Whenadditionalshouldersegmentsexistoutsidetherangepoint(apaved
andunpavedshoulder,forexample)thealgebraicdifferenceingradeappliedis
betweenthetwoshouldersegments,nottheoriginalroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

427

ExampleApplyingShoulderRollover

RolloverCriteria

Itmustbeapointthathasnotbeensuperelevated.

Itisnexttoapointthathasbeensuperelevatedorisapivotpointfor
superelevation.

Itisnotapivotpointoftheadjacentsuperelevatedpoint.

ItisnotanEndConditionpoint.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InordertousetheApplyShoulderRollovercommand,thefollowingcriteriamust
bemet.

Superelevation

428

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ShoulderRolloverLocksBasicWorkflow

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ShoulderRolloverLocksBasicWorkflow

BasicWorkflow

CreatesuperelevationusingtheCreateSuperelevationwizard.

SelectSuperelevation>ApplyShoulderRolloverLock.Thisdisplaysthe
ApplyShoulderRolloverLockdialog.

SelecttheShoulderPointfromthedropdownlist.

EntertheDifferencefortheHighSideandLowSideoftheshoulders.

ClickApply.

Repeatthisforeachshoulder.

ClicktheProcessAllbuttonandreviewthedesign.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

429

ExerciseShoulderRollover

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseShoulderRollover

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Continueworkingonthelastexercise.
ApplyRolloverLocks
1 SelectSuperelevation>ApplyShoulderRolloverLock.
2 SelectLT_SHDRintheShoulderPointfield.
3 TypeLT_SHDRRolloverintheControlLineNamefield.
4 Type5.0%intheHighSideDifferencefieldandleavetheLowSide
Differenceat0%.
5 ClickApply.
ThiswillautomaticallychangetheShoulderPointfromLT_SHDRto
LT_GUTTERbecauseLT_GUTTERisthenextpointoutsideLT_SHDR.
6 ChangetheShoulderPointtoRT_SHDR.
7 TypeRT_SHDRRolloverintheControlLineNamefield.
8 LeavetheHighSideDifferencesetat5.0%andtheLowSideDifferenceset
at0.00%.
9 ClickApply,thenClose.

Superelevation

430

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseShoulderRollover

ReviewthePointsControls
1 SelectCorridor>PointControlsandreviewthenewpointcontrols
relatingtosuperelevation.

ReviewtheDesign
1 ProcessAllandreviewthedesign.
2 Savetheroadwaydesign.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

2 ClickCloseonthePointControlsdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

431

SuperelevationReports

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SuperelevationReports

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SuperelevationReportWorkflow
Tocreateasuperelevationreport,selectSuperelevation>Superelevation
Report.ThisbringsuptheRoadwayDesignSuperelevationReportdialog.
SelectthesuperelevationcontrolpointstoreportonintheRoadwayDesign
SuperelevationReportdialogandclickApply.ThisbringsuptheViewXML
Reportsdialog.Fromthisdialog,youcansaveandprintthesuperelevation
reports.

Superelevation

432

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseSuperelevationReport

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseSuperelevationReport

ContinueworkingonthecorridornamedSuperelevation.
CreateSuperelevationReport
1 SelectSuperelevation>SuperelevationReport.
TheRoadwayDesignSuperelevationReportdialogopens.
2 SelecttheReportAtAllProcessedStationsoption.
3 ClickAlltoselectalloftheSuperelevationPoints.
4 ClickApply.
TheBentleyReportBrowserdialogopens.
5 Reviewthereport.
6 ClosetheBentleyReportBrowserdialog.
7 ClosetheRoadwayDesignSuperelevationReportdialog.
8 ClosetheRoadwayDesignerdialog.
9 ExittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

433

SummaryandReview

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Superelevation

434

Understandsuperelevationandrolloverlocks.

Createsuperelevationandrolloverlocks.

Createadesignmodelofasuperelevatedroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:SuperelevationiscreatedandappliedusingtheRoadway
Designerbeforethecorridoriscreatedandtemplatedropsareassigned.

True

False

2 WhichToolisusedtowalkyouthroughcreatingandapplying
superelevation?
ACorridorModeling
BRoadwayDesigner
CCreateSuperelevationWizard
DDrawCrossSectionsfromSurfaces
3 TrueorFalse:TheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialogisusedto
specifythepavementsectionstosuperelevate,basedonacrosssection
view.

True

False

4 Superelevationoverlapscanberesolvedusingwhichmethod?(Selectall
thatapply)
AShiftingthetotaltransitionlengthontothenextorpreviouscurve.
BReducingthetotaltransitionlength.
5 TrueorFalse:SuperelevationcanbeimportedfromanASCIIfile.

True

False

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

435

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 TrueorFalse:SuperelevationiscreatedandappliedusingtheRoadway
Designerbeforethecorridoriscreatedandtemplatedropsareassigned.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

FalseSuperelevationiscreatedandappliedusingtheRoadwayDesigner
afterthecorridoriscreatedandtemplatedropsareassigned.
2 WhichToolisusedtowalkyouthroughcreatingandapplying
superelevation?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

CTheCreateSuperelevationWizardwalksyouthroughcreatingand
applyingsuperelevation.
3 TrueorFalse:TheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialogisusedto
specifythepavementsectionstosuperelevate,basedonacrosssection
view.
TrueTheSuperelevationSectionDefinitionsdialogisusedtospecifythe
pavementsectionstosuperelevate,basedonacrosssectionview.
4 Superelevationoverlapscanberesolvedusingwhichmethod?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Both:
AShiftingthetotaltransitionlengthontothenextorpreviouscurve.
BReducingthetotaltransitionlength.
5 TrueorFalse:SuperelevationcanbeimportedfromanASCIIfile.
TrueYes,superelevationcanbeimportedfromanASCIIfile.

Superelevation

436

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

TimeAllocated
60Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

437

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
UsetheRoadwayDesignertocreateasuperelevateddividedroadwaywitha
medianbarrier.Createandreviewthefinaldesignsurface.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\Superelevation\Task\I591Reconstruction.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Superelevation\Task\Task
Superelevation.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: I591Reconstruction.alg
ExistingGround: ExistingGroundSurvey.dtm

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl
AdditionalProjectData

Superelevation

438

Otheralignmentsarecontrolling.

Shouldersnarrowoverbridge.

NoticethatNB_CLandSB_CLareincludedintheSuperelevationPoint
Controlsbecausethesuperelevationrangespansacrossthem.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Requirements
Exercise:Createasuperelevateddividedroadwaywithamedianbarrier.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

HintThisprojectrequires2superelevationsectionswithonebeingNB
andtheotherbeingSB.TheCrownPointmaybethesamepointusedfor
aRangePoint.

CreateacorridorusingthealignmentI591Reconstructionandthe
followingparameters.

Templatenamedfourlanedivided.

Templatedropintervalof5[1.5m].

Thestartingstationis356+34.25[35+634.25]andtheendingstationis
376+50[36+245].

TheShouldersarenarrowedintheareaofthebridgelocatedat
approximatelystation372+00[36+110].Theshouldertapersare
definedusingthealignmentshownontheProjectTaskDetailsdrawing
onthefollowingpages.

Definesuperelevationusingthefollowingparameters.

DesignSpeedis75MPH[120kph].

Pivotsuperelevationaroundtheinsideedgesofpavement.

ShoulderRolloveronOutsideShoulders.

HighSideDifferenceis4%.

LowSideDifferenceis0%.

NoShoulderRolloverappliedonInsideShoulders.

Overlapsduetocorridornotbeinglongenoughshouldbeignored.

Createcrosssectionsandreviewthedesign.

Saveallnewormodifiedfiles.

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Superelevation

439

ProjectTaskDetails

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProjectTaskDetails

Legend #

Alignment
Name

I591Reconstruction
1.

TYPE OF CONTROL

Controllingcorridor
alignment

I591NBShoulder
Taper
2.

TaperHorizontal
I591SBShoulderTaper

3.

Superelevation

440

TaperHorizontal

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DesignChanges

Thismoduleexploreshowtoedittemplatesandendconditionsalready
associatedwithacorridordesign.Italsoexploreshowtooverridetemplate
constraintswithparametricconstrainswhichallowmaximumflexibilityinyour
templates.Finally,youwilllearnhowtheRoadwayDesignerinterface
communicateschangestothetemplatesthroughtheuseofcoloredtextinthe
dialogboxes.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

441

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill

DesignChanges

442

LearntoimplementDesignChanges.

ApplyDesignChanges.

Createadesignmodeloftheroadway.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartMicroStationandInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoads/PowerInRoadsshortcut
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Design
Changes\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileSR2067Bypass.dgn,thenclickOpen.
OpenProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Design
Changes\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeDesignChanges.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\SR2067
BypassExistingGround.dtm
GeometryProject: SR2067Bypass.alg
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: SR2067Bypass.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

443

TemplateLibrarySynchronization

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateLibrarySynchronization

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

WhenatemplateisappliedtoastationusingtheTemplateDropscommand,the
templateiscopiedfromthetemplatelibrarytotheRoadwayDesigner.Templates
canberevisedintheRoadwayDesignerorinthetemplatelibrary.Thisallowsyou
tomakeminorchangestoatemplatedirectlyintheRoadwayDesignerwithout
affectingthetemplatelibrary.Uptothispoint,wehaverevisedallthetemplates
inthetemplatelibrary.
IntheTemplateDropsdialog,thereareindicatorsthattellyouifthetemplatehas
beenrevisedandwhetherthetemplatematchestheoneinthetemplatelibrary.

DesignChanges

444

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

TemplateDropIndicators

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateDropIndicators

TheTemplateDropsareaofthedialogshowstemplatenamesandthestation
wherethattemplateisapplied.Inaddition,theRevisedIncolumnindicateswhere
thetemplatewasedited:theIRDortheITL.
Inadditiontothisbasicinformation,thedialogusescolorcodingthatrepresents
variousconditionsofthetemplatedrop.
IftheStationisred,thatstationdoesnotexistinthecorridorsalignment.
IftheTemplateNameisredyouknowthatthetemplatestoredintheRoadway
DesignerdoesnotmatchthetemplatestoredintheTemplateLibrary.TheRevised
columndescribedbelowwilltellyouiftheRoadwayDesignerortheTemplate
Libraryhasbeenedited.
IftheTemplateNameisblue,thattemplatedoesnotexistinthetemplatelibrary.
IftheIRDorITLisredintheRevisedcolumn,thetemplatehasbeeneditedinthe
RoadwayDesignerorthetemplatelibraryrespectively,andisnottheone
originallyusedtoaddthattemplatedrop.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

445

SynchronizewithLibraryButton

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SynchronizewithLibraryButton

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheSynchronizewithLibrarybuttonisusedtoupdatethetemplatestoredinthe
roadwaydesignfilewiththetemplatestoredinthetemplatelibrary.Thisis
normallydonewhenachangeismadetoatemplateinthetemplatelibraryand
thatchangeisneededinapreviouslycreatedroadwaydesign.Tosynchronizea
template,highlightatemplatedropandclicktheSynchronizewithLibrary
button.
TheEditbuttonisusedtoreviseatemplatesavedintheroadwaydesignfile.It
bringsuptheCreateTemplatedialog.Thisisnormallydonewhenaminorchange
ismadetotheroadwaydesigntemplateandyoudontwanttocommitthat
changetothetemplateinthetemplatelibrary.

Ifyoueditorsynchronizeatemplate,thetemplatetransitionsthatusethat
templatemayneedtobereestablished.

DesignChanges

446

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseSynchronizingtheRoadwayDesignFile

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseSynchronizingtheRoadwayDesignFile

ContinueworkingwiththedesignfileSR2067Bypass.dgn.
ReviseTemplateLibrary
1 SelectModeler>CreateTemplate.
2 SelectTools>Options.
3 SelecttheApplyAffixescheckbox.
4 TypethefollowinginthePrefixfields:
LeftPrefix:LT_
RightPrefix:RT_
5 ClickOKontheTemplateOptionsdialog.
6 SelectTools>DynamicSettings.
7 NavigatetotheTemplatesfolderanddoubleclicktheFourlanetemplate.
TheFourlanetemplatebecomesthecurrenttemplateandisshowninthe
Current TemplateWindow.
8 Deletetheendconditioncomponentsontherightsideofthetemplate.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

447

ExerciseSynchronizingtheRoadwayDesignFile

9 NavigatetotheEndConditionsfolderanddraganddroptheFillDitch
templatetotheRT_OUTSIDE_SHDRpoint.
10 Testtheendconditions.
11 ClosetheTestEndConditionsdialog.
12 DoubleclicktheTwolanetemplatetosetitastheactivetemplate.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

13 Deletetheendconditioncomponentsontherightsideofthetemplate.
14 NavigatetotheEndConditionsfolderanddraganddroptheFillDitch
templatetotheRT_OUTSIDE_SHDRpoint.
15 Savethetemplatelibrary.
16 ClosetheCreateTemplatedialog.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

SynchronizeRoadwayDesignwithTemplateLibrary
1 SelectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.
2 SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.
NoticethattheTwolaneandFourlanetemplatesarered,indicatingthat
thetemplatestoredinthetemplatelibraryandthetemplatestoredinthe
RoadwayDesignerdonotmatch.
3 Highlighttheentryinthecurrenttemplatedropssettingthatusesthe
Fourlanetemplate.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Noticethethumbnailshowsthesimplecutandfillontherightsideofthe
template.
4 ClickSynchronizewithLibrary.
NoticetheFillDitchendconditionsontherightsideofthetemplatenow
appear.
5 HighlighttheentrythatusestheTwolanetemplate.
6 ClickSynchronizewithLibrary.
7 ClosetheTemplateDropsdialog.

Thetemplatetransitionsmayneedtobeverifiedagainbecausethe
templatehasbeenupdated.
8 Ifthetemplatetransitionareaisdarkblue,thetransitiondefinitionisstill
validandnoupdatesarerequired.However,ifthetemplatetransition
areaisyellow,thetransitionmustbeupdated.Doubleclickthetransition
areaandupdatethetemplatetransitions.
RememberthatthetwoOUTSIDE_EOPpointshavetobeeditedsothat
theyhaveonlyaslopeconstraint,insteadofbeingfullyconstrained.

DesignChanges

448

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseSynchronizingtheRoadwayDesignFile

9 ClickProcessAll.
10 ClosetheResultsdialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

11 Savetheroadwaydesign.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

449

TemplateRevisionsintheRoadwayDesigner

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TemplateRevisionsintheRoadwayDesigner

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ToreviseatemplatesavedintheRoadwayDesigner,selectCorridor>Template
Drops.HighlightthetemplateintheCurrentTemplateDropssectionofthedialog
andclickEdit.ThisdisplaystheCreateTemplatedialog.Editthetemplateinthe
CreateTemplatedialogandclickOK.Allchangestothetemplatearestoredinthe
roadwaydesignfileandthetemplatelibraryisnotchanged.
Ifamodificationisdesiredforanindividualstationalongthecorridor,double
clicktheCrossSectionViewwindowwhenthatstationisdisplayed.Thisdisplays
theCreateTemplatedialog.EditthetemplateintheCreateTemplatedialogand
clickOK.Allchangestothetemplatearestoredintheroadwaydesignfileandthe
templatelibraryisnotchanged.TheeditedstationisaddedtotheTemplateDrops
dialogassinglestationtemplatedropassignment.Themodifiedstationisalso
displayedasagreenlineinthePlanViewwindow.Singlestationmodifications
arenormallydonewhenthedesignisnearingcompletionandonlyminor
refinementsaredesired.

DesignChanges

450

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseRevisingaTemplate

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseRevisingaTemplate

Continueworkingwiththefilesfromthepreviousexercise.
ReviseaTemplateusingtheTemplateDropsDialog
1 SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.
2 SelecttheTwolanetemplateintheCurrentTemplateDropsportionof
theTemplateDropsdialog.
3 ClickEdit.
ChangetheShoulderWidth
1 EdittheRT_OUTSIDE_SHDRpointandchangeHorizontalConstraintValue
to8.00[2.5m].
2 ClickApply,thenClose.
3 ClickOKontheCreateTemplatedialog.
4 ReviewtheTemplateDropsdialog.
NoticethetemplateisnowrevisedintheIRDandthetemplateisred.
5 ClosetheTemplateDropsdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

451

ExerciseRevisingaTemplate

6 Ifthetransitionareaisdarkblue(allpointsconnectedandreviewed)skip
totheReviseaTemplateatanIndividualStationsectionbelow;otherwise
continue.
7 Ifthetransitionareaisyellow(missingtransitionconnection)doubleclick
thetransitionareaonthePlanViewoftheRoadwayDesignerdialog.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

8 ClickOKtomovetotheEditTransitionMidpointdialog.
9 RightclickontheRT_OUTSIDE_SHDRpointandselectDeleteHorizontal
Constraint.
10 Testthetransition.
11 ClickOK.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Thisallowstheshouldertotransitionfrom10.00to8.00[3.0mto2.5m]
duringthetransition.
ReviseaTemplateatanIndividualStation
1 Navigatetostation206+50[16+720]intheCrossSectionViewWindow.
2 DoubleclicktheCrossSectionViewwindow.
ThisdisplaystheCreateTemplatedialog.
NoticethatthenameofthedialogboxisEditingTemplateatStation
206+50Only[EditingTemplateatStation16+720Only].
3 SelectTools>DynamicSettings.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

4 ClicktheX:Y:buttonintheDynamicSettingdialog.
ThischangesthereadouttoX:Slope:.
5 Setthefollowing:
XStep: 0.01
SlopeStep: 1.00%
6 ClicktheSetDynamicOriginbuttonandclicktheLT_OUTSIDE_SHDR
pointonthetemplate.
7 RightclickontheLT_FILL2pointandselectMovePoint.
8 MovetheLT_FILL2pointalongthegroundsurfaceuntiltheDynamic
Settingsreadoutsays25%,thenzoominclosetotheexistinggroundand
youshouldseethattheslopewilltietothegroundautomatically.Left
clicktosavethenewpoint.

DesignChanges

452

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseRevisingaTemplate

9 RightclickontheCLpoint,thenselectMovePoint.
Noticethatthenewlymodifiedslopedoesnotstayat25%asyoumove
yourcursor.
10 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
12 ClickontheLT_OUTSIDE_SHDRpoint,andclickOKontheAddSlope
Constraintdialog(25.0%slope).
13 RightclickontheCLpoint,thenselectMovePoint.
Nowyoushouldnoticethatthenewlymodifiedslopedoesstayat25%as
youmoveyourcursor.
14 Rightclicktoexitthecommand.
15 ClickOKontheEditingTemplateatStation206+50[16+720]Onlydialog.
ReviewtheDesign
1 ClickProcessAll.
2 ClosetheResultsdialog,andreviewthedesign.
3 Savetheroadwaydesign.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

11 RightclickontheLT_FILL2pointagainandselectAddConstraint>Slope.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

453

EndConditionExceptions

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

EndConditionExceptions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Endconditionexceptionsareusedtooverrideendconditionsalongarangeof
corridorstations.SelectCorridor>EndConditionExceptionstoactivatethe
command.ThisbringsuptheEndConditionExceptionsdialog.Enterthestation
rangeandspecifywhichsideoftheroadisbeingoverridden.ClickEdittoeditthe
endcondition.ThisbringsupadialogboxsimilartotheCreateTemplatedialog.
However,thedialogshowsonlytheendconditionsonthespecifiedoverrideside.
Allothernonendconditioncomponentsareshownasdashedlines.Overridethe
endconditionusingthefamiliarCreateTemplatetools.
Sometimestheendconditionsarenotdesiredinthedesign,forexample,when
thecorridorpassesthroughanintersectionorcrossesabridge.Toeliminateend
conditionsforarangeofstations,createanendconditionexceptionandselect
theBackboneOnlyoption.
EndconditionexceptionsaredisplayedinthePlanViewwindowasacyan
coloredshape.YoucandoubleclicktheshapetoaccesstheEndCondition
Exceptionsdialog.

DesignChanges

454

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseEndConditionExceptions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseEndConditionExceptions

Continueworkingwiththefilesfromthepreviousexercise.
CreateanEndConditionException
1 SelectCorridor>EndConditionExceptions.
2 IntheStationRangearea,type188+00[16+150]intheStart:fieldand
200+00[16+530]intheStop:field.
3 SelecttheApplytoLeftOverridecheckbox.
4 ClickAdd,thenEdit.
ThisdisplaystheLeftOverride188+00to200+00[LeftOverride
16+150to16+530]dialog.
5 Rightclickontheleftfillslope(whichwillbeacyancoloredline)and
selectDeleteComponent.
NoticethattheLT_FILL2pointdisappears.
6 NavigatetotheEndConditionsfolderandselecttheFillDitchtemplate.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

455

ExerciseEndConditionExceptions

7 DragtheFillDitchtemplatefromthePreviewWindowandrightclick,
withtheleftmousebuttonstillhelddown.
8 SelectReflect.
9 MovetheFillDitchendconditiontotheLT_OUTSIDE_SHDRpoint(the
pointbecomesaboldwhiteplussign)andclick.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

10 ClickOK.
11 ClickCloseontheEndConditionExceptionsdialog.
NoticetheendconditionexceptiondisplaysinthePlanViewwindowasa
lightblueshadedarea.
ReviewandSaveRoadwayDesign

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

1 ClickProcessAll.
2 ClosetheResultsdialog,andreviewthedesign.
3 Savetheroadwaydesign.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

4 ClosetheRoadwayDesignerdialog.

DesignChanges

456

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ParametricConstraints

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ParametricConstraints

Parametricconstraintsareusedtooverrideconstraintvalues.Forexample,you
createatemplatewitha2inch[50mm]layerofasphalt,butthedesigncallsfor3
inches[75mm].The2inches[50mm]isaverticalconstraintvaluethatcanbe
overriddento3inches[75mm]usingparametricconstraints.Tocreate
parametricconstraints,firstEditthetemplatepointsandtypeanameinthe
Labelsfieldthatyouwanttoassigntoaspecificconstraintvalue.Forpavement
thickness,itwouldbetheverticalconstraintofthebottomlayerpoints.Next,use
Tools>ParametricConstraintstoassignoverridingvaluestothelabeledpoints.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

457

ExerciseUsingaParametricConstraint

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseUsingaParametricConstraint

Continueworkingwiththefilesfromthepreviousexercise.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

LabelingConstraintValues
1 SelectModeler>CreateTemplate.
2 NavigatetotheTemplatesfolderanddoubleclicktheTwolanetemplate.
3 DoubleclicktheLT_OUTSIDE_SHDR_BOTpoint.
ThePointPropertiesdialogopens.
4 UnderConstraint1(whichistheverticalconstraint),typeThicknessinthe
Labelfield.
5 ClickApply.
6 ClickNext>twice.
TheLT_OUTSIDE_EOP_BOTpointshouldnowbetheselectedpoint.
7 ChangeConstraint2(whichistheverticalconstraint),selectThicknessas
theLabel.
8 ClickApply.

DesignChanges

458

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseUsingaParametricConstraint

AftertheLabelhasbeenenteredonceitcanbeselectedfromthelist.
Usingthelistensuresthattherearenospellingdifferencesbetweenthe
Labelnames.
9 Repeatforthefollowingpoints:

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CL_BOT
RT_OUTSIDE_EOP_BOT
RT_OUTSIDE_SHDR_BOT
10 ClosethePointPropertiesdialog.
11 ClosetheCreateTemplatedialogandsavethetemplatelibrary.
AssignConstraintValueOverrides
1 SelectModeler>RoadwayDesigner.
2 SelectCorridor>TemplateDrops.
3 SelecttheTwolanetemplate(station188+00[16+155]entry)andclick
SynchronizewithLibrary.
AWarningdialogopens.
4 ClickYesontheWarningdialog.
5 ClosetheTemplateDropsdialog.
6 SelectTools>ParametricConstraints.
7 SelecttheConstraintLabelnamedThickness.
8 TypeaStartValueof2.00[0.6]andaStopValueof2.00[0.6].
Thepavementthicknesswillnowbe2[0.6m]insteadofthedefault0.83
[0.25m]intheareaoftheTwolanetemplate.TheFourlanetemplatewill
stillhaveapavementthicknessof0.83[0.25m]becausetheparametric
labelswerenotassignedtothattemplate.
9 ClickAdd,thenClose.
10 Ifthetemplatetransitionareaisdarkbluethetransitiondefinitionisstill
validandnoupdatesarerequired.However,ifthetemplatetransition
areaisyellow,thetransitionmustbeupdated.Doubleclickthetransition
areaandupdatethetemplatetransitions.
RememberthatthetwoOUTSIDE_EOPpointshavetobeeditedsothat
theyhaveonlyaslopeconstraint,insteadofbeingfullyconstrained.
11 ClickProcessAll.
12 ClosetheResultsdialogandreviewthedesign.
13 SelectFile>Savetosavetheroadwaydesign.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

459

ExerciseUsingaParametricConstraint

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

14 ExittheCADsoftware.

DesignChanges

460

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Implementdesignchanges.

Applydesignchanges.

Createanupdateddesignmodel.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

461

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:WhenatemplateisappliedtoastationusingtheTemplate
Dropscommand,thetemplateiscopiedfromthetemplatelibrarytothe
roadwaydesign.

True

False

2 DescribetheTemplateDropIndicators.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Stationisred
Templatenameisred
Templatenameisblue
Revisedisred

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 TrueorFalse:Allchangestothetemplatearestoredintheroadwaydesign
fileandthetemplatelibrary.

True

False

4 TrueorFalse:EndConditionexceptionsareusedtooverrideend
conditionsalongarangeofcorridorstations.

True

False

5 TrueorFalse:Parametricconstraintsareusedtooverrideconstraint
values.

DesignChanges

462

True

False

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:WhenatemplateisappliedtoastationusingtheTemplate
Dropscommand,thetemplateiscopiedfromthetemplatelibrarytothe
roadwaydesign.
TrueWhenatemplateisappliedtoastationusingtheTemplateDrops
command,thetemplateiscopiedfromthetemplatelibrarytothe
roadwaydesign.
2 DescribetheTemplateDropIndicators.
StationisredThestationdoesnotexistinthecorridorsalignment.
TemplatenameisredThetemplateintheRoadwayDesignerdoesnot
matchthetemplateinthetemplatelibrary.
TemplatenameisblueThetemplatedoesnotexistinthetemplate
library.
RevisedisredAsinglestationhasbeeneditedintheRoadwayDesigner
orthetemplatelibraryandisnottheoneoriginallyusedtoaddthat
templatedrop.
3 TrueorFalse:Allchangestothetemplatearestoredintheroadwaydesign
fileandthetemplatelibrary.
FalseChangestothetemplatearestoredwherethechangesaremade.
ChangesmadeintheRoadwayDesignerarestoredintheRoadway
Designer.ChangesmadeintheCreateTemplatetoolarestoredinthe
TemplateLibrary.TheSynchronizewithLibrarytoolisusedtobringthe
newesttemplatefromthetemplatelibraryintotheRoadwayDesigner.
4 TrueorFalse:EndConditionexceptionsareusedtooverrideend
conditionsalongarangeofcorridorstations.
TrueEndConditionexceptionsoverrideendconditionsalongarangeof
corridorstations.
5 TrueorFalse:Parametricconstraintsareusedtooverrideconstraint
values.
TrueParametricconstraintsareusedtooverrideconstraintvalues.For
example,aparametricconstraintcouldbeusedtocontrolvariable
pavementthicknessorshoulderwidthfromasingletemplate.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

463

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
35Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

DesignChanges

464

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

UsetheRoadwayDesignertomodifytheI591Reconstructiondesign.CreateEnd
ConditionExceptionstoeliminatethefillslopesinthelocationoftheexisting
bridge.UseParametricConstraintstochangethethicknessofthepavementlayer.
Createandreviewthefinaldesignsurface.

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Design
Changes\Task\I591ReconstructionChanges.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\DesignChanges\Task\Task
DesignChanges.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
ProposedSurface: Finished.dtm
GeometryProject: I591Reconstruction.alg
ExistingGround: ExistingGroundSurvey.dtm
TemplateLibrary: TemplateStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: I591ReconstructionChanges.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DesignChanges

465

ReviewTask

Requirements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:ModifytheI591Reconstructiondesign.

CreateEndConditionExceptionstoeliminatethefillslopescreatedon
theexistingbridge.

NBBridgeExceptionstartsatstation370+60[36+065]andendsat
station373+00[36+155].

SBBridgeExceptionstartsatstation371+15[36+070]andendsat
station373+60[36+160].

Useparametricconstraintstochangethethicknessofthepavement
layerfrom10to12[250mmto300mm]beginningatstation
364+00[35+865].

Createadesignsurface.

Createcrosssectionsandreviewthedesign.

Tips

IfcalculatingtheEndAreaVolume,attempttouseVolumeExceptions
intheareaofthebridge.

Cleanup

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

DesignChanges

466

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

Inthischapter,youwilllearnhowtodisplayandannotatecrosssections.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

467

WhereAreWeintheBigPicture?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhereAreWeintheBigPicture?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Atthispointintheprojectwehavedonethefollowing:

Setuptheproject

Defineexistinggroundsurface

Definedthetemplates

Createdgeometries

Designedtheroadwaycorridor

Generatedproposedsurfaces

Nowwearereadytoevaluatetheresults,whichwillinvolvethefollowingtasks:

Createproposedcrosssections

Calculateendareavolumes

Generatereports

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

468

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

Inthislessonwewill...

Reviewhowtocreatecrosssections.

Learnhowtoupdatecrosssections.

Learnhowtoannotatecrosssections.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

469

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Cross
SectionsandAnnotation\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileCreateCrossSections.dgn,thenclickOpen.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

3 OpentheCADfilekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Cross
SectionsandAnnotation\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeCrossSectionsandAnnotation.rwk,thenclick
Open.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\Hemfield
Existing.dtm
ProposedSurface: HemfieldFinished.dtm
GeometryProject: Hemfield.alg
TemplateLibrary: HemfieldCountyStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: Hemfield.ird

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

470

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionCreation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CrossSectionCreation

CrossSectionCreation
Beforecrosssectionscanbecreated,abaselinemustbedefined.Thiscouldcome
fromeitherahorizontalalignment,agraphicline,orpointsselectedinthegraphic
view.
Tocreatecrosssectionsoftheexistinggroundsurfaceorproposedsurface,those
surfacesmustbeopened.
Normally,thecrosssectionsarecutperpendiculartothehorizontalbaseline;
however,therearesettingsthatwillcreateskewedcrosssectionsorevenbroken
backcrosssections.Thesearecalledcustomcrosssections.
Crosssectionscanbesetuptobelaidoutinalargegrouporbrokenintosheets.
Individualcrosssectionscanalsobecreated.Anindividualorgroupofcross
sections,createdatthesametime,iscalledacrosssectionset.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

471

SurfaceDisplay

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SurfaceDisplay

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SurfaceDisplay
Thesurfacelinethatisdisplayedoncrosssectionsisbasedonthesymbology
associatedwiththesurface.Thesymbologyassociationisdefinedusingthe
SurfacePropertiestool(Surface>SurfaceProperties).
Ifsurfacefeaturesaredisplayedonthecrosssection,thesymbologyofthe
featureisbasedontheStyleassociatedwiththesurfacefeature.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

472

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CreateCrossSectionDialog

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CreateCrossSectionDialog

CreateCrossSectionDialog
TheCreateCrossSectiondialoghasaninterfacecalledatreeandleafformat.One
folder(orstem)leadstoeitheranotherfolder(stem)ortoafile(leaf).

TheGeneralleafdisplaysthegeneralsettingsforthetool.Thisincludestheset
name,crosssectionintervalordistancebetweencrosssections,thewidthleft
andrightofthecrosssection,theverticalexaggerationused,andwhich
surfaceorsurfaceswillbeplacedonthecrosssection.

TheSourceleafisusedtoselectthehorizontalcontrol.Forgraphicsand
multipointbasedalignments,ahorizontalalignmentcanbecreatedasthe
crosssectionsaregenerated.Thealignmentisneededifyouwanttoupdate
thecrosssectionsinthefutureusingtheUpdateCrossSectiontool.

TheIncludeleafisusedtoaddsurfacefeatures,components,andstormand
sanitarystructurestothecrosssections.Viewingcomponentsonthecross
sectionsdisplaysthetemplatecomponentsonthecrosssections.

TheLimitsleaffoundintheControlsstemisusedtoseteitherelevationlimits
orstationlimitsforcrosssections.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

473

ExerciseCreateCrossSections

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateCrossSections

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreatetheCrossSections
1 SelecttheEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSections.
2 EnsurethesurfacesHemfieldExistingandHemfieldFinishedareselected.
TheIntervalshouldbesetat50[10],theLeftOffsetat100.00[40]and
theRightOffsetat100.00[40].
3 EnterHemfieldRoadOption2fortheSetName.
4 SelecttheIncludeleafandverifythattheComponentscheckboxis
selectedandallothercheckboxesarecleared.
5 ClickApply.
6 ClickabovetheexistinggroundcrosssectionsintheCADviewtoidentify
wherethelowerleftpointofthefirstcrosssectionwillbelocatedinthe
CADfile.
7 ClosetheCrossSectionsdialog.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

474

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateCrossSections

ReviewtheCrossSections
1 Fittheview.
2 WindowAreaononeofthecrosssections.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Althoughwindowingintothecrosssectionsisfunctional,thereisaneasier
waytoviewcrosssections.
3 SelectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSectionViewer.
4 ChangetheCrossSectionSettoHemfieldRoadOption2.
5 Selectoneofthestationslisted.
Theviewisupdatedshowingtheselectedcrosssection.
6 Selectanotherstation.
7 SelectStation27+50.00[2+750].
8 IntheMovieModesection,settheTimeto.3andClickRun.
Eachcrosssectionisdisplayedoneatatimeinamoviemode.
9 Whenfinished,closetheCrossSectionViewer.
ChangetheSurfaceProperties
1 SelectSurface>SurfaceProperties.
2 SelecttheSurfacenamedHemfieldExisting.
3 SelecttheAdvancedtab.
NoticethatHemfieldExistinghasE_SURF_OriginalGroundasthe
symbologyforcrosssections.
4 ChangetheSurfacetoHemfieldFinished.
Noticethatthesymbologyforboththeprofileandthecrosssectionsisset
toDefault.
5 Changethesymbologyforbothprofileandcrosssectionsto
P_SURF_DesignSurface.
6 ClickApply.
Thesymbologyassociatedwiththesurfacehasbeenupdated.However,
thecrosssectionswillnotautomaticallyupdate.Next,wewilllearnhow
toupdatethem.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

475

ExerciseCreateCrossSections

7 ClosetheSurfacePropertiesdialog.
Achangehasjustbeenmadetothesurface;itshouldbesavedtothehard
drive.
8 Savethesurface.(Hint:File>Save).
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

UpdatetheCrossSections
1 SelectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSections.
2 IntheCrossSectionsdialog,selecttheUpdateCrossSectionfolder.
3 SettheModetoRefresh.
Refreshwillupdateallofthedisplayedsurfacesonthecrosssection.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

4 ChangetheCrossSectionSettoHemfieldRoadOption2.
5 SelecttheSurfacesleaf.
6 SelecttheSurfacenamedHemfieldFinished.
7 ClickApply.
Noticethatthesurfacecolorchangedforthefinishedsurface.
AnnotatetheCrossSections
1 IntheCrossSectionsdialog,selecttheAnnotateCrossSectionfolder.
2 SelecttheGeneralleaf.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 ChangetheCrossSectionSettoHemfieldRoadOption2.
4 SelecttheSurfacenamedHemfieldFinished.
5 ClickApply.
ThesurfaceHemfieldFinishedinthecrosssectionsisannotated.
6 ClosetheCrossSectionsdialog.
7 Reviewtheannotationofthecrosssectionatstation25+00[2+500].

Onlysurfacedatathatiscurrentlydisplayedonthecrosssectionscanbe
annotated.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

476

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CustomCrossSectionSets

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CustomCrossSectionSets

CustomCrossSectionSets
CustomcrosssectionsetsareconfiguredusingtheCustom>Generalleaf.Whena
customcrosssectionsetiscreated,someofthesettingsontheGeneraland
IncludeleafsareoverriddenbythesettingsontheCustom>Generalleaf.These
settingsinclude:Interval,LeftandRightOffset,andCrossingandProjected
Features.
AcustomcrosssectionsetcanincludedifferentStationRanges,single
Perpendicularstations,Skewedsections,andsectionsthatfollowalinestring.
ThecrosssectionsetisonlyavailableduringthecurrentInRoadssessionunlessit
issaved.CustomcrosssectionsetscanbesavedusingtheSavebuttonlocatedat
thebottomoftheCustom>Generalleaf.TheImportbuttonisusedtoretrievea
previouslysavedcustomcrosssectionset.Thefileextensionforacustomcross
sectionis.xsc.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

477

ExerciseCreateCustomCrossSections

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateCustomCrossSections

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

CreatingaCustomCrossSectionSet
1 SelectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSections.
2 IntheCrossSectionsdialog,selecttheCreateCrossSectionfolderand
selecttheGeneralleaf.
3 EnterHemfieldRoadCustomfortheSetName.
AddTwoStationRanges
1 SelecttheCustom>Generalleaf.
2 SettheTypetoStationRange.
3 Enter24+00[2+400]fortheStartStation.
4 Enter30+00[2+800]fortheStopStation.
5 SettheIntervalto100[20].
6 SettheLeftOffsetto100[30].
7 SettheRightOffsetto100[30].
8 ClickAdd.
9 LeavetheTypesettoStationRange.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

478

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateCustomCrossSections

10 Enter30+00[2+800]fortheStartingStation.
11 Enter70+00[3+200]fortheStopStation.
12 ChangetheIntervalto50[10].

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

13 ClickAdd.
AddThreeSkewedSections
1 ChangetheTypetoSkewed.
2 Enter26+70[2+774]fortheStation.
3 SettheLeftOffsetto100[30].
4 SettheRightOffsetto100[30].
5 Enter11^00'00.0"fortheSkewAngle.
6 ClickAdd.
7 Enter32+38[2+838]fortheStation.
8 Enter5^00'00.0"fortheSkewAngle.
9 ClickAdd.
10 Enter49+33[3+133]fortheStation.
11 Enter9^00'00.0"fortheSkewAngle.
12 ClickAdd.
AddTwoPerpendicularSections
1 ChangetheTypetoPerpendicular.
2 Enter48+34.78[3+201]fortheStation.
3 SettheLeftOffsetto100[30].
4 SettheRightOffsetto100[30].
5 ClickAdd.
6 Enter57+16.44[3+357.88]fortheStation.
7 ClickAdd.
SavetheCustomCrossSectionSet
1 ClickSaveAs.
2 ChangetheSaveInfoldertoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\CrossSectionsandAnnotation\Practice\.
3 EnterHemfieldCustom.xscfortheFilename.
4 ClickSaveontheSaveAsdialog.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

479

ExerciseCreateCustomCrossSections

EnablethePlanimetricandPlanimetricStationDisplay
1 SelecttheControls>PlanDisplayleaf.
2 IntheSymbologysection,selectthePlanimetricandPlanimetricStation
options.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DisplaytheCrossSectionSet
1 ClickApply.
2 WhenpromptedtoIdentifyLocation,clickabovethepreviouscross
sectionset.
3 ClickYesonthewarningdialogthatstatesUsingstationlimitsmaylimit
thecustomset.Continue?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

4 ClosetheCreateCrossSectiondialog.
5 Reviewtheplanviewgraphics.
Noticethedifferentspacingbetweencrosssections.
Locatetheskewedcrosssections.
ViewtheCrossSections
1 SelectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSectionViewer.
2 ChangetheCrossSectionSettoHemfieldRoadCustom.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

3 ReviewthecrosssectionsusingtheCrossSectionViewerdialog.
NoticethattheSkewedcrosssectionsaremarkedwithan(S).
4 ClosetheCrossSectionViewerdialog.
5 ExittheCADsoftware.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

480

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

Summary
Youarenowableto:

Createcrosssections

Updatecrosssections

Annotatecrosssections

Createcustomcrosssections

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

481

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.
1 Anindividualorgroupofcrosssectionscreatedatthesametimeiscalled
a________.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ACrosssectionsheet
BCrosssectionfile
CCrosssectiongroup
DCrosssectionset

True

False

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

2 TrueorFalse:Thereisnowaytosaveacustomcrosssectionlist.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

482

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 Anindividualorgroupofcrosssections,createdatthesametime,iscalled
a________.

2 TrueorFalse:Thereisnowaytosaveacustomcrosssectionlist.
FalseCustomcrosssectionscanbesavedbyselectingCustom>General,
clickingSave,andspecifyinganameforthefile.Thecustomcrosssection
lististhensavedtoan.xscfile.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

DCrosssectionset

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

483

ReviewTask

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TimeAllocated
15Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

484

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
Createcrosssectionsshowingtheexistinganddesignsurface.Annotatethe
designsurfaceonthecrosssections.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SourceData
Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Cross
SectionsandAnnotation\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\CrossSectionsand
Annotation\Task\TaskCrossSectionsandAnnotation.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm
ProposedSurface: MeadowParkFinished.dtm
TemplateLibrary: MeadowParkCityStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: MeadowPark.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

485

ReviewTask

Requirements

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Createcrosssectionsshowingtheexistinganddesignsurface.

Verifytheexistinggroundsurfacecrosssectionsymbologyissetto
E_SURF_OriginalGround.

Setthefinisheddesignsurfacecrosssectionsymbologyto
P_SURF_DesignSurface.

Createcrosssectionsata50foot[10M]intervalstartingatstation
26+50[1+885]alongthehorizontalalignmentnamedMeadowPark
Drive.

NamethecrosssectionsetMeadowParkOption2.Placethesecross
sectionsabovetheexistinggroundcrosssections.

Annotatethefinisheddesignsurfaceofthecrosssectionsetcalled
MeadowParkOption2.

Questions

Whatistheelevationoftheleftgutterflowlineatstation32+00
[1+900]?

Howmanyclosedcomponentsaredisplayedoneachcrosssection?

Cleanup

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

CrossSectionsandAnnotation

486

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

IntroductiontoVolumes

Inthischapter,wewilllearnhowtocomputeendareavolumesfromcross
sections.Wewillalsolearnhowtocomputetrianglevolumesbetweentwo
surfaces.Wewillgeneratereportsofthevolumecomputations.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

487

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

IntroductiontoVolumes

488

Generateendareavolumes.

Createvolumereports.

Learnabouttrianglevolume.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Volumes\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileVolumes.dgn,thenclickOpen.
3 OpentheCADfilekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Volumes\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeIntrotoVolumes.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\Hemfield
Existing.dtm
ProposedSurface: HemfieldFinished.dtm
GeometryProject: Hemfield.alg
TemplateLibrary: HemfieldCountyStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: Hemfield.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

489

EndAreaVolume

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

EndAreaVolume

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

EndAreaVolume
Althoughendareavolumescanbeinaccurate,theyhavetraditionallybeenthe
preferredmethodofvolumecalculation.Whyinaccurate?Thevolumecalculation
isbasedontwothinslicesoftheproject;theareasofcutandfillatthesetwo
locationsareassumedtoberepresentativeofeverylocationbetweenthetwo
locations.Theaccuracyofthevolumeisonlyasgoodasthelocationsselected.So,
ifcrosssectionsarecreatedevery50feetalonganalignment,itisassumedthat
nosignificantchangesinterrainoccurredbetweenthetwocrosssections.
Beforecomputeraidedassistance,endareavolumeswereapracticaland
reasonablyaccuratemanualmethodofestimatingvolumes.Theothervolume
calculationmethods,suchasdifferentialelevations,requiredexcessivemanual
calculations.Usingcrosssections,thecontractor,engineerandownercouldeach
manuallyestimatethevolumeswithinanacceptableamountoferror.
So,howdoesthecalculationwork?Findtheareaofcutontwoadjacentcross
sections,forexample,station12+00and12+50.Traditionally,theareawas
measuredonacrosssectiondrawingusingaplanimeterorbycountingsquares

IntroductiontoVolumes

490

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

EndAreaVolume

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

onagrid.Addthetwoareastogetheranddividebytwotogettheaverageofthe
two.Multiplythataverageareabythedistancebetweenthetwocrosssectionsto
determinethecutvolume.Repeatthisprocessforthefillvolume.Thecloserthe
crosssectionsaretoeachother,themoreaccuratethevolumewillbe.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

491

EndAreaVolumePrerequisites

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

EndAreaVolumePrerequisites

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

EndAreaVolumePrerequisites
CrosssectionsareneededintheworkingCADfile.Thecrosssectionsmusthaveat
leasttwosurfacesdisplayed.Forcomponentvolumes,thetemplatecomponents
mustbedisplayedonthecrosssections.
Sincethebasicendareacalculationassumesastraightline,anoptionisavailable
tocorrectforalignmentcurvature.Ifyouusethisoption,thehorizontalalignment
onwhichthecrosssectionsarebasedmustbeloadedinInRoads.

IntroductiontoVolumes

492

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SurfaceType

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SurfaceType

SurfaceType
Whenthesurfacelineisdisplayedonthecrosssection,thereissomeadditional
informationassociatedwiththatline.Oneoftheitemsassociatedwiththe
surfacelineistheSurfaceType.TheSurfaceTypeisusedbyInRoadswhen
computingvolumes.TherearefourpossibleSurfaceTypes.

Existingusedforexistinggroundsurfaces

Designusedfordesignsurfaces

Substratumusedforsurfacesbelowthetopofground,suchasan
undergroundrocklayer

IgnoreinstructsInRoadsnottousethesurfaceforendareacalculations

Subgradeusedtocomputeendareavolumesthathaveasubgradesurface.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

493

EndAreaVolumeDialog

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

EndAreaVolumeDialog

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

EndAreaVolumeDialog
TheEndAreaVolumescommandispartoftheCrossSectionsdialog.
MultiplecrosssectionsetscanbedisplayedinasingleCADfile.TheEndArea
Volumestoolusesthecrosssectionsetnametospecifywhichcrosssectionsto
calculatevolumesfor.TheCrossSectionSetselectionboxandgraphicaltarget
buttonareusedtospecifytheappropriatecrosssectionset.Whenacrosssection
setisselected,aboxisdisplayedaroundthesettoidentifyitforprocessing.
ThesurfaceslistedintheEndAreaVolumesdialogboxaretheonesonthecross
sections.Thesurfaces(.dtm)donotneedtobeopenedtocomputeendarea
volumesusingthatsurface.Theactualgraphicsarereadtocomputetheendarea
volume.
AnotheroptionontheGeneralleafisanXMLreportthatcanbegeneratedwhen
thevolumesarecalculated.

IntroductiontoVolumes

494

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCalculateEndAreaVolume

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCalculateEndAreaVolume

CalculateEndAreaVolume
1 SelectEvaluation>CrossSection>CrossSections.
2 SelecttheEndAreaVolume>Generalleaf.
3 ChangetheCrossSectionSettoHemfieldRoadOption2.
4 SelectboththeHemfieldExistingandHemfieldFinishedsurfaces.
Notethetypeforeachsurface.
5 SelecttheCreateXMLReportcheckbox.
6 ClickApply.
Thevolumereportappears.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

495

ExerciseCalculateEndAreaVolume

IfthemessageYouneedtosettheStyleSheet...appears,clickOKand
proceedwithstep7.Otherwiseskiptostep8.Thismessageindicatesthat
theselectedvolumereporttyperequiresadefaultstylesheet.
7 Ontheleftsideofthebrowser,opentheEvaluationfolder.
8 SelectBasicVolume.xsl.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

The.xslfileisareporttemplatefilethatcanbeedited.
9 Reviewthereport.
10 ClosetheReportBrowser.
11 ClosetheCrossSectionsdialog.

IfyouwantBasicVolume.xsltobethedefaultformatforallendareavolume

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

reports,rightclickonBasicVolume.xslandselectSetasDefaultEndArea
Volume.

IntroductiontoVolumes

496

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VolumeReports

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VolumeReports

VolumeReports
TheInRoadsXMLreportingallowsquickviewingofvariousreportformats.Each
ofthe.xslfileslistedintheEvaluationfolderaredifferentvolumereportformats.
1 TryothervolumereportformatsintheEvaluationfolderandnoticehow
thedifferentformatscanbedisplayed.
2 ClosetheReportBrowserandtheCrossSectiontool.
3 Windowintooneofthecrosssections.
Noticethevolumecalculationinformationthatappearsatthebottomof
thecrosssections.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

497

TriangleVolumes

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TriangleVolumes

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TriangleVolumes
Asnotedbefore,endareavolumeisonlyasgoodasthefrequencyandaccuracy
ofthecrosssections.
Trianglevolumescomparethetrianglesinbothsurfacestocomputethetrue
differencebetweenthesurfaces.Unlikeendareavolumes,trianglevolumesare
notanestimateofthedifferencebetweensurfaces.However,rememberthat
eventrianglevolumescanonlybeasgoodasthesurfacestheyaremeasuring;
surfacesapproximatetheterrain.
TheTriangleVolumetoolcomputesvolumesdirectlyfromsurfaces.Crosssections
arenotrequired.Similartotheendareavolumecalculations,theresultsofthe
TriangleVolumetoolsarereportedusingXML.
UnliketheEndAreaVolumetool,theTriangleVolumetooldoesnotrecognize
componentsthatareinthesurfaces.

IntroductiontoVolumes

498

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCalculateTriangleVolume

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCalculateTriangleVolume

ComputeTriangleVolume
1 SelectEvaluation>Volumes>TriangleVolume.
2 SetOriginalSurfacetoHemfieldExisting.
3 SetDesignSurfacetoHemfieldFinished.
4 ClickAdd,thenApply.
IfthemessageYouneedtosettheStyleSheet...appears,clickOKand
proceedwithsteps5and6.Otherwiseskiptostep7.Thismessage
indicatesthattheselectedvolumereporttyperequiresadefaultstyle
sheet.
5 Ontheleftsideofthebrowser,opentheEvaluationfolder.
6 SelectTriangleVolumes.xsl.
7 Reviewthereport.
8 ClosetheReportBrowserandtheTriangleVolumedialog.

IfyouwantTriangleVolumes.xsltobethedefaultformatforalltriangle
volumereports,rightclickonTriangleVolumes.xslandselectSetasDefault
TriangleVolume.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

499

TriangleVolumebyStation

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TriangleVolumebyStation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheTriangleVolumebyStationtoolcomputesahybridvolume.Truevolumesare
calculatedbetweentwosurfacesbutonlywithinaspecifiedwidthfromthe
centerlineandbetweenastationinterval.Thevolumeresultsarereportedona
stationbystationbasis,muchlikeendareavolumes.
TheTriangleVolumebyStationtoolcomputesvolumesdirectlyfromsurfaces.
Crosssectionsarenotrequired.Similartotheendareavolumecalculations,the
resultsoftheTriangleVolumebyStationtoolsarereportedusingXML.
UnliketheEndAreaVolumetool,theTriangleVolumebyStationtooldoesnot
recognizecomponentsthatareinthesurfaces.

IntroductiontoVolumes

500

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseTriangleVolumebyStation

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseTriangleVolumebyStation

ComputingTriangleVolumesbyStation
1 SelectEvaluation>Volumes>TriangleVolumebyStation.
2 SetOriginalSurfacetoHemfieldExisting.
3 SetDesignSurfacetoHemfieldFinished.
4 ClickApply.
IfthemessageYouneedtosettheStyleSheet...appears,clickOKand
proceedwithsteps5and6.Otherwiseskiptostep7.Thismessage
indicatesthattheselectedvolumereporttyperequiresadefaultstyle
sheet.
5 Ontheleftsideofthebrowser,opentheEvaluationfolder.
6 SelectBasicVolume.xsl.
7 Reviewthereport.
8 ClosetheReportBrowserandtheTriangleVolumebyStationdialog.
9 ExittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

501

SummaryandReview

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Summary
Youarenowableto:

IntroductiontoVolumes

502

Generateendareavolumes

Createvolumesreports

Generatetrianglevolumes

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 Whichvolumecalculationmethod(s)comparetwosurfacestocompute
volumes?
AEndAreaVolumes
BTriangleVolumes
CTriangleVolumesbyStation
2 Whichvolumecalculationmethod(s)usethegraphicsinthecrosssection
tocomputevolumes?
AEndAreaVolumes
BTriangleVolumes
CTriangleVolumesbyStation
3 Whichvolumecalculationmethod(s)cancomputevolumesfrom
components?
AEndAreaVolumes
BTriangleVolumes
CTriangleVolumesbyStation

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

503

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 Whichvolumecalculationmethod(s)comparetwosurfacestocompute
volumes?
BTriangleVolumes
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

CTriangleVolumesbyStation
BoththeTriangleVolumesandTriangleVolumesbyStationmethods
calculatevolumesbycomparingthedifferencebetweentwosurfaces.
2 Whichvolumecalculationmethod(s)usethegraphicsinthecrosssection
tocomputevolumes?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

AEndAreaVolumes
TheEndAreaVolumemethodcomputesvolumesbyreadingthegraphics
andcalculatinganareaofcutandfilloneachcrosssection.Theendareas
areaveragedoverthedistancebetweenthecrosssectionstocalculatethe
volume.
3 Whichvolumecalculationmethod(s)cancomputevolumesfrom
components?
AEndAreaVolumes

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

OnlytheEndAreaVolumesmethodcancalculatevolumesfrom
components.

IntroductiontoVolumes

504

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

TimeAllocated
15Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

505

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
Createandcompareanendareavolumeandtrianglevolumereport.

SourceData
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Volumes\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Volumes\Task\TaskIntrotoVolumes.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm
ProposedSurface: MeadowParkFinished.dtm
TemplateLibrary: MeadowParkCityStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: MeadowPark.ird

IntroductiontoVolumes

506

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Requirements

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Createendareavolumesandatrianglevolumereport.

Calculatetrianglevolumesbetweentheexistinggroundandfinished
designsurfaces.

Savetheendareavolumeandtrianglevolumereportstothefolder
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\IntrotoVolumes\Task\.

Questions

Whatisthetotalcutandfillbasedontheendareavolumecomputation?
EndAreaCutVolume_______________
EndAreaFillVolume_______________

Whatisthetotalcutandfillbasedonthetrianglevolumecomputation?
TriangleCutVolume_______________
TriangleFillVolume_______________

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoVolumes

507

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

IntroductiontoVolumes

508

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

IntroductiontoReports

Inthischapter,youwilllearnabouttheInRoadsreportingsystem.Youwill
generateandsavethereports.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

509

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

IntroductiontoReports

510

Learnaboutstylesheets.

Createfixedformatreports.

GenerateanXMLReport.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Objectives

StartInRoadsorPowerInRoads
1 DoubleclicktheInRoadsorPowerInRoadsicon
orlaunchInRoads/PowerInRoadsfromtheStart>AllPrograms>Bentley
menuchoices.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TheFileOpendialogopens.
OpenaCADFile
1 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Reports\Practice\.
2 SelectthefileReports.dgn,thenclickOpen.
3 OpentheCADfilekeyinwindow(Utilities>Keyin).
OpentheProjectFile
1 SelectFile>OpenfromtheInRoadsmenu.
TheOpendialogopens.
2 SetthedirectorytoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Reports\Practice\.
3 SelectthefilePracticeIntrotoReports.rwk,thenclickOpen.
4 ClickCanceltoclosethedialog.
5 Verifythatthefollowingfileswereopened:
PreferenceFile:

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
Fundamentals\_Standards\BentleyTraining.xin

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingSurface: Fundamentals\_CommonReferences\Hemfield
Existing.dtm
ProposedSurface: HemfieldFinished.dtm
GeometryProject: Hemfield.alg
TemplateLibrary: HemfieldCountyStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: Hemfield.ird

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

511

WhatisXMLandXSL?

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

WhatisXMLandXSL?

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

XMLandXSL
XMLisastructuredASCIIformat.ItissimilartoHTML,withwhichmostwebpages
arecreated.Likeawebpagewheredataispresentedbyusingatemplate,XML
usesanXSLfiletoformatthedata.BothXMLandXSLfilesareASCIIfiles.

IntroductiontoReports

512

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

InRoadsXMLReportProcess

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InRoadsXMLReportProcess

InRoadsXMLReportProcess
XMLreportsareabyproductofBentleyCivilssupportoftheAmericanSocietyof
CivilEngineers(ASCE)initiativeforaneutralfileformattoexchangealignment
andsurfacedata.ThisformatisknownasLandXML.
WhydidASCEandotherspickXMLasthestandardtoexchangedata?XMLfiles
areASCIIfilesandcanbereadonanycomputer.ThetagsthatXMLusesto
structurethedatacanbedefinedasastandardsuchasLandXML.SinceXMLis
similartoHTML,therearemanyresources(books,training,experts,etc.)
availabletocustomizeandformatthedata.AnXSLfileisatemplatethatformats
theXMLdataintosomethingthatcanbeprintedorreused.
InRoadsreportsaretheresultofXMLdataformattedbyanXSLfile.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

513

QuickReports

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

QuickReports

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

QuickReports
ThereareseveralfixedformatquickreportsavailableinInRoads.Thesereports
arefrequentlyusedduringthedesignprocesswhenaquickcheckofthedatais
neededandtheexactformatofthereportisnotimportant.Anexampleofone
quickreportisGeometry>ReviewHorizontal.
ThereportcanbesavedasanASCIIfile,printeddirectlytoaprinter,appendedto
anotherASCIIfile,ordisplayedintheCADdrawing.

IntroductiontoReports

514

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseReviewingHorizontalGeometry

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseReviewingHorizontalGeometry

ReviewingHorizontalGeometry
1 SelectGeometry>ReviewHorizontal.
Theactivehorizontalalignmentreportisdisplayed.
2 Afterreviewingthereport,closethedialog.
Manyofthequickreportsarealsoavailablebyrightclickingonanitemin
theInRoadsExplorerwindow.
3 SelecttheGeometrytabatthebottomoftheInRoadsExplorerwindow.
4 ClicktheplussignnexttoHemfieldtoexpandtheGeometryProjectlist.
5 RightclickthehorizontalalignmentnamedHemfieldRoadandselect
Review.
Thequickhorizontalalignmentreportforthisalignmentappears.
6 Closethereport.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

515

ExerciseReviewingHorizontalGeometry

VerticalAlignmentReports
1 ExpandtheHemfieldRoadhorizontalalignmenttoviewitsvertical
alignments.
2 RightclicktheHemfieldVerticalverticalalignmentandselectReview.
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Thequickverticalalignmentreportforthisalignmentappears.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

3 Closethereport.

IntroductiontoReports

516

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseReviewaSurface

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseReviewaSurface

ReviewaSurface
1 SelectSurface>SurfaceProperties.
2 ClickReportontheMaintab.
3 CloseboththereportandtheSurfacePropertiesdialogs.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

517

XMLReports

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

XMLReports

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

XMLReports
XMLReportsarefoundunderTools>XMLReports.
ThereareseveraldifferenttypesofXMLReportsthatcanbegenerated.The
dialogboxthatisdisplayeddependsonthetoolthatwasselected.

IntroductiontoReports

518

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

OtherXMLReports

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

OtherXMLReports

OtherXMLReports
Asreviewedinthelessononvolumes,thereareotherplaceswhereXMLreport
filesarecreated.

Volumes

RoadwayDesigner

CrossSectionReports

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

519

ExerciseCreateGeometryReport

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseCreateGeometryReport

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

WhencreatingXMLreports,firsttheXMLdatafileiscreated,thenthe
reportisformatted.
CreatingaGeometryReport
1 SelectTools>XMLReports>Geometry.
2 ClickintheHorizontalAlignmentIncludefield.
3 ClicktheFilterbutton.
Theavailablehorizontalalignmentsaredisplayedontheleftsideofthe
dialogbox.
4 HighlighttheHemfieldRoadalignment.
5 ClickAdd>toselectthisalignment.
6 ClickOK.
HemfieldRoadshouldnowbelistedintheIncludefield.
Youcanalsotypethenameofanalignmentoruseawildcardtospecify
thealignmentname.

IntroductiontoReports

520

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseCreateGeometryReport

7 SelectIncludeVerticalAlignmentsAll.
8 ClickApply.
TheReportBrowserappears.
9 OntheleftsideoftheBentleyReportBrowser,selecttheGeometryfolder.
Areportopensshowingallverticalalignmentsassociatedwiththe
HemfieldRoadhorizontalalignment.
The.xmldatafileisplacedinthetempdirectoryandthedataisformatted
throughtheVerticalAlignmentReview.xslstylesheet.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

10 SelectVerticalAlignmentReview.xsl.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

521

ExerciseTryAnotherFormat

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseTryAnotherFormat

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ThedefaultXSLfileusedforthereportisnottheonlyformatthatcanbe
used.
TryAnotherFormat
1 OntheleftsideoftheBentleyReportBrowser,intheGeometryfolder,
selectHorizontalElementsXYZ.xsl.
Noticethatthereportformatchanged.
2 Tryafewoftheotherformats.

IntroductiontoReports

522

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SavingaReportforPrinting

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SavingaReportforPrinting

SavingaReportforPrinting
1 SelecttheXSLtemplateHorizontalAndVerticalAlignmentReview.xsl.
2 SelectFile>SaveAsfromtheBentleyReportBrowser.
3 NavigatetoC:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Reports\Practice\andenterHorizontalVertical.htmlforFilename.
4 ClickSave.
SavingaReporttoMicrosoftExcel
1 RightclickthereportintheBentleyReportBrowserwindow.
2 SelectExporttoMicrosoftExcelfromthepopupmenu.
MicrosoftExcelopensandthereportdataisaddedtoablankfile.
3 Afterreviewingthereport,closeMicrosoftExcelwithoutsavingthe
report.

ThereportformatisnotretainedwhensavingtoExcelbythismethod.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

523

SavingaReportforPrinting

MicrosoftExcelcanreadtheHTMLformatreportsavedintheprevious
steps.WhenthisreportformatisopeninExcel,mostoftheformattingis
retained.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

MicrosoftExcelmustbeinstalledtohavethisfunctionality.

IntroductiontoReports

524

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SavingtheXML

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SavingtheXML

SavingtheXML
WhentheXMLfileisgeneratedforthereports,thefileisplacedinatemporary
directory.Tosavethexmlfileforlaterformatting,thefileshouldbesavedout.To
reviewandsavetheformat,userawxml.xsl.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

525

ExerciseChangingtheFormatOptions

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseChangingtheFormatOptions

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

ChangetheFormatOptions
1 SelecttheHorizontalAlignmentReview.xslformatintheBentleyReport
Browser.
TheHorizontalAlignmentReviewreporttemplateislocatedinthe
Geometryfolder.
2 SelectTools>FormatOptionsontheReportBrowser.
3 ChangetheNorthing/EastingPrecisiontoadifferentnumberofdecimal
places.
Noticethatassoonasthechangeismade,thereportisupdated.
4 Changeafewotheroptionsandreviewthereport.
5 CloseFormatOptionsdialog.
6 ClosetheBentleyReportBrowser.
7 ClosetheGeometryReportdialog.

IntroductiontoReports

526

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ExerciseStationBaseReport

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ExerciseStationBaseReport

CreateaStationBaseReport
1 SelectTools>XMLReports>StationBase.
2 SelecttheGeneralleaf.
3 EnsurethattheHorizontalAlignmentoptionisselected.
4 EnsurethattheHorizontalAlignmentissettoHemfieldRoad.
5 SelecttheIncludeleaf.
6 SelecttheIntervaloption.
7 Enter50[10]fortheInterval.
8 SelecttheFeaturesleaf.
9 EnsurethattheSurfaceissettoHemfieldFinished.
10 SelecttheFeaturenamedExteriorBoundary.
11 ClickApply.
12 SelecttheStationBaseCoordinates.xslreportfromtheStationOffset
folder.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

527

ExerciseStationBaseReport

Noticethatthereportliststhestationalongthealignment,theoffsetto
thefeature,andthecoordinatesofthefeature.
13 ClosetheReportBrowserandtheStationOffsetReporttool.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

14 ExittheCADsoftware.

IntroductiontoReports

528

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

VolumeandTemplateReports

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

VolumeandTemplateReports

VolumeandTemplateReports
Inthelessononvolumes,areportwascreatedatthetimethevolumewas
calculated.
ForRoadwayDesigner,thereportislocatedontheTools>ResultsReportmenu.
Similartocreatingasurface,themodeliscalculatedagainsothatallpointsare
locatedintheproperlocation.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

529

SummaryandReview

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SummaryandReview

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Summary
Youarenowableto:

IntroductiontoReports

530

Understandstylesheets.

Createfixedformatreports

GenerateXMLformattedreports

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

SummaryandReview

Questions:
Beforecontinuing,letsreinforcewhatyouhavelearned.

True

False

2 TrueorFalse:AllInRoadsreportsareXMLreports.

True

False

3 ListthreetypesofXMLreports.
1__________
2__________
3__________

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

1 TrueorFalse:XMLStyleSheets(.xsl)definetheformatofeachreport.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

531

SummaryandReview

Answers:
1 TrueorFalse:StyleSheets(.xsl)definetheformatofeachreport.

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

TrueStyleSheets(.xsl)controlanddefinehowareportappears.Style
sheetscanbecustomizedtocreatenewreportformats.
2 TrueorFalse:AllInRoadsreportsareXMLreports.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

FalseInadditiontoInRoadsrobustXMLreportcapability,thereare
severalquickformatreportsavailablethroughoutthesoftware.Examples
includetheReviewHorizontal,ReviewVertical,andReviewGeometry
PointsquickreportsfoundontheGeometrymenu.
3 ListthreetypesofXMLreports.
1Geometry
2StationBase
3StationOffset
4Clearance
5Stakeout
6LegalDescription

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

7Surfaces

IntroductiontoReports

532

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

TimeAllocated
15Minutes

WhatIsaReviewTask
ReviewTasksarechallengingexercisesdesignedtoreinforcetheconcepts
taughtinthisandpreviousexercisesandtoprovideyouwithanevaluationof
yourabilitytounderstandtheconcepts.Thetasksdonotprovidestepbystep
instructions.Instead,theyrequireyoutodrawonyournewknowledgeto
solveproblems.
Notallstudentswillfinishthetasksinthetimeallowed.Ifyouarenotableto
completeataskyoushouldreviewthepreviouspracticeexercisestoreinforce
theconceptsandthenattemptthetaskagain.Astimepermitsyoumaybe
abletodothisduringclass,oryoucancontinueyourstudiesafterthe
conclusionoftheclass.
Completionofthistaskisnotrequiredtomoveontothenextmoduleinthe
training.Theexercisesinthenextchapterarenotdependentoncompleting
thistask.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

533

ReviewTask

TaskObjective
Creategeometryandclearancereports.

SourceData
Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Loadthesourcedataforthistask.
1 Closeanyopendatafiles.
2 OpentheCADfile:C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\Introto
Reports\Task\MeadowParkWorking.dgnfile.
3 LoadtheProjectfile.

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\IntrotoReports\Task\Task
IntrotoReports.rwk.
TheProjectfileopensthefileslistedbelow.
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
PreferenceFile: Fundamentals\_Standards\Bentley
Training.xin
GeometryProject: MeadowPark.alg

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

C:\BentleyTraining\InRoads
ExistingGround: Fundamentals\_Common
References\MeadowParkExisting.dtm
ProposedSurface: MeadowParkFinished.dtm
TemplateLibrary: MeadowParkCityStandards.itl
RoadwayDesign: MeadowPark.ird

IntroductiontoReports

534

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ReviewTask

Requirements

Createageometryreportshowingthecoordinatesandcurvedatafor
allofthehorizontalandverticalalignmentsinthisproject.

Createareportthatliststhenames,descriptions,andstylesofall
horizontalandverticalalignmentsinthegeometryproject.

Createaclearancestakeoutreportfromthecenterlinealignment
namedMeadowParkDrivetothetoeofslope.Thetoeofslopeisthe
ExteriorBoundaryfeatureinthefinisheddesignsurface.Theclearance
reportshouldstartatStation26+60[1+885]andruntotheendofthe
alignment.

Savethereportstothefolder
C:\BentleyTraining\InRoadsFundamentals\IntrotoReports\Task\.

Cleanup
SelectFile>Close>CloseAlltocloseallopenInRoadsfilestoprepareforthe
nextlesson.Whenpromptedtoconfirmclosingthefiles,clickYes.
WhenfinishedexittheCADsoftware.

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Exercise:Creategeometryandclearancereports.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

IntroductiontoReports

535

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReviewTask

IntroductiontoReports

536

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ProductivityTools

Inthischapter,youwilllearnabouttheInRoadsLocksfunctionandthebenefitsof
usingthetrackingtools.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProductivityTools

537

Objectives

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Objectives

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Inthislessonwewill...

ProductivityTools

538

LearnaboutthePen/PencilLock.

LearnabouttheStyleLock.

LearnaboutTracking.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

InRoadsLocks

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

InRoadsLocks

InRoadslockscontrolhowInRoadstoolsworkwhenviewing,selectingor
evaluatingdata.BecauselocksaffectnearlyeverytoolinInRoads,itisimportant
tounderstandhowlockswork.Belowisabriefintroductiontothelocks.
InRoadshastwobasictypesoflocks.Therearelocksthathaveanenabled/
disabledstate.Therearealsolocksthatswitchbetweentwoorthreedifferent
modes,butarealwaysactive.
LocksareaccessedbyselectingTools>LocksfromtheInRoadsmenu.However,
sincethestatusormodeofthelocksisfrequentlyadjustedwhilerunning
InRoads,thebestpracticeistodisplaythelockstoolbarforeasyaccess.Thelocks
ToolbarisdisplayedwhenyouselectTools>Locks>Toolbar.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProductivityTools

539

StyleLock

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

StyleLock

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheStyleLockisusedwithsurfaces.Surfacescanhavepreferencesassociated
withthem.WhenaviewsurfacetoolisusedwiththeStylelockenabled,the
dialogboxforthecommandwillnotbedisplayed.Instead,yoursurfacedatawill
bedisplayedinthegraphicsfilewithoutanyfurtherinputfromyou.TheStylelock
bypassesthedialogboxanddisplaystheactivesurface,automatically
determiningwhatsymbologytousefromthesurfacepreference.

ProductivityTools

540

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Pen/PencilLock

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Pen/PencilLock

ThePencil/Penlockcontrolswhathappenswhengraphicsareredisplayedfrom
InRoads.Forexample,whensurfacegraphicsareredisplayed,thesettingofthis
lockdeterminesifthepreviouslydisplayedgraphicsaredeletedpriortocreating
thenewgraphics.
ThePencil/Penlockonlyappliestoplandisplay;itdoesnotapplytocrosssections
orprofiles.Therearetwomodesforthislock:PenmodeorPencilmode.

PengraphicscreatedintheCADfilearepermanentandwillnotbedeleted
thenexttimeInRoadsisusedtodrawthesamegraphic.Thisisanalogousto
drawingininkonpaper,wheretheinkisnottypicallydeletedwhennew
graphicsareadded.

PencilgraphicscreatedintheCADfilearepermanentbutwillautomatically
bedeletedthenexttimeInRoadsisusedtodrawthesamegraphics.Thisis
analogoustodrawingwithapencilonpaper,wherethepenciliseasily
removedwhennewgraphicsareadded.

InRoadsusersmostoftenusethePencilmode.Penmodeistypicallylimitedto
specialsituations.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProductivityTools

541

SnapLock

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

SnapLock

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheSnapLockcontrolshowInRoadssnapstogeometrypointsorelementsinthe
activegeometryprojectwhenatargetbuttonisusedtospecifyapositioninthe
graphicsfile.Targetbuttonsarefoundthroughouttheinterface.Eachbuttonis
indicatedbythecrosshairicon.
Therearethreemodesforthislock:NoSnap,PointSnap,orElementSnap.
NoSnapInRoadsdoesnottrytolocatethenearestgeometrypointor
element.Thegraphicallyselectedcoordinateorelementisselected.
PointSnapThisenablesuserstosnaptoapointintheactivegeometry.Use
thislocktoaidintheplacementprocessofgeometryelements.Forexample,
whenyouselectatargetbuttoninadialogboxandthenclickintheCADfile,
InRoadswilllocatetheclosestgeometrypoint,notthegraphiclocation.The
geometrypointdoesnotneedtobedisplayedgraphicallytobelocated.
ElementSnapThisenablesuserstosnaptogeometryelement(line,arc,
spiral)inthegeometryproject.Usethislocktoaidinusingthedirection,
distance,length,radius,and/orangleofanexistinggeometryelementto
designanewelement.InRoadssnapstotheelementnearestthedatapoint
placedintheCADfile.

ProductivityTools

542

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

StationLock

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

StationLock

TheStationLockcontrolshowInRoadsdeterminesstationintervalswhena
horizontalalignmentbeginsatanoddnumberedstation.Thislockappliesto
InRoadstoolssuchasgeneratingcrosssections,runningtheRoadwayModeler,or
generatingstationbasedreports.
Therearetwomodesforthislock:enabledordisabled.
EnabledIfthefirststationisoddnumbered,thesoftwareforcesall
subsequentstationstoevennumbers.Forexample,ifthefirststationis2+38
andthestationintervalisdefinedas50,thesoftwareperformsthecommand
actionatstations2+38,2+50,3+00,3+50...
DisabledInRoadsdoesnotforcestationstoevennumberedstationsifthe
firststationisanoddnumberedstation.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProductivityTools

543

ReportLock

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

ReportLock

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

TheReportLockcontrolswhetherornotthecommanddisplaysoutputinadialog
boxascommandcalculationsareperformed.
Therearetwomodesforthislock:enabledordisabled.

ProductivityTools

544

EnabledThecommandprocesses,storesresults,anddisplaysthe
resultsinanoutputdialogbox.

DisabledThecommandprocessesandstoresresultswithout
displayingtheminanoutputdialogbox.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

Tracking

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Tracking

Thiscommanddynamicallydisplaysthenorthingandeastingcoordinatesofthe
cursorlocation,aswellasthesurfaceelevation,slope,andaspectbasedonthe
activesurface.Thedialogboxalsodynamicallyreportsthecursorlocationin
termsofstationandoffsetfromtheactivehorizontalalignment.
Youcanannotateallorpartofthisinformationtothedrawingfilebyplacinga
datapoint.Optionsthataretoggledonareannotated.Forexample,toannotate
onlythestationandoffsetvalues,toggleontheStationandOffsetoptions.
Ifyouinterruptthiscommandtouseanothercommand,youcanreactivateitby
clickingtheActivatebutton.AfteryouclickActivate,adatapointwillagainplace
annotationinthedrawingfile.

Dec2011
Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated

ProductivityTools

545

DO NOT DISTRIBUTE - Printing for Student Use is Permitted

Channel Partner: Archway Systems Inc

Class Date: 02-Apr-2013

Tracking

ProductivityTools

546

Dec2011

Copyright2011BentleySystems,Incorporated